CIHM 
Microfiche 
Series 
(IMonographs) 


ICIMH 

Collection  de 
microfiches 
(monographies) 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microraproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  da  microraproductions  historiquas 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes  /  Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best  original 
copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this  copy  which 
may  be  bibliographically  unique,  which  may  alter  any  of 
the  images  in  the  reproduction,  or  which  may 
significantly  change  the  usual  method  of  filming  are 
checked  below. 


D 
D 
D 


D 
D 

D 


D 


Coloured  covers  / 
Couverture  de  couleur 

Covers  damaged  / 
Couverture  endommag^e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated  / 
Couverture  restaur^e  et/ou  pellicul^e 


Cover  title  missing  /  Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 
I Coloured  maps  /  Cartes  g6ographiques  en  couleur 

D 

n 


Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)  / 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations  / 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material  / 
Reli^  avec  d'autres  documents 

Only  edition  available  / 
Seule '  dition  disponible 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion  along 
interior  margin  /  La  reliure  serr^e  peut  causer  de 
I'ombre  ou  de  la  distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge 
int6rieure. 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restorations  may  appear 
within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these  have  been 
omitted  from  filming  /  II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages 
blanches  ajout^es  lors  d'une  restauration 
apparaissent  dans  le  texte,  mais,  lorsque  cela  ^tait 
possible,  ces  pages  n'ont  pas  ^t^  film^es. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire  qu'il  lul  a 
6\6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details  de  cet  exem- 
plaire qui  sont  peut-6tre  uniques  du  point  de  vue  bibli- 
ographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier  une  image  reproduite, 
ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une  modification  dans  la  m^tho- 
de  nomnale  de  filmage  sont  indiqu^s  ci-dessous. 

[     I  Coloured  pages  /  Pages  de  couleur 

I I   Pages  damaged  /  Pages  endommag6es 


D 


Pages  restored  and/or  laminated  / 
Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  pellicul^es 


r~7  Pages  discolou'-ed,  stained  or  foxed  / 
I  Y  I   Pages  d^olor^es,  tachet^es  ou  piqu^es 

[      I   Pages  detached  /  Pages  d6tach6es 

\\/\   Showthrojgh / Transparence 

□   Quality  of  print  varies  / 
Quality  irc^',: 


D 
D 


n 


t>  I'impression 


Include  .    . :   ;ei  3ntary  material  / 
Compre'^''    j  materiel  suppl6mentaire 

Pages  whouy  or  partially  obscured  by  errata  slips, 
tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to  ensure  the  best 
possible  image  /  Les  pages  totalement  ou 
partiellement  obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une 
pelure,  etc.,  ont  6\6  filmdes  k  nouveau  de  fa9on  k 
obtepir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 

Opposing  pc.^es  with  varying  colouration  or 
discolourations  are  filmed  twice  to  ensure  the  best 
possible  image  /  Les  pages  s'opposant  ayant  des 
colorations  variables  ou  des  decolorations  sont 
filmSes  deux  fois  afin  d'obtenir  la  meilleure  image 
possible. 


/ 


Additional  comments  / 
Commentaires  suppl^mentaires: 


Various  pagings. 


This  item  is  filined  at  the  reduction  ratio  checlced  beiow  / 

Ce  document  est  film^  au  taux  de  reduction  indique  ci-dessous. 


lOx 

14x 

18x 

22x 

/ 

26x 

30x 

/ 

12x 


16x 


20x 


24x 


28x 


32x 


Th«  copy  filmed  hara  has  baan  raproducad  thanks 
to  tha  ganarotity  of: 

University  of  Calgary 


L'axampiaira  ftlmt  fut  raproduit  grica  k  la 
ginirositi  da. 

Univereity  of  Calgary 


Tha  imagas  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
possibia  considaring  tha  condition  and  lagibility 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  spacifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impree- 
sion.  or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  tha 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impree- 
sion.  and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illuatratad  impression. 


Les  imagas  suivantes  ont  At*  reproduites  avac  la 
plus  grand  soin,  compta  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  la  nettet*  de  rexemplaira  film*,  et  en 
conformit*  avac  lea  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Lee  exemplaires  originsux  dont  la  couverture  en 
pepier  est  imprim*e  sont  film*s  en  commenpant 
par  la  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
darniire  page  qui  comporta  une  emprainte 
d'imprassion  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  la  second 
plat,  salon  la  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exempleires 
originaux  sont  filmis  an  commandant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporta  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  r*  an  terminant  par 
la  darniAra  page  qui  comporta  una  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —»>( meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc..  mey  be  filmed  et 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  In  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Un  das  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
darni*re  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  la  symbols  <^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbols  ▼  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  caitas,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  itre 
film*s  *  des  taux  de  reduction  diff*rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  stre 
reprodult  en  un  seul  clich*,  il  est  film*  *  partir 
da  Tangle  sup*rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  *  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  baa,  en  prenant  la  nombra 
d'images  n*cessaira.  Lee  diagrammes  suivanu 
illustrant  la  m*thoda. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Publications  of  the 

Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 

Division  of  International  Law 

Washington 


TREATIES  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT 
OF  PEACE 


TREATIES  FOR  THE 
ADVANCEMENT  OF  PEACE 

BETWEEN    THE    UNITED     STATES     AND     OTHER 

POWERS       NEGOTIATED       BY      THE      HONORABLE 

WILLIAM    J.     BRYAN,     SECRETARY    OF    STATE    OF 

THE  UNITED  STATES 


WITH  AN  INTRODUCTION 
BY 

JAMES  BROWN  SCOTT 

Director  of  the  Diviiioo  oi  International  Law  of  the  Carnegie  EndowmcD* 
for  Internatioiul  Peace 


NEW  YORK 

OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

AMERICAN  BRAN'CH:  35  W«r  Kilo  Stiiit 

LONDON.  TORONTO.  MELBOURNE.  AND  BOMBAY 

1920 


COPYKICHT  \9M 

■  V  THI 

CARNICIE    ENDOWMtNT   1>0«    INTIUNATIONAL  PBACK 

2  jACKtON  Place 

WAiNiKnroN  D  c. 


PREFATORY  NOTL 

This  publication  comprises  all  the  treaties  for  the  advancement  of 
peace  which  v/ere  negotiated  by  Mr.  Bryan  while  he  was  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  United  States.  It  is  divided  into  two  sections.  Part  I 
contains  the  perfected  troties,  Part  II  the  unperfected  treaties.  All  of 
the  original  texts,  English  and  foreign,  are  inci.  led  in  this  print,  with 
the  exception  of  the  Chinese  and  Greek  treaties,  for  which  there  is 
only  an  English  text.  A  table  showing  the  present  status  of  the 
treaties  is  added  for  the  convenience  of  the  reader,  and.  as  evidence  of 
the  elasticity  of  Mr.  Bryan's  peace  plan,  an  appendix  contains  the 
original  text  and  a.i  English  translation  of  a  similar  tripartite  treaty 
which  has  been  negotiated  by  Argentine,  Brazil  and  Chile. 

James  Brown  Scott, 
Dt       or  of  the  Division  of  International  Law. 

Washington,  O  C, 
July  p,  (918. 


CONTENTS 

PACE 

Introduction     •  •  "' 

Letter  of  Secretary  of  State  Bryan  to  the  Honorable  W.  J.  Stone,  Chair- 
man   of   the    Committee    on    Foreign    Relations   of    the    United    States 

Senate,  August  1.  1914 xlviii 

Secretary  Bryan's  Peace  Plan   (editorial  in  the  American  Journal  of  In- 
ternational Law,  1914)    •"' 

The  Bryan   Peace  Treaties   (editorial  in  the  American  Journal  of  Inter- 
national Law,  1916)  *" 

Part  I.— Pesfectkd  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,  concluded 

BETWEEN   THE  UNITED    STATES  AND 

Bolivia   * 

Brazil   * 

Chile  W 

China    ^5 

Notes  exchanged  May  11-19,  1916 18 

Costa  Rica  20 

Denmark    24 

Ecuador    28 

France    ^ 

Notes  exchanged  November  10,  1915 40 

Great  Britain  41 

Notes  exchanged  November  3,   1915 44 

Guatemala  " 

Notes  exchanged  November  3,   1915 49 

Honduras    ^ 

Italy    54 

Notes  exchanged  September  18,  1915 58 

Norway    "^ 

Notes  exchanged  January  7-12.  1915 63 

Paraguay    66 

Notes  exchanged  November  16-22,  1915 69 

Peru    ^* 

Portugal    '5 

Notes  exchanged  November  16,  1915 ^ 

Russia    ^ 

Spain    ^^ 

Notes  exchanged  November  16-20,  1915 90 


CONTENTS 


FACE 

Sweden    9- 

Notes  exchanged  November  16,  1915 97 

Uruguay    98 

Part  II.— Unperfelted  Treaties  with 

Argentine  Republic   lOj 

Dominican  Republic    110 

Greece    1 " 

Netherlands 117 

Nicaragua    121 

Panama    125 

Persia    129 

Salvador 1^1 

Switzerland    l-'" 

Venezuela    l** 

Supplemental  protocol   !+♦ 

Table  showing  the  Status  of  Treaties  for  the  Advanxement  of  Peace, 
with  reference  to  f.very  nation 146 

Appendix 

Treaty  between  Chile,  Argentine,  and  Brazil  to  facilitate  the  peaceful  solu- 
tion of  international  controversies 147 


J 

-■f' 

LCE 

\ 

92 

0 

97 

98 

INTRODUCTION 

»-ars  may  arise  from  a  variety  of  causes  which  well-nigh  bafHe  and 
of  pretexts  which  actually  defy  classification.     No  diflference  is  too 
trifling  for  war  if  the  nations  in  controversy  wish  war;  none  is  too 
great  for  peace  if  the  nations  concerned  desire  peace.     As  a  great 
statesman  and  wise  counselor  of  our  day  has  aptly  said:  the  dispute 
is  nothing;  the  spirit  in  which  we  approach   it  is  everything.     But 
the  spirit  must  needs  be  aided;  the  passion  which  obscures  the  issue 
must  be  appeased;  the  fire  must  not  be  fanned  into  flame;  the  con- 
flagration, if  it  can  not  for  the  moment  be  extinguished,  must  be  con- 
fined.   All  this  takes  time,  and  if  time  is  lacking,  peace  is  doomed. 
Therefore,  when  direct  negotiations  of  the  parties  have  failed,  the 
interposition  of  some  new  means,  such  as  the  good  offices  or  mediation 
of  third  parties,  tends  to  prolong  discussion  and  to  avert  the  break ; 
the  reference  of  the  dispute  to  the  award  of  arbiters  not  only  pre- 
vents the  break,  but  leads  to  adjustment ;  the  submission  of  the  con- 
troversy to  a  court  of  justice,  if  one  there  be,  decides  the  difference 
according  to  principles  of  law  and  enables  the  litigants  to  go  their 
several  ways  without  resorting  to  arms  and  disturbing  the  peace  of  the 
community  of  nations.     But  time  must  be  given,  the  means  must  be 
at  hand ;  the  agencies  can  not  be  created  in  the  storm  and  stress  of 
controversy;  the  door  must  be   wide  open,   whether  it  lead  to  the 
chancellery  of  a  third  Power,  as  in  the  case  of  good  offices  or  media- 
tion ;  to  the  chamber  of  compromise,  as  in  the  case  of  arbitration,  or  to 
the  court  room,  in  the  case  of  a  justiciable  dispute. 

In  controversies  between  nations,  a  refusal  to  accept  good  offices 
or  mediation  at  the  hands  of  third  parties,  a  rejection  of  a  proposal 
to  arbitrate,  an  unwillingness  to  employ  judicial  means  in  an  appro- 
priate case,  indicate  a  readiness  to  proceed  to  extremes,  and  coupled 
with  the  demand  on  either  side  of  a  settlement  within  a  short  period, 
such  as  forty-eight  hours,  for  example,  can  only  be  looked  upon  as  a 
declaration  of  war  to  become  effective  at  the  expiration  of  the  time 
limit.  Therefore,  any  existing  agency  which  prevents  the  final  break 
is  to  be  commended;  any  new  agency  which  procures  time  for  the 
parties  and  brings  an  enlightened  public  opinion  from  without  to 
bear  upon  the  issue  is  to  be  welcomed. 


xii  INTRODUCTION 

In  addition  to  direct  negotiation  between  nations  in  dispute,  the 
First  Hague  Peace  Conference  of  1899  recognized  good  offices  and 
mediation,  commissions  of  inquiry  and  arbitration  as  methods  of  set- 
tling international  diflEerences  which  direct  negotiations  between  the 
contending  parties,  technically  called  diplomacy,  had  failed  to  adjust. 
The  Second  Conference  of  1907  added  to  these  agencies  judicial  set- 
tlement, without,  however,  hitting  upon  an  acceptable  method  of 
appointing  the  judges,  and  thus  constituting  the  proposed  court  in 
which  the  causes  between  nations  were  to  be  decided  by  due  process  of 
law,  as  are  ordinary  suits  between  man  and  man. 

Mr.  Bryan's  treaties  for  the  advancement  of  peace,  of  which  thirty 
were  negotiated  and  signed  by  him  as  Secretary  of  State,  twenty- 
nine  advised  and  consented  to  by  the  Senate,  and  twenty  actually 
proclaimed  by  the  President,  aim  to  supplement,  not  to  supplant  exist- 
ing agencies  by  bringing  to  discussion  any  and  all  outstanding  differ- 
ences, not  adjusted  by  these  or  other  agencies,  in  the  belief  that  the 
immediate  and  therefore  the  ultimate  danger  of  war  would  be  averted 
througli  an  agreement  of  the  parties  to  refrain  from  hostilities  pending 
investigation,  for  which  a  twelvemonth  is  allowed,  by  a  careful  discus- 
sion before  a  permanent  commission  of  five  members,  in  which  each 
of  the  contending  countries  is  represented  by  a  citizen  or  subject  of 
its  own  choice,  created  in  advance  of  the  dispute  or  existing  at  its  otit- 
break.  Such  treaties  would  facilitate  settlement  by  ascertaining  the 
facts  and  suggesting  the  principle  of  solution,  even  although  the  report 
of  the  commission  should  not  bind  the  parties  or  decide  the  controversy. 


Let  us  briefly  consider  these  different  phases  of  peaceable  settlement 
in  order  to  see  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  Bryan  plan  and  its  place 
in  the  peace  movement. 

First,  of  good  offices  and  mediation. 

By  the  Pacific  Settlement  Convention  of  1899,  drafted  by  the  Hague 
Peace  Conference  of  that  year,  composed  of  official  representatives  of 
twenty-six  nations,  and  recommended  for  adoption  to  those  and  all 
other  civilized  nations  forming  the  society  of  nations,  increased  to 
forty-four  in  1907,  the  nations  agreed  "to  use  their  best  efforts  to 
insure  the  pacific  settlement  of  international  differences"  in  order  to 
obviate  "as  far  as  possible  recourse  to  force  in  the  relations  between 
States." 


INTRODUCTION 


XUl 


To  r.„d«  .his  .gr..m.«  e<t«.i.«  '^r  '•"'>■"  '^^''''■J"  °"  ■" 

case  allow  a  recourse  to  good  offices  or  mediatt 

This  is  a  right  which  the  States  always  possessed,  but  the  Russian 
Jv  ^nent  was  able  to  assert  in  justification  of  ^He  P---  t^a-^^ 
the  forty  years  succeeding  the  Ccngresr,  -  Pans  there  has  not  been 
„  Jot  cirwhere  the  States  m  controversy  have  addressed  a  reques 
Jor  mdiat  on  to  neutral  States.'"^  Therefore,  the  express  approval  o 
t  in  this  Convention  was  of  vast  imporUnce.  as  the  approval  of  the 
prLple  by  all  the  States,  as  distinct  from  a  prcgrosswe  few.  even 
althoueh  no  State  was  bound  unless  it  wanted  to  be 

Bu"  the  Convention  does  not  stop  here;  it  goes  further  and  takes  a 
stepTn  advance  by  recommending  "that  one  or  more  Powers,  strangers 
the  dfspute.  should,  on  their  own  initiative,  and  as  f-  - -r-j^ 
dances  may  allow,  oflfer  their  good  offices  or  med.at.on  to  the  Sutes 
aHarare";  that  "Powers,  strangers  to  the  dispute,  have  the  nght  to 
offlr^okces  or  mediation,  even  d  -ring  the  course  of  hostilities. 
SlTspecifically  provides  that  "the  exercise  of  this  rght  can  never 
be  regarded  by  one  or  the  other  of  the  parties  in  conflict  as  an  un- 

'"xo'lhe'clptious  critic  this  seems  a  small  matter,  as  States  possessed 
this  right  before  ....  exercised  it  at  their  pleasure  and  in  their  dis- 
cretion True,  but  the  clauses  in  question  constitute  an  approvrl  of 
such  action,  on  theii  part,  which  they  were  admittedly  free  to  take 
and  a  recommendation  that  it  be  done  "as  far  as  circumstances  may 
allow  "  that  is  to  say.  if  the  offer  would  not  in  their  onimon  be  hopeless, 
or.  in  other  words,  if  the  offer  is  one  which  they  ^  \  be  prepared  co 
consider  if  made  to  them  instead  of  by  them. 

Again  the  Convention  recommends  that  the  offer  be  made  even  dur- 
i„g  the  course  of  hostilities,"  and  wisely,  as  nations  are  often  as  em- 
barrassed to  stop  hostilities  as  they  were  anxious  to  begin  them,  and 

-Ti^ocee,lm<j,  of  the  First  Hague  Peace  Co^fer^ice   {.artJL  p.  123;  Scott, 
Reports  to  the  Hague  Conferences  of  rSpp  and  1907  (1917).  p.  VO. 


I 


XIV  INTRODUCTION 

inclined  to  welcome  a  proposal  which  a  belligerent  would  not  care  to 
make  lest  its  motives  be  questioned  and  it  be  accused  of  weakness  or 
inability  to  carry  on  the  war. 

But  admitting  that  nothing  new  is  created  by  these  provisions  which 
represent  the  practice  of  nations  when  minded  to  give  a  word  of  advice 
or  lend  a  helping  hand,  the  next  succeeding  provision  t  least  removes 
an  objection,  if  it  does  not  add  a  right,  inasmuch  as  it  provides  that  the 
offer  is  not  to  be  regarded  by  one  or  other  of  the  parties  in  conflict  "as 
an  unfriendly  act." 

With  these  observations  by  way  of  introduction  the  Convention  thus 
states  the  function  and  purpose,  the  nature  and  effect  of  good  offices 
and  mediation,  which  were  apparently  regarded  as  synonymous  by  its 
f  ramers : 

The  part  of  the  mediator  consists  in  reconciling  the  opposing 
claims  and  appeasing  the  feelings  of  resentment  which  may  have 
arisen  between  the  States  at  variance  (Article  4). 

The  functions  of  the  mediator  are  at  an  end  when  once  it  is 
declared,  either  by  one  of  the  parties  to  the  dispute,  or  by  the 
mediator  himself,  that  the  means  of  reconciliation  proposed  by 
him  are  not  accepted  (Article  5). 

Good  offices  and  mediation,  either  at  the  request  of  the  parties 
at  varia.ic'.',  or  on  the  initiative  of  Powers  strangers  to  the  dis- 
pute, have  exclusively  the  character  of  advice  and  never  have 
binding  force  (Article  6). 

The  acceptance  of  mediation  can  not,  unless  there  be  an  agree- 
ment to  the  contraiy,  have  the  effect  of  interrupting,  delaying,  or 
hindering  mobilization  or  other  measures  of  preparation  for  war. 

If  mediation  occurs  after  the  commencement  of  hostilities  it 
causes  no  interruption  to  the  military  operations  in  progress, 
unless  there  be  an  agreement  to  the  contrary  (Article  7). 

The  meaning  of  this  is  clear:  the  good  office  of  a  friend  or  of  a 
mediator  is  not  to  interfere  with  measures  which  a  nation  has  a  right 
to  take  according  to  its  sovereign  pleasure,  but  to  suggest  that  the  con- 
flict be  adjusted  peaceably,  if  war  has  not  begun,  and,  if  hostilities  are 
in  progress,  that  they  be  ended  according  to  a  method  which  the 
mediator  either  discloses  or  is  willing  to  disclose  upon  request.  Ac- 
curate writers  limit  good  offices  to  advice  and  extend  mediation  to  co- 
operation in  the  adjustment  which  good  offices  have  advised.  But 
whether  this  distinction  be  sound  or  observed  in  practice,  the  method 
is  diplomatic,  in  that  it  is  negotiation  by  third  parti  ,  instead  of  nego- 
tiation between  the  parties  in  conflict ;  it  is  unlimited  in  that  the  differ- 


INTRODUCTION 


XV 


£ertL7n"Uht  the^eWes  have  done  if  they  had  regained 
In  spX  teL.  if  A  had  not  resorted  to  fisticuffs  or.  as  we  n«y 

TatiS;ln;tir;ood  o^ces  and  mediation  is  to  be  observed 
Pre  ide  t  Rolevelfs  action  in  bringing  Russia  -^Trr's  li)5 
Portsmouth  whereby  the  treaty  of  Portsmouth,  of  September  5.  1905. 
r«  n^^o  iated  by  their  representatives,  and  the  war  ended,  is  to  be 
Tnsid  eTgollces  not  medi.tion.  The  following  official  telegrams 
under  date  of  June  8.  1905.  addressed  to  the  Amencan  Ambassador  at 
St  Petersburg  and  the  American  Minister  to  Tok.o  finely  state  Mn 
Roosevelt's  humanitarian  purpose  and  the  means  y  wh.ch  U  was 
effected : 

The  President  feels  that  the  time  has  come  when,  in  the  interest 
r^r^n  mankind   he  must  end^^vor  to  see  if  it  is  not  possible  to 

^Sa  i«  eTback  bv  the  war  between  these  two  great  nations. 
S'ti^itn^atcotty.urges  the  Rus.an  and  Japanese  Gov 

Xr^iUrSrSNoo^^^^^^^^^ 

Tne  LSr  TrPr;sidenrsuggests  that  these  peace  negot.a.ons 
Conducted  directly  and  exclusively  between  the  belhgerents-in 
other  word?  ttTthere  may  be  a  meeting  of.  Russian  and  Japanese 
nenLotentLS  or  delegates  without  any  intermediary  in  order 
S  see  if  not  p,.ssible  for  these  represenUtives  of  the  two 

powers  to  agree  to  Terms  of  peace.    The  President  earnestly  Jcs 
fhaTSe  Japanese  government  do  now  agree  to  such  merting 
Lnd  is  asking  the  Russian  Government  likewise  to  agree^    While 
Se  President  does  not  feel  that  any   intermediary  should  be 
Sued  "t:  respect  to  the  peace  -gotiat^ns  themseWes    he 
entirelv  willing  to  do  what  he  properly  can    if  the  wo  powers 
concerned  feel  that  his  services  will  be  of  aid  in  arran^ng  the  pre- 
Saries  as  to  the  time  and  place  of  meeting;  but  if  even  these 
pS  nari"  c'ant  airanged  directly  between  the  tj  powers  or 
in  any  other  way,  the  President  will  be  glad,  as  his  sole  P"rpose js 
i;  brfng  about  a^meeting  which  the  whole  civihced  world  will  pray 
may  result  in  peace.' 
-T7orcign  Relations  of  the  United  States.  1905.  p.  808;  see  also.  Moore.  Digest 
of  International  Law.  v-'   ',  p.  21. 


XVI 


JNTRODUCTION 


In  any  event  the  mediator  advises,  and  his  decision,  if  he  proposes 
(iiie,  is  advisory  and  without  binding  effect  until  by  acceptance  of  the 
(larties  it  becomes  their  decision  and  adjusts  the  controversy.  The 
action  of  Leo  XIII  in  proposing  terms  for  the  adjustment  of  the 
Carohne  controversy  in  1885,  between  Germany  and  Spain  was  that 
of  a  mediator  not  arbitrator.  When,  however,  the  terms  were  ac- 
cepted by  both  of  the  disputants,  the  erstwhile  suggestion  had  the 
force  of  an  arbitral  award,  and  the  action  of  the  Pope  is  to  be  co*-- 
sidered  as  an  act  of  mediation  of  which  it  is  a  typical  and  illuminatuig 
example. 

In  1884  an  admiral  of  the  Imperial  German  Navy  hoirted  the  Ger- 
man flag  at  Yap,  in  the  Caroline  Islands,  over  which  Spain  claimed 
sovereignty.  This  the  Imperial  Government  denied,  and  sought  to  ac- 
quire title  in  its  own  behalf  by  possession  followed  by  effective  occu- 
pation. This  action  on  the  part  of  Germany  led  to  outbreaks  in  Madrid, 
in  which  the  Imperial  German  Embassy  and  Consulate  were  attacked. 
In  this  state  of  affairs  Prince  Bismarck  proposed,  and  Spain  accepted 
the  mediation  of  Pope  Leo  XIII.  His  Holiness  thereupon  suggested 
in  their  behalf  the  negotiation  of  a  convention  by  which  Germany 
acknowledged  the  sovereignty  of  Spain  over  the  Caroline  and  Pellew 
Islands.  In  consideration  of  this  action  on  the  part  of  Germany  Spain 
was  to  engage  itself  to  establish,  as  quickly  as  possible,  "a  regular 
administration  with  sufficient  force  to  guarantee  order  and  the  rights 
acquired"  in  the  archipelago,  to  offer  to  Germany  complete  "liberty  of 
commerce  and  navigation,"  the  right  to  fish  and  to  establish  a  naval 
station  and  coal  depot  at  or  in  the  islands,  and  finally  to  guarantee  "the 
liberty  of  making  plantations"  in  the  islands,  and  of  "founding  agricul- 
tural establishments  on  the  same  footing  as  Spanish  subjects."' 

The  parties  in  dispute  did  this,  and  so  hostilities  were  happily  averted 
through  the  mediation  of  the  Holy  Father. 

The  distinction  between  mediation  on  the  one  hand  and  arbitration 
on  the  other  exists  in  nature,  not  merely  in  name,  and  is  thus  clearly  and 
authoritatively  stated  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian: 

A  man  is  held  to  have  undertaken  an  arbitration,  so  Pedius  says 
(b.  9),  when  he  has  assumed  the  duties  of  judge  and  promises  to 
give  a  decision  which  shall  finally  dispose  of  the  matters  in  dis- 


1  Moore,  History  and  Digest  of  the  International  Arbitrations  to  zvhich  the 
United  States  has  been  a  party,  vol.  S,  pp.  504J-4.  See  also,  Moore,  Digest  of 
International  Ijiw,  vol.  7,  p.  6. 


INTRODUCTION 


XVH 


be  held  to  have  undertaken  an  arbitration. 
The  same  distinction,  deeply  embedded  in  private  law  exists  also  in 

Tniv  Power  •"    The  plenipotentiaries  were  either  so  sure  of  the  use- 
ret^ofharmlessness'of  th'Tir  v.u.  as  to  express  the  hope  "that  the 
S^:    n:ents  not  represented  at  the  Congress  will  -;;; -;^^,<=..r  """^ 
which  has  inspired  the  r<r«  recorded  in  the  present  protocol. 

In  Art  cle  8  of  the  Treaty  of  Paris  the  same  plempotentiarie    stipu- 
lated on  ^U  of  their  respective  countries  th;t  "if  there  shodd  a- 

between  the  sublime  Porte  and  one  or  -^  °^.  ^^^^J/^^^'J^f  ::bTn^ 
Hifference  threatening  the  maintenance  of  their  relations,  the  sublime 
Porte  or  each  of  the  Powers  before  having  recourse  to  the  employmen 
of  force  will  put  the  other  contracting  Parties  in  a  position  to  prevent 
this  extremity  through  their  mediation.  '  .        f  »i.    u,  ^,« 

Ind  finally  as  showing  the  precedents  for  the  action  of  the  Hague 

T5ig.  bk.  IV.  tit.  8.  law  13.  I  2  JMonro's  translation! 

^mns^rd's  Parliamenlary  Deboles.  ^,o\.  30.  vS2^-    bee  also. 

3  British  and  Foreign  Stale  Papers,  vol.  46.  p.  135. 
*  Ibid.,  p.  136. 
5  Ibid.,  p.  12. 


xviii 


ISTRODLTTION 


Conference  in  the  matter  of  good  offices  and  -d.at.on  wh  ch  appear  to 
be  used  indiscriminately  in  these  various  mstances.  Art^le  12  o  the 
General  Act  of  the  Conference  of  Berlin  in  regard  to  the  Kongo,  s.gned 
February  26,  1885,  may  be  quoted: 

In  ra«s  where  serious  disagreement  with  regard  to.  or  within 
thi  limits  of  the  territories  memioned  in  Article  1  and  placed 
unde  X  rraim^o  commercial  liberty  may  arise  between  the  s,g- 
n^orv  Powers  of  the  present  act  or  Powers  which  may  adhere 
"hS  fn  the  uJire.  the'se  Powers  agree  before  appeahng  to  arms, 
to  resort  to  the  mediation  of  one  or  more  f  nendly  Powers.' 

The  friendly  compositor  frequently  mentioned  in  the  Middle  Ages 
bulmuch  of  a'stran^r  in  the  modern  world  may  be  -"s.dered  e.ther 
as  the  mediator  acting  with  consem  and  invested  -th   he  power  of  de- 
ciding the  controversy  submitted  to  him.  or  as  an  arb.ter  chosen  by  the 
parties  in  dispute  and  authorized  by  them  to  settle  the  difference  defim- 
SeW  by  the  application  of  his  sense  of  right  and  fairness.    In  such  a 
ase  the  settlement  of  the  dispute  is  regarded  as  of  more  consequence 
than  the  method  employed.     It  may  include  l^-^'^/'^J.  "^^^^ 
questions  of  fact,  law  or  policy;  the  compositor  may  act  a    a  diplomat 
arbiter  or  judge.    The  admirable  disposition  of  the  difficult  and  trying 
con^oversi  known  as  The  Alsop  Case  between  Chile  and  the  Um  ed 
States,  which  was  submitted  to  the  friendly  ^"""P"^'''""  "^      ^om 
VII  in  V    ■>  and,  upon  his  death,  to  his  successor.  George  V.  by  whom 
it  was  decided  in  1911.  upon  the  advice  of  eminent  counsel    shows 
that  the  friendly  compositor  may  be  at  one  and  the  same  time  the  ,m- 
;.rtial  judge,  although  in  the  decision  of  this  very  case  the  func^^on 
of  the  friendly  compositor  is  said  to  be  to  pronounce    an  award  wh  ch 
shall  do  substantial  justice  between  the  parties  without  attachmg  too 
great  an  importance  to  the  technical  points  which  may  be  raised  on 
either  side  "=    The  Hague  Conferences  did  not  deal  with  friendly  com- 
position other  than  as  it  may  be  included  in  good  offices,  mediat.cn  or 
arbitration,  and  the  subject  is  only  mentioned  in  passmg  to  call  atten- 
tion to  this  method,  whose  day  is  not  yet  run.  m  which  the  conscience 
of  a  particular  individual  is  preferred  to  diplomacy,  without  reference 
to  iaw.  which  is  at  least  respected  in  arbitration  and  ,s  the  very  life  and 
soul  of  judicial  decision. 

I  British  and  Foreign  Stale  Papers.  w\  76,  p.  12. 
'■American  Journal  nf  Internattonal  Laui.  vol.  5,  p.  1U»1. 


INTKODUCTION 


Next  as  to  arbitration.  jt,  outspoken  and  un- 

The  First  Hague  Peace  Co"!^^'"«^^d  itself  strongly  m 
equivocal  approval  t«-^'\-''°"XT^\u«%s^^^^^^  those  involv- 
favor  of  arbitrating  ^^P"*"  °«  ^.^ '^'^t.^^tiom^  conventions,  and 
ing  the  inten.retation  or  aPP''"*'°"  °rt"„  ^he  Second  as  well  as  the 
Z  delegates  of  the  ^^^^  ^^mdC  the':  countries  the  right  ol 
First  Conference  expressly  ""J^'J  .^^i  ,,i,h  a  view  to  extend- 

defined  as  "the  «ettto^"\°J/' ,   'of  respect  for  law."  the  signatory 
their  own  choice,  and  on  t^e  '^^s.s  o^     P  ^^  Arbitration,  open 

Powers  undertook  to  o^^^"'"  ^f.XTethod  of  constituting  a  tem^ 
and  accessible  at  all  »;f^'/;?^^ft  so-called  Permanent  Court,  and 
porary  ^f  "^l  ^^J^^^Ce.o  J  f  o"owed  unless  the  parties  m  con- 

p«-hTdi;X9Snotdow^^ 

And  this  is  ""doubted^y  so     The  jay  Arbitration  again  into  the 

Britain  and  the  United  S^es  »^dj>™ug  ^^^  .^  ^^^  ^^^^^^  ^^  ^e 
thought  and  practice  of  nations  wtM^^^  ^^^  ^^^j^^^„„  ^„e  hun- 
century  intervening  between   he    rea^y  a  ^^^^^  .^  ^^^  ,„. 

dred  international  ^°^^:'"Z:ut^Ln  submitted  to  temporary 
stances,  as  wheels  w,thm  -»>;^;^*'^j„^,3ions.  The  procedure  m- 
tribunals  of  arbitrat.on  or  to  n^«  ^  ~mm  ;„  ,„d  procedure  of 

eluded  in  the  Convention  '""^'yj^Jf^,,  Jrse  of  the  century  from 
the  nations  which  '^-\^'°ZZZn  T^..  nations  before  as  after, 
the  experience  acquired  m  "^'"^"^-^j.  ^y^,  t,„porary  tribunals  or 
selected,  by  ^gree-ent.  the  member  ot^  ^    ^^^^.^^  ^^^^^^ 

-^.  fact  remains  that  ^^^^  ^ ^SH^^l^: 
received  the  solemn  and    ormal  aPP™v^^°         J^^  ,„d  at  the  same 


XX 


INTRODfCTlON 


liad  failed  to  settle."    It  thus  went  forth  from  the  Conference  interna- 
tionalized, and  with  an  added  prestige  and  appeal. 

There  is,  however,  a  difference  between  a  recognition  of  arbitration 
and  an  agreement  to  resort  to  it.  Unfortunately  the  opposiition  of 
the  Imperial  German  delegates  prevented  the  adoption  of  a  general 
agreement  both  at  the  First  Conference,  in  1899,  and  at  the  Second,  in 
1907,  by  virtue  of  which  twenty-six  nations  in  the  First  and  forty-four 
in  the  Second  would  otherw  ise  have  bound  themselves  to  arbitrate  such 
a  controversy  as  the  Serbian  question  of  1914,  a  failure  to  do  which 
precipitated  the  war  of  that  year,  to  which  the  United  States  reluctantly 
but  inevitably  became  a  party  in  1917. 

A  special  treaty  or  agreement  has  to  be  concluded  to  submit  tiu  ,iies- 
tion  to  arbitration  at  a  time  when  neither  of  the  disputants  is  in  a  frame 
of  mind  to  reach  an  agreement  upon  the  issue,  and  to  constitute  a  tem- 
porary tribunal  of  five  members  chosen  from  the  panel,  of  whom  two 
by  the  Convention  of  1899,  one  by  the  revised  Con.  ention  of  the  Second 
Conference  of  1907,  could  be  citizens  or  subjects  of  each  of  the  dis- 
putant States. 

In  the  absence  of  a  general  treaty  of  general  obligation  the  code  of 
procedure  is  of  slight  value,  and  there  is  little  incentive  to  arbitrate 
when  the  treaty  has  to  be  concluded,  the  issue  defined,  the  court  created 
and  its  members  selected  when  the  nations  may  barely  be  on  speaking 
terms.  Experience  is  against  thatching  the  loof  in  time  of  storm.  A 
general  agreement  to  submit  all  or  certain  categories  of  disputes  to 
arbitration,  the  right  of  each  country  to  submit  its  case  as  it  conceives 
it  to  be,  to  a  tribunal  in  existence,  to  be  decided  by  recognized  principles 
of  law  and  equity  are  prerequisites  to  arbitral  adjustment,  as  otherwise 
the  nation  can  by  delay  and  lack  of  cooperation  extricate  itself  from  a 
resort  to  arbitration  which  twenty-six  nations  in  1899  and  forty-four  m 
1907  solemnly  recognized  "as  the  most  effective,  and  at  th<'  same  time 
the  most  equitable,  means  of  settling  disputes  which  diplomacy  has 
failed  to  settle." 

Rut  the  treaties  of  arbitration  which  have  been  concluded  by  virtue 
of  the  right  reserved  in  the  Convention,  submit  legal  questions  and  dis- 
putes concerning  the  interpretation  and  application  of  treaties  and  con- 
ventions and  almost  invariably  withdraw  from  the  obligation  questions 
of  vital  interest,  independence,  honor,  and  necessarily  those  affecting 
third  parties. 


INTKODUCTION 


xxi 


\\  ithout  indulRing  in  criticism  of  these  provisions,  which  «'^^^" 

.A    h.it  from  disinterested  d  scussion,  masmuch  as  eacn   nauon 

Tcide;  fo    i  scH  whether  or  not  a  question  falls  within  the  reserved 

t    "ry  a^^^^^^^     also  a  fact  that  the  absence  of  ^  P^-"-; -^;- 

in  iinc  at  the  outbreak  of  the  dispute,  ready  and  w.lhng  to  accept 

TurSio^  thereof  and  to  decide  it.  offers,  as  it  were,  a  prem.um  to 

'Ivtn'the  Second  Conference  adjourned  on  October  18.  1907.  the 

Rrit;.in  had  introduced  arbitration  to  the  modem  world.  But  with 
,he  exception  of  Great  Britain  it  had  more  arbitrations  to  .ts  cred.t 
tL  aToSr  lion,  and  had  submitted  nearly  a  third  of  all  arbitrated 
cas^.  Taking  the  period  from  1798.  when  the  first  "^'^d  <:omm»- 
sLTmet  tmder  Jay^  treaty,  to  1904.  it  appears  that  there  had  been 
24lTnttInces  of  international  arbitration;  that  of  these  Great 
o  •  t  r*?itrcredit  98^  United  States  76;  that  they  had  arb.- 
S  Ih  :«:norr^:5\hat.  taking  them  -.ether.  jheH^n- 
of  this  form  of  peaceable  settlement  in  the  modern  world  had  arb.- 
uated  more  th-Two-thirds  of  all  the  cases  of  arbitrat.on  dunng  the 

"uut  u"ie'statistics.  encourag.n,  as  they  doubtless  are  give  but  a 
very  n  dequate  impression  of  the  number  of  awards  actually  -"der^d 
L^nrh  »s  a  sinele  treaty  or  convention  often  submits  to  a  mixed 
Tr^^utrout  anting  disputes  of  a  certain  kind  or  category  arising 
ouTf  a  «rt°in  act  or  series  of  acts,  taking  place  withm  a  given  period. 
Thus  underihe  special  treaty  of  arbitration  of  1868  between  Mexico 
Ld   he  United  States,  no  less  than  2.015  cases  -re  subm.Ued. 

When  apprised  of  this  condition  of  affairs.  Mr.  Elihu  Root,  then 
Secretary  ofstate.  took  the  matter  up  and  in  the  course  of  a  twelve- 
^ontrconcluded  rio  less  than  twemy-five  treaties,  showing  how  easily 
-Tf,,  Fried's  HandbucH  der  Friedensbcwcgung.  Vienna  and  Leipzig.  1905. 
"^Ke.'SVy  and  Digest  of  the  International  Arbitrations,  etc..  vol.  2.  r 
1314. 


XXII 


INTRODUCTION 


ability  and  conviction  can  accomplish  what  would  seem  impossible  to 
less  daring  minds.  Of  these  the  first  was  very  appropriately  with  "our 
first  and  ancient  ally,"  and  the  material  portion  of  this  treaty  with 
France  is  thus  worded : 

DiflFerences  which  may  arise  of  a  legal  nature,  or  relating  to  the 
interpretation  of  treaties  existing  between  the  two  Contracting 
Parties,  and  which  it  may  not  have  beei  possible  to  settle  by  diplo- 
macy, shall  be  referred  to  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration 
established  at  The  Hague  by  the  Convention  of  the  29th  July, 
1899,  provided,  nevertheless,  that  they  do  not  affect  the  vital  in- 
terests, the  independence,  or  the  honor  of  the  two  Contracting 
States,  and  do  not  concern  the  interests  of  third  Parties. 


The  great  merit  of  Mr.  Bryan's  plan  is  that  it  creates  a  permanent 
Commission  of  five  person?  .vhich  is  in  existence  at  the  outbreak  of  the 
dispute,  whatever  its  nature,  to  which  it  can  be  and  must  be  submitted 
and  that  the  commission  thus  composed  has  a  twelvemonth  within 
which  careiul'y  to  consider  the  controversy  in  all  its  aspects,  during 
which  the  disputants  pledge  themselves  not  to  resort  to  hostilities. 
In  addition  to  the  legal  questions  and  questions  involving  treaties 
and  conventions,  which  the  nations  may  have  agreed  to  submit  to  arbi- 
tration, the  questions  reserved  from  the  obligation  to  arbitrate  are  by 
Mr.  Bryan's  treaties  brought  before  commissions  where  they  are  inves- 
tigated, and  the  report  drawn  up  by  tiie  commission  is  presented  to  the 
foreign  offices  of  the  contending  countries  for  such  action  as  their 
wisdom  may  dictate  and  an  enlightened  public  opinion  persuade. 

But  before  taking  up  Mr.  Bryan's  plan  there  is  a  further  matter 
which  requires  consideration,  for  without  it  his  treaties  would  seem 
to  lack  that  firm  and  sure  international  foundation  which  assured  their 
negotiation. 

The  First  Hague  Conference  provided  in  the  ninth  article  of  its 
Pacific  Settlement  Convention,  for  the  creation  from  time  to  time  of 
an  international  commission  of  inquiry  "to  facilitate"  a  solution  of 
"differences  of  an  international  nature  involving  neither  honor  nor 
vital  interests,  and  arising  from  a  diflFerence  of  opinion  on  points  of 
fact."  As  in  arbitration,  resort  was  to  be  made  to  the  commission  upon 
the  breakdown  of  diplomacy.  This  was  not,  however,  even  in  the  case 
of  facts,  an  unlimited  obligation  or  recommendation  because  of  the 


INTRODUCTION 


xxKi 


presence  of  the  clause  specifying  only  those  which  "circumstances 
allow"  •  but  such  differences  as  were  actually  submitted  were  to  be 
subjected  to  "an  impartial  and  conscientious  investigation'  in  order  "to 
facilitate"  their  solution  "by  elucidating"  the  facts. 

\t  best  the  article  is  a  recommendation,  not  an  agreement,  to  submit 
facts  in  dispute;  facts  involving  honor  or  vital  interests  are  excluded 
and  those  left  are  only  recommended  to  be  referred  to  "an  impartial 
and  conscientious  investigation"  if  "circumstances  allow." 

This  is  not  much,  even  the  friendly  critic  might  venture  to  say ; 
but  he  would  be  wrong,  for  it  is  a  precedent  for  a  commission  of  in- 
quirv  and  a  first  step  to  better  and  greater  things. 

The  commission,  like  the  temporary  tribunal  of  arbitration,  would 
liave  to  be  created  for  the  special  difference  and  "by  special  agreement 
between  the  parties  in  conflict."    The  agreement  would  likwise  have  to 
define  the  facts  to  be  examined  and  the  extent  of  the  commission's 
powers,  and  settle  the  procedure  to  be  followed  in  the  impartial  and 
conscientious  investigation.    The  same  method  was  to  be  employed  to 
constitute  one  as  the  other.    Each  was  to  consist  of  five  members  to  be 
chosen  by  direct  agreement  of  the  parties ;  failing  which,  each  of  the 
disputants  was  to  appoint  two  arbiters  or  commissioners  from  the  panel 
of  the  Permanent  Court,  who  together  were  to  choose  an  umpire.    In 
case  of  a  tie,  the  choice  of  umpire  was  to  be  made  by  a  Third  Power 
selected  by  the  parties  in  common  accord.    Upon  failure  of  the  parties 
to  agree  upon  the  third  Power,  each  of  the  disputants  was  to  select  a 
different  Power,  and  the  two  Powers  thus  chosen  were  to  appoint  the 
umpire.     Such   was  the  procedure  under  the   Convention  of    1899, 
but  it  was  faulty  in  more  than  one  particular,  and  it  might  end  in 
failure  to  constitute  the  court  or  the  commission.     Therefore,   the 
Second  Conference  of  1907  revised  and  greatly  improved  it.    Under 
the  original  convention  the  two  arbiters  or  commissioners,  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  each  party,  might  be  chosen   from   its   citizens   or  sub- 
jects with  the  result  that  the  body  thus  selected  would  be  made  up 
of  four  interested  persons  struggling,  we  may  well  suppose,  to  con- 
vert the  umpire  to  their  way  of  thinking,  and  thus  to  carry  their  point 
whatever  it  might  be.    The  revised  convention  changed  this  unseemly 
procedure  by  providing  that  only  one  of  the  two  persons  chosen  by 
each  should  be  taken  from  its  "nationals,"  to  use  a  new  and  convenient 
word  which  has  evidently  come  to  stay,  with  the  result  that  the  majority 
of  the  court  or  commission  is  to  be  composed  of  strangers,  supposedly 


XXIV 


INTRODUCTION 


indilteitnt  in  the  cause,  and  the  award  in  the  one,  and  the  finding  in  the 
other  case  thereafter  depends  upon  them,  not  upon  interested  and 
therefore  disquahfied  persons,  as  formerly.  Under  the  original  con- 
vention it  might  conceivably  happen  that  the  ttvo  Powers  might  not  be 
able  to  agree  upon  the  umpire.  Therefore  to  prevent  this  contingency 
it  is  provided  in  the  revised  text  that,  upon  their  failure  to  agree  within 
two  months — diplomacy  moves  slowly  and  majestically — each  of  the 
Powers  is  tc  rame  two  members  of  the  Permanent  Panel,  not  already 
chosen  and  not  citizens  or  subjects  of  the  august  disputants,  and  the 
drawing  of  lots  determines  the  umpire. 

The  en, imission  thus  selected  is,  we  shall  suppose,  ready  to  begin  its 
labors.  Without  going  into  details,  it  is  sufficient  to  say  that  the  Powers 
in  conflict  agree  to  supply  it,  to  quote  the  text  of  1899,  "as  fully  as  they 
may  think  possible  with  all  means  and  facilities  necessary  to  enable 
it  to  be  completely  acquainted  with  and  to  accurately  understand  the 
facts  in  question."  When  the  commission  has  found  the  facts  in  con- 
troversy "by  means  of  an  impartial  and  conscientious  investigation,"  it 
prepares  its  report  to  be  signed  by  all  of  its  members. 

The  question  naturally  arises  as  to  the  nature  and  force  of  the  re- 
port to  reach  which  the  commission  has  been  appointed,  and  which,  it 
is  to  be  presumed,  will  be  a  document  of  much  importance  to  the  parties 
and  to  the  public.  On  this  point  the  original  convention,  untouched 
in  this  respect  by  the  revision  of  the  Second  Conference  is  to  the  effect 
that  "the  report  of  the  international  commission  of  inquiry  is  limited 
to  a  statement  of  facts,  and  has  in  no  way  the  character  of  an  arbitral 
award" ;  and  "it  leaves  the  conflicting  Powers  entire  freedom  as  to  the 
eflFects  to  be  given  to  this  statement."  That  is  to  say,  the  commission 
finds  facts  as  a  jury  in  Anglo-American  procedure ;  it  contents  itself 
with  the  statement  of  the  facts  as  found  and  thereupon  goes  out  of 
existence,  leaving  the  Powers  free  to  take  any  or  no  action  upon  the 
facts.  The  Conference,  however,  felt  that  this  seemingly  meager  re- 
sult, would  be  of  value  to  the  parties ;  otherwise  the  convention  could 
not  have  provided  for  the  creation  of  an  international  agency  of  this 
kind. 

It  was  indeed  proposed  and  urged  by  the  Russian  delegation  to  the 
Second  Conference  to  bind  the  parties  to  submit  the  facts  thus  found 
to  an  arbitral  tribunal  if  they  did  not  proceed  to  the  settlement  of  the 
dispute,  but  this  addition  to  the  text  and  change  in  the  eflfect  to  be 


INTRODUCTION 


XXV 


u    v-^rth  Spi  or  Doeeer  Bank  case  arising  out  of  the  kusso  jay 
V      Tlc^IV  If  the  •incident"  had  taken  place  upon  the  stage,  the 
derate  thelter-goer  could  hardly  have  suppressed  a  laugh. 

,h.  N..y  of  Japan,  )-<  »'  f.^"  °C;X„  .™ed  wi,h  bow, 
began  bis  m.luary  car«r  '"  '!«  >(^';^'  '°  „^„„  j„,  „  ,he  nigbl  ol 

S^  cb  w^mS™!!,  would  seem,  lo.  Japanese  .o^o  boats  .n*ng 

2arrb:sJeSS:^.S';;^=^-™rH 

caused  bin,  .„,nt.r™p.bj^.™w.^.*^^^^^^^  >^ 

rrX  En"!,:,  a„TSp«g.,s7ow,,ds  japan,  .^'.i;--;^ 

;"   to  .be  good  offices,  mediation  or  friendb,  ■"''""^°'J,'^S 

".i°ri::erdTbVsJi;rsrn,!r:;e<;r.:-;-^^^^^^^^^^ 

Sr'r^'r;rbi^^;"5trr.t:^ 

his  .hould  be  done  on  this  occasion  inasmuch  as  the  presence  or  absence. 

founta   a  fact"  of  Japanese  vessels  on  the  night  of  the  t-sedy  neces^ 

"ilv  justified  ^r  condemned  the  action  of  the  Russian  Admiral.  JA^ 

m"  t  not  overlook  the  consequences  of  the  incident  in  our  amusement 


XXVI 


INTRODUCTION 


at  the  facts,  and  the  vast  importance  of  tlie  case  as  a  precedent,  because, 
given  the  world  as  it  is,  i(  is  difficuh  to  maintain  that  the  honor  or  vital 
interest  of  one  or  the  other  of  the  nations  was  not  involved,  if  these 
terms  are  to  be  understood  as  defined  by  the  practice  of  nations.  Yet 
the  presence  or  absence  of  a  Japanese  ship  was  so  essentially  a  mere 
matter  of  fact,  that  the  questions  of  honor  and  of  vital  interests  could 
be  waived  and  the  fact  found,  which  also  settled  both  the  question 
of  responsibility,  without  requiring  a  special  finding  on  that  head,  and 
the  liability  for  damages,  which  however  would  need  to  be  assessed  in 
accordance  with  the  proofs. 

Because  the  commission  was  a  success  and  because  it  shows  of  itself 
the  practicability  and  the  possibility  of  this  method  of  peaceful  settle- 
ment, for  which  Mr.  Bryan  stands  sponsor  on  a  large  a  '  permanent 
scale,  the  procedure  had  in  the  adjustment  is  given  in  sonic  iittle  detail. 

On  November  29,  1904,  or  the  12th  of  the  month  if  the  Russian 
calendar  be  used,  representatives  of  Great  Britain  and  Russia  agreed 
upon  and  signed  a  declaration  to  submit  the  Xorth  Sea  Incident,  as  it 
is  officially  called,  to  an  international  commission  of  inquiry,  composed 
of  five  members,  two  officers  of  high  rank  in  the  British  and  Russian 
Navies,  two  officers  of  high  rank  in  the  French  and  American  Navies, 
and  a  fifth  member  chosen  by  the  four  officers  in  question  or,  in  default 
of  their  agreement,  by  the  Emperor  of  Austria,  who  happens  also  to 
be  the  King  of  Hungary.  The  five  members  of  the  Commis.sion  thus 
selected  were  to  be  assisted  by  a  legal  assessor,  appointed  by  each  of 
the  high  contracting  Parties,  and  an  agent,  likewise  chosen  by  each, 
"officially  empowered  to  take  part  in  the  labors  of  the  commission." 

The  commission  thus  constituted  was  directed  to  "inquire  into  and 
report  on  all  the  circumstances  relative  to  the  North  Sea  Incident, 
and  particularly  on  the  question  as  to  where  the  responsibility  lies  and 
the  degree  of  blame  attaching  to  the  subjects  of  the  two  high  contract- 
ing Parties  or  the  subjects  of  other  countries  in  the  event  of  their 
responsibility  being  established  by  the  inquiry." 

The  commission,  to  meet  at  Paris,  was  to  adopt  its  iJrocedure.and 
In-  furnished,  "to  the  greatest  possible  extent,"  by  the  two  Govern- 
ments "with  all  the  means  and  facilities  necessary,  to  enable  it  to 
acquaint  itself  thoroughly  with  and  appreciate  correctly  the  matters 
in  dispute."  The  report  adopted  by  a  majority,  was  to  be  signed  by 
all  of  the  members,  the  two  Govemments  were  to  bear  their  respective 


INTRODUCTION 


xxvii 


J  »^  th..  mpetine  of  the  commission,  and  equal 

expenses  incurred  pnor  to  the  ""^^^'^^  ot^  ^^.^^ 

n^oieties  of  the  expenses  ^«  -'^^^^^kHrom  the  British.  Russian. 
The  commission  composed  of  Admirals  ir 

French,  American  and  ^-^l^-^'^^^'^'^^^Z  ^^^^^^^^^  date  it 
December  22,  1904,  unt.l  February  f 'J^^OS.  on jl  ^^^ 

,a,»n  point  of  ».ew,  allhoogh  he  *~'""'  '  e  had  teen  lad  to  open 
rrfX^  rtZu'r^tatr  o^^  nnW„o„n  na— .. 
Stood  in  need  of  assistance.  assumed  the 

„:;;rnSn„f s  M^^rrr  inr  .a  da.,..  ..0-., 

approximately  to  $300,000.' 


vv,  .re  now  prepared  to  consider  the  Bryan  peace  plan  as  it  is 
ca  e  ,  "hicTTheTader  will  observe  takes  the  contmiss.on  o^^n,.^ 
a,  its'  point  of  departure,  ^J'""-  '  f^^^    ^queS  -■ 

z="pr:r^:^;r^epi^'t%£a^^ 

ant  documents,  twenty  of  which  have  been  proclaimed  and  actually 
.re  the  supreme  law  of  the  land  of  the  contracting  parties. 

Mr  sTan  was  apparently  not  inHuenced  in  first  instance  by  the 
fZ  H^e  Conference,  but  proceeded,  and  properly,  from  a 
;:rd:e  of  pJae  law  whi^^^^  had'proved  so  successful  within  its 
LTed  dolin  as  to  suggest  and  to  iustify  ^^  exte^s.n  f^r^^^^^^^ 
national  to  the  international  field.  In  the  course  of  various  n^^™  ' 
Mr.  Bryan  explained  to  the  undersigned,  approximately  as  follows, 
the  genesis  and  nature  of  his  peace  plan. 


^^Vlii  INTRODUCTION 

The  treaties  providing  for  the  investigation  of  all  disputes  had  their 
origin  in  a  plan  similar  in  principle,  Mr.  Bryan  says,  which  he  advo- 
cated for  several  years  as  a  means  cf  dealing  with  labor  disputes.  He 
thought  compulsory  arbitration  objectionable  in  this  country,  because 
it  would  be  contrary  to  public  sentiment  to  attempt  to  compel  either 
party  to  the  dispute  to  comply  with  an  order  which  involved  either 
carr}ing  on  business  at  a  loss,  or  furnishing  labor  at  a  price  or  upon 
terms  believed  by  the  laboring  men  to  be  inequitable.  Compulsory 
investigation,  however,  was  not  open  to  the  same  objection,  for  the 
purpose  of  investigation  is  only  to  lay  before  the  public  the  facts  in  the 
dispute  and  the  disposition  of  the  parties,  relying  upon  the  force  of 
public  opinion  to  secure  an  adjustment  of  the  dispute  after  the  facts 
are  known. 

-Mr.  Bryan's  plan  involved  the  following  principles: 

First,  that  it  should  be  applied  to  all  disputes  of  everv  kind  and 
character. 

Secondly,  that  the  investigation  should  be  made  by  a  permanent 
board  whose  aid  could  be  invoked  by  either  side  at  any  time,  and  in- 
vested with  authority  to  investigate  upon  its  own  initiative. 

Thirdly,  that  in  order  to  assure  fairness,  the  board  should  in  each 
investigation  add  two  members,  one  selected  by  each  side,  the  tem- 
porary members  to  have  equal  authority  with  the  permanent  members 
during  the  investigation  for  which  they  were  selected. 

Fourthly,  that  each  side  should  possess  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently at  the  conclusion  of  the  investigation  and  the  presentation  of  the 
report,  the  recommendations  of  the  commission  enjoying  only  such 
force  as  their  intrinsic  merits  gave  them. 

During  the  Russian-Japanese  war  it  occurred  to  Mr.  Bryan  that  the 
plan  proposed  for  labor  disputes  might  with  advantage  be  applied  to 
mternational  disputes,  and  in  February,  1905,  he  suggested  the  plan 
m  an  editorial  in  his  paper,  the  Commoner.  This  editorial  was  fol- 
lowed a  few  weeks  later  by  another  elaborating  the  same  idea. 

In  the  first  editorial  referred  to,  Mr.  Bryan  said  in  the  Commoner 
for  February  17.  1905': 

It  is  time  for  the  leading  nations  to  join  together  in  profferinf? 

the,r  good  oftces  for  the  settlement  of  the  war  in  the  east     Therf 

"^"^'  ^  '"^d.at.on  some  time,  why  not  now?    Russia  can  not  ho^e 

c.ccStwik^!:'^  ^'"""'"""•-  ^"^^^'  '^'5'  ^--  -''-"  "-""  the  following 


Introduction 


xxix 


.0  .etaUe  Port  Arthur  in  S^^r.^J'^-teS^^ -^^^^^ 
more  expensive  and  more  Jf^fV^^^^^'^Von  both  sides  to  satisfy 
inland.    There  has  been  Uhng  enoug^  There  never 

that  absurd  sense  o   honor  wh,chreqm^^  ^^^^^  ^  ^^^^ 

was  a  time  when  the  ^hnstian  nauon  ^.^^  ^^  ^^^^^   ^^^ 

perative  duty  to  throw  their  influence  o  ^^^^^         ^^. 

the  United  States  can  well  afford  to  take  tn  ^^^.^^^  ^^  ^j  ^„y 

lations  with  both  Russia  and  Japan  are^such  a  .^  ^^^^^d  our 
s.Ksnicion  of  selfish  interest.  Ana  wucii  f  „„,,-„  of  arbitra- 
nS  should  take  the  f  jaUve  in  ^J-o^^^^^^^  »,  ,fc. 

tion  so  comprehensivejhaf  0/  rf.#jr^n^;^^^^  „,  ,„     f^^eto 

S?s;st:^"^oi;i  ^mtS'^riUote  possibility. 
,„  the  second  editorial  in  the  C...on^^^ 

"''"'""■  .  H,  to  provide  for  the  impartial  investi- 

It  is  possible    .    .  .  •    ]°,r^       J      ing  the  final  submission 
gation  of  any  i^V'^^^^ir  o?  tr^a  y     The  president  might  be 
to  arbitration  to  be  a  f^"^\°[,^'^^S"  to  submit  any  and  every 
authorized  to  enter  into  »"  ^g^ff™^,";  '^^^t   for   investigation, 
international   dispute    '«    'i^..  J^  and  presents  the  real  issue 
When  the  court  ^P^^^  "P°^7%*^S/7an   decide   intelligently 
between   the   V^;^^^\*'lV^J'J^ao„'fT^^^ 
whether  it  involves  a  P''"l'rf''''^^tioi.    Such  an  investigation 
the  integrity  and  h'>»"lff^'''ZsmStzr^A^g  and  bring  about 
would,  in  most  cases,  remove  misunoersw        s        powerful  m- 

r  reconciliation,  and  public  .X^^cel  X<=h  m  ^^^^  ^°""^  *° 
fluence  in  harmonizing  f^.  ^'^t^t^en  Tn  operation  the  Russian- 
exist  ...  If  such  a  plan  had  D«en  m  y  ^^^^ 
jTp^nese  war  might  ^-e  b^n  pre^^^^^^^^ 

r  ion-  Mr   Rrvan  left  the  United  States  for  a  trip 
,„  September  of  ^^^^^^^^^f^Uon  visited  was  Japan  and  there, 
around  the  world.     The  hrt  na  ^^  ^^^.^^^  ^^ 

on  the  twentieth  of  Uctooer    .      v  occasion  Mr. 

tendered  him  at  the  Bankers  Club  m  ^^^^^  ^„,  ,,  ^is 

Bryan  proposed  investigation  before  a  ^e^»-?°;^,.^^^  ^^^  „^bH,h- 

r^o?  ixrart  le^^rnrtrth^n--  -  ^^^-  -  — -^ 


XXX 


INTRODUCTION 


action  afterwards,  would  do  mud,  to  settle  difficulties  between  nations, 
—indeed,  it  would  do  more  than  any  system  involving  an  agreement  in 
advance  to  abide  by  the  decision." 

During  the  following  June,  while  in  Norway,  he  received  and  ac- 
cepted an  invitation  to  the  meeting  of  the  Interparliamentary  Union 
to  be  held  m  London  in  July.    The  invitation  came  from  Lord  Wear- 
dale,  then  and  now,  one  of  the  active  and  intelligent  advocates  of  inter- 
national peace,  whom  Mr.   Bryan  had  met  two  years  before  in  the 
Ln,ted  States.     Upon  reaching  I^ndon.  Mr.  Bryan  laid  the  proposed 
plan  before  Lord  Weardale.  who  heartily  and  unreservedly  endorsed 
It.     It  was  then  presented  to   Sir  Henry   Campbell-Bannerman.   the 
British  Premier,  who  also  approved  of  it.  and  in  his  remarks  at  the 
opening  of  the  Union.  Sir  Henry  inserted  a  passage  which  was  intended 
to  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  plan.     In  this  famous  address,  de- 
livered on  July  25.  1906.  known  as  the  Duma  speech  because  of  its 
ending  "the  Duma  is  dead,  long  live  the  Duma."  inasmuch  as  that 
body  had  just  been  dissolved.    The  Prime  Minister  said,  in  the  passage 
referred  to  by  Mr.  Bryan: 

Gentlemen,  I  fervently  trust  that  before  long  the  principle  of 
arbitration  may  win  such  confidence  as  to  justify  its  extension  to 
a  wider  field  of  international  differences.  We  have  already  seen 
how  questions  arousing  passion  and  excitement  have  attained  a 
solution,  not  necessarily  by  means  of  arbitration  in  the  strict  sense 
ot  the  word,  but  by  referring  them  to  such  a  tribunal  as  that  which 
reported  on  the  North  Sea  incident;  and  I  would  ask  you  whether 
It  may  not  be  worth  while  carefully  to  consider,  before  the  next 
congress  meets  at  The  Hague,  the  various  forms  in  which  differ- 
ences might  be  submitted,  with  a  view  to  opening  the  door  as  wide 
as  possible  to  ever>-  means  which  might  in  any  degree  contribute  to 
mocerate  or  compose  such  differences.' 

In  the  course  of  Mr.  Bryan's  remarks  in  behalf  of  investigation  as 
an  alternative  to  arbitration  and  as  an  amendment  to  the  proposed 
treaty  of  arbitration  drafted  by  the  Union  and  adopted  at  this  session 
he  said,  in  justification  of  his  own  proposal  ana  after  quoting  the 
above  passage  from  the  Premier's  speech : 

This   amendment   is   in   harmony    with   this   suggestion       The 
resolution  is  in  the  form  ot  a  postscript  to  the  Treaty,  but  like  the 
postscripts  of  some  letters,  it  contains  a  very  vital  subject— in  fact 


•  Interparliamentary    Union, 
p.  103. 


O/Hcial  Report   of   the  Fourteenth   Conference. 


INTROmiCTlON 


XXXI 


I  an,  not  sure  b«.  ..  ^rt^^^^^^^^^  ^^1 
letter  itself,  for  ^  deals  w^th  ^l'^^^^  T^  „^  ^on^,  ^r  integrity  of 
arbitration.  Certain  1"'^^''°"^,*5"  urisdiction  of  a  court  of  ar- 
a  nation  are  considered  ""f^^^JJ^^is  which  have  given  trouble, 
bitration,  and  these  are  the  ^"•-f  °"^  V  ^^^^  jo  not  affec  a 
?Lsion  is  not  often  aroused  by  questions  ^  ^^^^^^^ 

nation's  integrity  ^^  l^"""""- ^^o^ed  where  it  might  be.    The  first 
arbitration  is  not  always  employed  wnere  k  investiga- 

"advantage.  then,  of  t^- -^'^.rbut     palate  the  facts  from  the 
tion  of  the  facts  ^"^  if  you  can  Du      p      ^  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^ 

zsz  ts»r  j^s;str?^ngis 

Ef for-  IS^J'!S^^^^^-^^^^'  -  ^^^^'^^"  ^'"'^*  "^ 
the  cause  of  most  ^/^''Sreements  .^  ^^^^  .^  ^^^^  ^ime 

The  second  advantage  o^J^'J^^^^S  been  well  presented  by 
for  calm  consideration,  ^^^l^*  f '  .^'g^ron  von  Plener.  I  need  not 
the  gentleman  who  has  PJ^f/^^^^!; ^ent  animal  from  a  [sicl 
sav  to  you  that  man  excited  is  a  ^^^^7^*^^^"^.,^^  not  by  passion,  but 
Sn  caL.  and  that  questions  o"^^^^  l^ifdo  notWng'eL  but  give 
by  deliberation.    If  this  resolution  wou  ^  sufficient  reason 

tLe  for  reflection  and  dehberat  J  t^  ^^  ^^^  „„,il  ^„. 

for  its  adoption.    I f  w    can  ^u^^  «tay  ^^^^  ^  ^^ 

science  -"  assejt  •^;^"' ;;^^^^^^^^^  ^^^  ^^,^  ^^,,  ,V,     can  do;  when 
men  are  mad  they  swagger  a  ^^  ^^ 

they  are  calm  they  ^°"^f.^^£estigat^n  is  that  it  gives  oppor- 
The  third  advantage  of  th's  >nvest,ga  ^^.      ^f  ^  peaceful 

tunity  to  mobilize  piiblic  oP2°"J°;„ot%o  be  overlooked.  Public 
settlement,  and  that  '^.^"  ^^^^^^^'j  Ire  a  power  in  the  world  One 
opinion  is  coming  to  be  '"^J'^^f  JJ^^^ry  has  produced-Thomas 
of   the   greatest   statesmen   my   country  V        ^  ^^^^^  j, 

Jefferson,  and.  if  it  ^f"^i"°\jf  world  has  produced-said  that 
^o  be  the  greatest  «tates'nan^^\Jve  Jment  without  newspapers 
if  he  had  to  choose  between  a  gove  ^^^  ^y^^ 

and  newspapers  -  tho"t  a  ^^^^^rS  ^^  ^  ^„  ,,  ,„  extravagant 
newspapers  ^'^thout  a  governnient.    Y  y^^^  .^^^  .^  p^^hc 

statement,  and  yet  it  presents  an  lac  ,  ^.^^  ^^  ^^ 

opinion  is  a  controlling  l^'^Jj^SLre  powerful :  glad  that 
when  public  oP'"'''"J^;°^enorar  sentiment  of  one  nation  will 
the  time  is  coming  w.^^"  "^^^'"^"s  •  glad  that  the  time  is  coming 
influence  the  action  of  "^^f  "^'7^ 'r^etween  two  nations  affects 
when  the  world  w.li  "^^f^^Vkivolvrd  glad  that  the  time  is  coming 
others  than  the  two  nations  invoWed^g  ^^^.^  jjfferences  by 

when  the  world  will  ms.  t   hat  natu^ns  ^^^  ^^^^^^y^-       ,^    force 

rpX^^otnioTpTacc^^i^^^^  P---^"    ^^'^  ^^^°^"'°"  '^  '"" 


X.XXIl 


Ln'TRDDUCTION 


sented.  therefore,  U.r  the  reasons  tliat  it  rIvcs  an  oppnrti.nitv  to 

investigate  the  facts  and  to  separate  then,  from  the  question  of 

Honor;  that  it  gives  time  for  the  cahning  of  passion;  and  that  it 

gives  a  time  for  tl,e  formation  of  a  controlling  public  sentiment.' 

A  proposition  relating  to  mediation  was  also  before  the  conference 

and  the  committee  reported  in  favor  of  combining  the  two  as  alternative 

propositions  and  in  this    form  the  resolution  went  through  without 

opposition.    The  text  of  this  resolution  as  amended  was  thus  worded: 

If  a  diflference  should  arise  between  the  contracting  parties 
which,  by  the  terms  of  the  Convention,  should  not  be  submitted 
to  arbitration,  the  parties  shall  not  have  recourse  to  any  measure 
ot  hostility  of  whatever  nature  bc-fore  having  jointly  or  separately 
demanded,  according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  either  the 
constitution  of  an  international  commission  of  inquiry  or  the 
mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly  Po.vers.  This  requisition  shall 
De  made,  in  case  of  need,  comformably  to  Article  VIII  of  the 
Hague  Convention  for  the  peaceful  settlement  ot  international 
conflicts.' 

From  that  time  on,  Mr.  Bryan  presented  hi?  plan  wherever  and 
whenever  opportunity  offered,  and  it  was  afterward  endorsed  at  an  in- 
ternational peace  gathering  in  New  York  and  in  1910  at  a  public  meet- 
ing in  Edinburgh. 

Later,  when  President  Taft  was  negotiating  treaties  of  arbitration 
with  Great  Britain  and  France.  Mr.  Bryan  called  at  the  White  House 
and  laid  before  the  President  and  Secretary  of  State  Knox  his  peace 
plan,  a  part  of  which,  Mr.  Bryan  says,  was  incorporated  in  the  treaties. 
Mr.  Bryan  further  adds,  in  this  connection,  that  the  President  very 
generously  gave  him  credit  for  his  suggestion  in  a  public  address 
which  he  made  shortly  afterwards  in  Nebraska. 

The  Senate,  it  is  well  known,  objected  to  these  treaties,  but  on 
grounds  immaterial  to  the  present  purpose,  and  they  failed  of  ratifi- 
cation in  the  form  in  which  they  were  submitted. 

When,  after  the  election  of  1912.  Mr.  Bryan  was  summoned  to 
1  renton  by  Mr.  W'ilson.  who  tendered  him  the  Secretaryship  of  State 
the  prospective  Secretary  of  State  laid  the  plan  before 'the  Presid»nt-' 
Elect  and  told  him  that  with  his  support  the  project  would,  he  be- 
lieved, be  accepted  by  the  world.  The  President,  Mr.  Brvan  savs  very 
heartily  approved  the  proposal.  "  -   '       ■' 

'  Interparliamentary  Union,  ibid.,  d   12S 
» Ibid.,  p.  123.  '^ 


INTRODCCrtON 


xxxiii 


I 


Shortly  after  Mr.  WiUon's  -"^-f,  ""j^f  ;^„?  ^  I'Lident.  after 
,,  ,,,  l^sident  a  wr^^tten  7^-;*^;'"  ^    ^^orized  its  presentation 
,„„ferring  with  the  ^-b>"f  ^'^^   ''^  ^X   represented  at  Washington, 
.o  the  diplomatic  agents  "^Sle  runoe'standing  with  the  other 
and  Mr.  Bryan,  to  remove  P^^^^'^'^^        ^^^  the  precaution  to  con- 
branch  of  the  treaty  makmgpo.erw.^ey  ^^^^^  ^^^ 
fer  with  the  Senate  Comm.ttee  on  Foreign  ,„,bassadors  and 
i,  to  the  diplomats.    On  .he  2-*th  of  Apr.  •                ^^^^^^.^^  .^  ^^^ 
Ministers  residing  at  the  nat.onal  C  pUal  met    y         ^^^^^^^^  ^^  ^^^ 
ception  room  of  the  State  Depa  -  "t  and  .          ^y^^^  ^,,,„p,„ying  U 
diplomat  present  a  ^^nUen  out h  -  oj         P^^^^^  ^^^^.^^^ 

-^rrr^vjs&~^       .„ .  the 

and  in  a  number  of  t-^.es  the  c  mm.^ .„  .^  p  ^^  ^^.^^  ^^  .„. 
Us  own  initiative,  a  prov.s.on  -^  "^^  f  ^^  ,^  ,,  ^o  so  in  every  case^ 
corporate  in  all  of  the  treat.es,  but  was  una  .^^^^^^^^^^^ 

ThUeason  for  this  des,re  and  effort  on  h,s  pa      ^^  ^^^  ^^^^^^^^  ^^ 

by  the  .  .owing  "Story     ^^^^^   :Zu.n  edification:    '"A  man 

„,ir  nnmsement  no  d-'^;;^^^^^^^^^  ;,  impossible  to  drink  moder- 

was  complaining  to  a  fnendtha  he  1  ^^  ^^^^^^^  f„„ 

ately.  because  of  the  ^^^"""""I'^'^^T^,  ^as  made,  suggested  to 
others.  The  friend  to  -^^^  f ; J^dJy  calling  for  'sarsapariUa' 
bim  that  the  difficulty  m.ght  be  ^"^^^^^^^^^^^  y^,  ,,,„tcd."    "But.- 

^v'^-ver  he  ^ound  ^hat^  ^ ,  ^^^^^^^  ^  J  ,  ^,  ,„  ,be  whiskey 
said  the  complamant,    '^at  .s    ne  _  anecdote,  gwen  m  h  s 

I  want  I  can  not  say  s^-'^f  "'"^;^^ J^^  .-The  application  is  easdy 
own  words.  Mr.  Bryan  thus  c— s_  PP^^  ^^^  ^^^,^^  ,, 

n^ade.  At  the  time  when  ™^f  ^^  ^,  investigation  by  the  fear 
the  dispute  may  be  restrained  ^^^^^""^  ^ice.    It  is  difficult  for 

that  such  a  request  might  '^,'^°"f;^f^;  4°^.  At  such  a  time,  there- 
a  nation  to  .ay  "investigate  -^t;';'  .^^^.^^  lender  its  services,  and 
fore  the  commission  should  ^e  authonzea 


XXXIV 


INTRoniTTION 


nation,  an<l  a  fifth  to  \>c  selected  by  aK'reenient  of  the  two  contracting 
nations. 

Fourthly,  for  a  years  time  for  investigation  and  rcjwrt,  during  which 
the  parties  are  not  to  declare  war,  or  resort  to  hostilities. 

Fifthly,  for  the  reservation  by  each  of  the  nations  of  the  ri^ht  to 
decide  for  itself,  at  the  conclusion  of  investigation,  what  action  it  will 
take. 

The  resemblance  between  this  plan  and  the  plan  intended  for  labor 
troubles  is,  as  Mr.  Hryan  says,  very  apparent.  The  two  most  important 
features  are  identical ;  the  investigation  of  all  disputes  and  the  reserva- 
tion of  the  right  to  act  independently— the  second,  in  Mr.  Bryan's 
opinion,  being  necessary  to  the  acceptance  of  the  first. 

The  great  trouble  with  treaties  of  arbitration  has  been  and  is  that 
they  leave  exceptions— questions  of  honor,  questions  of  independence, 
vital  interest,  and  interests  of  the  third  parties.  It  is,  however,  impos- 
sible, as  Mr.  Bryan  himself  admits,  to  eliminate  these  exceptions,  in  the 
present  st.ite  of  public  opinion,  and  his  plan  is  intended  to  close  the 
gap.  as  it  were,  and  to  leave  undiscussed  no  dispute  which  may  indeed 
become  the  cause  of  war  but  which  should  not  result  in  war  during 
the  year  allowed  for  investigation  and  report. 

It  is  also  obvious  that  the  plan  resembles  that  proposed  for  labor  dis- 
putes, inasmuch  as  the  commission  is  perimnent  avid  each  party  is 
allowed  to  select  from  among  its  citizens  a  member  of  the  commission. 

After  sufficient  time  had  elapsed  for  the  diplomatic  representatives 
to  communicate  with  their  respective  countries,  Mr.  Bryan  took  up 
with  each  country  the  negotiation  of  a  separate  treaty  along  the  line 
proposed.  No  attempt  was  made  to  enforce  the  use  of  any  particular 
phraseology.  On  the  contrary,  the  nations  were  assured  that  the  United 
States  stood  ready  to  consider  any  changes  in  detail  that  might  be 
suggested,  as  Mr.  Bryan's  desire  was  to  embody  in  conventional  form 
the  provisions  necessary  to  secure  the  submission  of  all  disputes  to  in- 
vesl'wation  before  resort  to  force. 

The  first  treaty  was  signed  with  Salvador  on  the  7th  of  Angus'  1913, 
and  thereafter  treaties  with  Guatemala,  Panama,  Honduras,  and  Nica- 
ragua in  the  order  named.  These  treaties,  it  may  be  added,  contained  a 
provision  that  the  partL's  should  not  change  their  military  or  naval  pro- 
grammes during  the  period  of  investigation,  but  this  clause,  objected 
to  by  the  European  nations,  was  struck  out  of  the  five  treaties  by  the 


INTROPeCTKlN 


XXXV 


on  September  1:>.  1914.  France   ur  ^^  ^^   ^^^^ 

wise  signed  -".ultaneous  y  thus   n  one^     y  ^^^^^  ^.^^.^^^  ^^ 

accustomed  to  say,  -^^I'^^J^^l  which  their  negotiator  believes  w.ll 

under  the  influence  «« ;^;^  ^^^^  ^^     between  the  contracting  part.es. 

tend  to  make  war  a  «"^°;;^~/had  been  practically  agreed  upon 

These  four  treaties.  Mr.  B^^an  adds  _  ^^^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^_ 

for  some  time,  but  the  contractmg  -  «.^  .„^^„,,  ,„  apparently 
ing  to  sign  at  the  --^/^^J.^^/^fX  of  Great  Britain  to  subm.t 
due  to  the  desire  and  the  PJ^^^"*  P°  ;elf-i,'oveming  dominions  m 
drafts  of   proposed  -g-^^"';;"^  '  J^  permitting  the  withdrawal 

:^z  ;^i" -  -  ^"- ^  ^  ^"'-"  ""^""""^^  "^^" 

by  the  colony  affected.  October  1.  1914.     Austria- 

^he  treat:-  with  ^^^J^JZ^Z  thl  plan.  Mr.  Bryan  assures 

Hungary.  B.lg-nm  -"<l/;"'"^'^yX  ,,„bodying  it,  although,  to  quote 

us.  but  they  did  not  enter  '"^oj"^? ^  *;;       ..^^  ,,^e  earnest  effort  was 

tive  influence."  jj,  ^^  „,,ticed.  as  Mr.  Bryan 

From  an  -''^•"'"^.^'^V^.J^,  nearly  all  of  the  nations  of  large  m- 
stated  to  the  undersigned^  ."'which  have  not  endorsed  the  prin- 
fluenceare  -^^^^^^ -^^;;,    ^el  b^^^^^^^^^^  ^vhich  readily 

ciple  have,  as  a  rule,  been  "^^'T'^^^    "        p^,  j.^^tance,  Mexico  has 
explain  their  failure  to  give  endorsement^  ^^^  ^^.^^^ 

not  until  very  -cently  had  a  gove™ment  g^^^^^  ^.^^^^^ 

States.    Between  us  and  J^P^Yco  Jili     the  only  country  in  South 
to  the  California  alien  laws,  and  Colombia  y^^  ^^  ^^  ^^^^^ 

America  which  has  ^^^^Jf^^^X   S  U^^^^^  '^^^" " 
another  treaty  awaited  ratihcation  oy 


1 


XXXVl 


INTRODUCTION 


The  principal  arguments  in  favor  of  Mr.  Br}'an's  plan,  are,  to  quote 
his  exact  language  instead  of  paraphrasing  it: 

First,  that  it  gives  time  for  passion  to  subside  and  for  reason  to 
resume  her  sway— a  time  for  cooling  off.  European  diplomats 
have  asserted  that  a  week's  time  for  consideration  would  have 
prevented  the  present  war.    Our  plan  gives  fiftv-two  weeks. 

Second,  it  giv"  time  for  separation  of  questions  of  honor  from 
questions  of  faci,  inasmuch  as  the  line  between  these  two  kinds 
ot  questions  is  apt  to  be  obscured  in  times  of  excitement. 

V-u-^'  'f. ^'^^^  '"'"^  ^o*"  '•le  peace  forces  of  the  world  to  operate. 

While  the  treaties  do  not  make  war  impossible  thev  make  it  a 
remote  possibility.  Nations  are  not  apt  to  go  to  war  after  a  vear's 
time  spent  in  investigation  of  the  facts  by  an  international  tribunal 

The  nations  have  had  machinery  for  war— they  could  go  to  war 
in  a  week— but  strange  to  say,  they  had  no  machinery  for  the  ad- 
justment of  disputes  which  defied  diplomatic  settlement  They 
were  compelled  to  rely  upon  good  offices  or  mediation  with  noth- 
ing to  prevent  acts  of  hostilities  before  either  could  be  offered 
The  peace  treaty  plan  furnishes  the  machinery,  and  it  can  be  in- 
voked as  soon  as  diplomacy  fails.  The  time  may  come  when  all 
questions,  without  exception,  will  be  submitted  to  arbitration ;  until 
that  time,  the  treaty  providing  for  investigation  in  all  cases  is  the 
best  insurance  we  have  against  war.' 


Taking  Mr.  Bryan's  account  of  the  nature,  purpose  and  scope  of  the 
treaties,  officially  called,  "Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,"  as 
accurate,  as  indeed  Mr.  Bryan  must  be  regarded  as  the  primary  source 
of  authority  in  such  matters,  we  are  now  prepared  to  consider  the  texts 
of  the  treaties  which  he  negotiated  to  give  effect  to  his  views.  They 
are  thirty  in  number.  The  first  five  were  quite  naturally  concluded  with 
.\merican  countries,  of  which  Salvador  was  the  first  to  sign,  and  the.se 
countries  were  willing  to  go  farther  than  the  European  countries  in 
which  a  step  in  advance  is  the  subject  of  much  discussion  and  is  only 
taken  with  extreme  caution.  The  first  European  treaty  was,  as  pre- 
viously stated,  appropriately  concluded  with  the  Netherlands,  which 
country  has  been  for  some  years  the  very  pivot  and  center  of  an  en- 
lightened and  reasonable  peace  movement,  and  since  the  meeting  of  the 
two  Conferences  at  The  Hague  and  the  location  in  that  city  of  the 
Peace  Palace,  due  to  the  munificence  of  an  American  citizen,  Mr. 

1  Letter  of  Mr.  Bryan  to  J.  B.  Scott.  September  30,  1917. 


XXXVll 

INTRODUCTION 

r.,rary  ior  its  u^  ,    me  r    ^         ,  -j    nationalism. 
...,./.hc  very  a-,  ur  and  -P  ^f ;  .^^^^^^^^  Salvador  and  the  Nether- 
le,  us  tbercfor.  compare  '']2^^l' ^^  ,^,  .t^er  treaties  which  Mr. 
lands  »u.  :'  -  r^ass  to  a  -"-f^  ^^te  with  the  remaining  American 
Bryan  was  fortunate  enough  to  negom 

instance:  ^^^^  ^y:  Signature 

Country  August   7,1913. 

Salvador    ;;;;;;  ;september20, 1913. 

Guatemala    September  20,  IV"- 

Panama    November    3,  Wl^- 

Honduras    December  17,  lyi^- 

Nicaragua    ' December  18,  ly  ^• 

Netherlands    January  22,  Wi^- 

Bolivia   February   +.  J^}^- 

Persia  '. ; February   4, 191^- 

Portugal    February  13,  W'*- 

Costa  Rica February  13,  Wi^. 

Switzerland    .••••. ...  .February  17,  jyj'J- 

Dominican  Republic March  21. 1914. 

Venezuela    ■•••.• April  17  1914. 

Denmark   / f  ^%4  1914 

Italy -^TT^l'igu 

K^ay :::::::::::::: juiy  24,1914. 

Brazil    luly  24,  ivi't. 

Argentine  Republic    •.•.•.•.•.■.■.•.■.: July  24, 1914. 

Chile    : August  29,  9  4. 

Paraguay September  Id.  191^- 

China September   5    914. 

France    . .  • ; September  15. 1914. 

Great  Britam   September  15,  lyi^- 

Spain    ;; 0^^°^",ViqU 

Russia    •;.     October   3.   94. 

Ecuador    0^*°^'^  i  V  iQU 

Greece    October  13. 1914. 

Sweden    


:-j\ 


xxxviii 

INTRODUCTIO.V 

Cotintrv  Ratification  advised 

Argentine   Republic  h' the  Senate 

Bolivia   August  13,  1914. 

Brazil    '.' August  13,  1914. 

Costa  Rica   ..." August  13, 1914. 

Guatemala    August  13,  1914. 

Honduras    August  !3,  1914. 

Italy    August  13,  1914. 

Xetherlands    ..'.'. August  13.  1914. 

Nicaragua    ...        August  13,  1914. 

Xorway August  13,  1914. 

Persia    August  13,  1914. 

Portugal    August  13,  1914. 

Salvador August  13,  1914. 

Switzerland August  13,  1914. 

Uruguav    August  13,  1914. 

Venezuela    ...        August  13,  1914. 

Chile    August  13,  1914. 

Peru .  . . ; August  20,  1914. 

France    August  20,  1914. 

Great  Britain September  25,  1914. 

Spain    September  25, 1914. 

Denmark September  25,  1914. 

China '. September  30,  1914. 

Russia    . . .  " ' October  12,  1914. 

Ecuador    .,\ October  13,  1914. 

Greece    October  20,  1914. 

Paraguay    . .. ., October 20,  1914. 

Sweden  ' October  22,  1914. 

October  22,  1914 

Country 
Guatemala    ....  Kattficattons  Exchanged 

Norway    October  13,  1914 

Portugal October  21,  1914. 

Great  Britain October  24,  1914. 

Costa   Rica    November  10,  1914. 

November  12,  1914. 


„„  XXXIX 

INTRODUCTION 

..December  21, 1914. 

Spain    ...  .January  8, 191?. 

Bolivia  .January  H,  1915. 

iweden    January  19, 1915. 

Denmark    .January  22, 1915. 

France    February  24, 1915. 

Uruguay    .March   4, 1915. 

Peru    ..March    9,1915. 

Paraguay    .March  19, 1915. 

Italy    .March  22, 1915. 

Russia    October  22, 1915. 

China    January  19. 1916. 

Chile    ■.■..January 22, 1916. 

Ecuador    .July  27, 1916. 

Honduias  • "  October  28, 1916. 

Brazil    

diplomacy  shall  have   failed  to  adjust  ^^"^     ^J  //.f  J^jlV" 
Netherlands  is  more  cautious,  -^,  ^f -^^.^i^:;^ 

«i.trcom„,b.ion.  .o  ba  eon„i,u«d  in  the  ™.r  p«sc„b.d  .n  .ta 
"?SiXSntts-nd  prop.  <--";-- ^^J^' W  .b- 

:;;rJ:r  a^C ;.  *urr„bu,a, .— aec.« .. 


ill 


xl 


INTRODL'CTION 


questions  laid  before  it  and  hinri*  ti,„ 

in.o  consideratior;'.:,™";  Z'  L";:-,, '1:?  '".""t'r'.'  '"  '"' 

involve  politics  and  in.Prnnf       i       ,  *""^  ''''"^'^  inevitably 

->.  p  J  b.;:  rd::r::rdueSt?:  ^"'  ■■- '-'''  --'•■-■^  °^  >- 

poL"ted^:t;^?,rxetlir:r, '''  °"'-^-  ^^^•^"*^'  ^^''-^--^  •-  -  ^ 
appear  tbat.  as^^^^r  i^i:^:™^  T::tx  :;r  '"'^t"^ 

tion,  although    f      e  a?r  emetT    'k  "'^  ^'""-^^  '"''''''^'  "^  ^l"-^^- 

or  agreen^enl  has  io  be'en  Zp  ^rd  :  •  h  Te  r"'^"^  '''  ^"'^"^"'  '^^=>^^ 
utilized  to  cause  the  n.rti.  .?  ^'■'■^"  ""'^"'fy  may  then  be 

sion.    Such  act  on  i     hov  evt\o  h":;  '°  '^  ^"'"'"*^'  ^°  '"^^  — - 
The  two  tr«7         ""''^''^''  '°  ''^  'he  exception,  not  the  rule 

repon..  "  "  ■*«'"  '•"■■'■""  *'i"B  ™ch  investigation  a.'d 

In  each  treaty  the  commission  of  inauirv  i,  i„  >,. 
■nembers.  one  to  be  chosen  bv  ZiT      •  "niposed  ot  live 

second  from  a  third  conn  rv   TL        i,  '  '*""'  "  '"''J"".  = 

member  shall  be  chosrbv  com"    '  ""'."'"'  ^""''"  ""■'  «"" 

ments" ;  in  the  treat,  "vhhth7xe,hT,'T"l*""""  *' '"  <^-'"- 
he  Shall  not  be  a  cit.cr'oVI'i^vrt ,'    ,  ?•  "LS  i^  ^^  "? 

.z;LT:rt,t::;tr;h:.''th"'^'"'""''"^ 

.He  dispttte.    ,n  eXr^t,'  h     itroTlh';  "'""  ''  i""'""™'  "' 
paid  i„  ecal  proportion, :  in  the  tr'a    ",      s^lval'ir""  "'  ""^ 

iimSeTetcit  o'?:i4"  ?"  -'^'""--asns 

^n  each  as  in  the  caL'TortS'apSr"'"'''  "'  "  '=  ""'^ 

eJ^r-t-ir-riaL::--!:---- 


INTRODUCTION 


xli 


,„  accept.    By  .he  firs,  paragraph  »    '"*  "^''^,,^  „,4,.  „,  diplo- 
.„bn.il.c.d  .0  .he  com.i...s.on  .mmedia.el)  upon  ".e       J 
„,c,.    ■n.heS.,vad„ria„.rea^*e»„™s«^^ 

i„i.ia.i.e."  ™"<>''»8  '°t"'"",'rtV%,.  .he  commission  may  "spon- 

"''"■%"^X1  «.^its     The  »L.^«  -»•  •"'••""•  '°  ": 
■dcX^..  e^  -e  a7'5,ere  specia,  .orm.li.ie.  are  .o  he  ,e,u,red. 

v''--r  T^r^rr  hrrs.:o.»i=eV  *=  ^V 

to  cooperate.     Hiis  is  noi,  »"  .  .      ontracting 

U„as,  as  hy  ^--J'^^S'" r »:  . tor*  * ''  *'  ■""-  »" 
Parties  '  asrree  to  turnisn     mc  «.  oara- 

Sities  r^iuired  for  its  -e^igation  and  report  In  th^  -^^^^^ 
.r.ai,h  of  .lu-  article  the  commission  1--\J  ^J  '  ^rSalvador.  may  be 
-^^VnTthrca^oT;:"^^^^^^^^^^^^  or  extended  by 

for  each  of  the  parties  and  the  ^h-rdjor  the  files  ot  ^^^^  ^^ 

The  concluding  paragraph  is  ^'f'f^^^t^l.^Xl^L^r  il  not  in 

making  for  clearness  in  thought  and  ^^^P^;^'?";        J^^  however,  an 

nature  and  extent  of  the  ^^^^^^l^^ ^;:^\XsZZZr,  Guatemala, 
important  difference  between  the  treat  es  j^.tn  ^^^  ^^^^ 

::iri,r  trrrror  c„irer:i,h  .h.  e.cep.io„  „. 

Persia. 

This  article  is  thus  worded: 

„,s:"^fhiS:sSLrJ.;^^^efn^-ssi^= 


xlii 

INTRODUCTION 

sha  I  c<,nfHl.n,ially  co„„;:™-  he  fa'ct  i^^'' V^  ''''''  "'-^"^ 
c.ntract.njj  party,  whereupon  the  htter  S-,  ^  7"*^^  '^  "^^  «'her 

^ -^^"•^i..at..n  to  „,ai„tai„  its  n..u.:::];':r:^:^^^:^,^]^^^^  ^-'" 

treaties  d'ltTd^ttir'L'ii"',::""'"'"^/^  "^'^  "^'«-^--  °f  'he 
t>'en,.  reducngany  varia^^n  ^nT  J""""*''  ^"^'^  ^''^^^-'^^  between 
rather  than  of  obligation  '"""'^  ^'■^^''"  '°  °"e  of  method 

f  .e  :^^t:^rCLa;:cf  :;;^^- -"  ^^^^-^  -  ^"e  provi.o„.  of 

to  lay  a  burden  u.on'the  contt  ing  PanrXr?:"^"''  '"'  ^°"^'" 
some  to  observe  .„d  which  in  additL  n        "'"^  '''""''^  ^''^  irk- 

'ations  of  a  contracting  ^try  V-     a  third  T/  °"  °'  P'^^'^'  ^^  "^  - 
contracting  country  "^  ^'^^^  ^•=>^  ""  concern  of  the 

penod  of  five  years  and  remain     neCther/ff  "  '.°"'='"'^'  '^-^  ^ 
after  notice  given  by  either  of  .n"ntent       !  '  """'  '^'"'"^  '"""'hs 

Each  article  of  the  earl  e!t  A  '°  ''™''^^^  ■'• 

-ode.  has  been  passed  n^vewrorl"  T' ^^  '1'  ^"^^^^^  ^  l^^^ 
all  their  essential  parts,  and  1"  "fd  e  '"  '°"  ^'■'^^  ''^'^>-  ^^^  - 

all  the  treaties  will  disclose  the  fclhttr'n'-i"  ^f  ^°'"P^"'^''"  °^ 
and  from  these  two  in  what  mav  he  '^^\\^'y ^^'^^'  from  one  another 
desire  for  different  prov  'ons  fn  ,     "'^  """^^  ^^'^■■'^-  ^"^  to  a 

n'ore  precise  formu.atr  of  eir TrrinTr'  *°  ^  ^"■^^^^^""  ^^  ^ 
expression.  "^  **"^'"'  "^"^  ^o  a  greater  precision  of 

unletrdVAIn  tyt  aldTe  T T  ^"'^^^  ^^  ^'-'^'-^  -^ 
Bryan's  letter  of  AugS  1  19,4  '  .7  %""  ""  "^"  '^°*"  ^^-'-^ 
/•  Stone,  then  chairnfan  o  \ L  c;nlteT  '^ ''• ''"""^^'"^  ^^^■">- 
United  States  .Senate,  and  in  an  ed°3  .  °"  '■"^"  ^^'^^'''"^  "^  ^''e 
sitrned  on  tl,e  treaties  in  the^l.  ?'""""'  ^"'"'^"  ''>•  ^''e  under- 

for  .luly.  ,9,4.  whic  Mr  nry^;:eT"  '"'T'  "^  ^"'-"'"--'  ^«- 
the  time  of  and  for  the  p urpoi  "f  th.  T.  "I""''''"  °^  ^'^^  ^^^"^'^  ^t 
-ch  case  arranged  unde7npL!ri'  ^  .''''°"'  "^^e  differences  in 
and  classified  in  LeditortlcrmmTnh^^^^^^^^  "'  '"''^""■^^'"y  ^*^*^^. 
-'-„./  /.„,,  f„,  October,  lor"  itten  h  r"""'""'""'''^''"^" 
tarv  of  the  Hoard  of  Editors  of  ;h;r„aY  ''  ^^  '"'''''''•  '''''■ 


INTRODUCTION 


xUti 


To  avoid  conscious  rei.  tion  and  an  unconscious  reproduction  of 
their  terms  in  language  pa  ihrased  when  not  directly  quoted,  these 
three  documents  are  for  the  convenience  of  the  reader  appended  to  the 
present  introduction. 


'llie  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace  leave  diplomacy  to 
aciiieve  its  hundred  silent  victories  to  one  announced  defeat.  Good 
offices  and  mediation  may  be  offered  and  accepted.  Friendly  com- 
position may  be  invoked  and  arbitration  employed  without  interposition 
of  the  commission  of  inquiry.  If  diplomacy  fails  and  no  other  means 
are  resorted  to,  or  if  the  dispute  involves  honor  or  vital  interests,  fall- 
ing beyond  the  scope  of  any  agreement.  Mr.  Bryan's  permanent  com- 
mission, composed  of  three  indifferent  persons  and  a  member  from  each 
disputant,  stands  ready  to  accept  jurisdiction  at  the  behest  of  the 
parties,  or  of  one  of  them,  or  to  offer  their  services  in  order  to  inves- 
tigate the  case,  and  to  report  its  findings  to  the  Governments  in  con- 
troversy. 

Imitation,  they  say,  is  the  sincerest  flattery,  and  it  is  a  very  striking 
tribute  to  the  excellence  of  Mr.  Bryan's  treaties  that  the  great  and 
progressive  States  of  Argentina,  Brazil,  and  Chile  have  not  only  nego- 
tiated treaties  for  the  advancement  of  peace  with  the  United  States, 
but  have  also  negotiated  a  treaty  of  the  same  kind  between  and  among 
themselves.' 

This  treaty,  signed  in  the  city  of  Buenos  Aires  on  the  25th  day  of 
May,  1915,  shows  that  in  their  opinion  an  agreement  of  this  kind  need 
not  be  confined  to  two  countries,  and  it  is  therefore  the  first  step,  appro- 
priately taken  in  the  new  world,  towards  the  creation  of  an  interna- 
tional commission  of  inquiry  to  which  many  nations,  if  not  all,  may  be 
parties.  What  two  can  do,  three  have  done ;  and  what  three  can  do, 
all  may.  It  is  no  doubt  easier  for  a  small  number  of  nations  to  con- 
clude a  treaty  of  this  kind,  inasmuch  as  each  may  have  a  permanent 
member  without  unduly  enlarging  the  commission.  In  the  present 
case,  each  of  the  contracting  nations  limited  itself  to  a  member,  and  the 
commission  of  three  members  v/as  to  meet  and  to  function  in  case  of 
need  in  the  conveniently  located  city  of  Montevideo,  in  the  Republic 
of  Uruguay. 


'  Appendix,  f<ost,  p.  i47. 


xliv 


INTRODIXTION- 


be  te^r  To:,:f;:n?„rr^  r"^  t '"'-- '  --"^  -•> 

fidence  of  the  confnictinrcounr         *?    '"'T"^''  ^""^^^  '^^  "^^  <=°" 
dispute  to  add  one  o    S  cTiz  nr:^  h"      °"  "^'  "^  ''^^  "^*'°-  '" 

^.  -  co„,po.d.  ^.r  :;;r  :sr--^^^^^^^ 

inatinp  in  the  future  and  whin  .  T'  ""^  ''1^^''"'  whatever  orig 
or  subn.tted  to  ^^:'2l^'l^^oZ^ :^'''' :^y  '^■P'™' 
treat.es.  shall  be  submitted  for  inv,  .hI^;-  '^'^^  ^""""^'^S  or  future 
nianentComnussionorSedin  th.  ,f^  ""  ^"^^  f.^I^"'"!  'o  a  Per- 
3-  The  High  ContraSfnTlttiSer.T'"T^''''''^''''y^^i^'^ 
acts  before  ihe  report  o  "he  Con  mi-  ^^'^  ?J^  .*°  *^°'""^*'  hostile 
treaty,  or  until  the  expiration  o"  *^f  ^^^''^^ed  by  the  present 
in  Article  5.  '^''P"^^"""  of  the  penod  of  one  year  nientional 

as^oiw'  ''"'''  ''""''''  "^"  ''^  -~-  «hall  be  organized 

Anii:tVa^chT;te'^i;tTC='  '^T"^-^'""  -^--^  -  '" 
delegate  within  thrern,oSaSr^"';4h  f '"/''"''.  ^''P^^'"'  ^ 
the  present  treaty.  Each  Govp/nl  f-^^''^"^^  of  ratifications  ot 
nient  of  its  own  delegare  at  anvt^"K  T^^  r^u*^*^  "^^  ^PP«""- 
investigation.  but  shat  ho  vWlr  desiS^^^^^^^^  '"^'""'"^  «^  "- 
same  act  of  revocation      V^rL^n  ^f^^^^^  t,"e  successor  in  the 

filled  by  the  res/eS""  Gover'^^nt  "nd' th '"  ^'""^  ^'^='"  ^^ 
present  treaty  shall  not  be  sj  pendid  TherSj.  P™""°"^  "'  "" 

To  the  con,mission  thus  formed,  the  fourth  article  requires  that- 

invi^g:;r:n?^,r  s^he  i^^n^^;^ '^ ' '-'  "^  -"'">■->  fo.- 

breakdown  of  the  diffma"ic  ne-XtionT?  '"T-'^'^'^^y  «^ter  the 

^t  is  sufficient  to  -^a^J -.T  the^  S^S^^:^:^?- 
folIotii'Lrne;:  '^^'  ^''  ''-  '---'--  -^-^^^^  *^  -.-lates  in  the 

Mo'ntSerwX^hr'nimhf '!  ^  '^""^''^"^^^  '"  ^^^  -'^y  ^^ 
tnm  three  months  of  its  convocation,  and  it  shall 


INTRODUCTION 


xb 


determine  the  rules  of  procedure  necessary  for  the  accomplishmeiit 
of  its  mission.  If  for  any  reason  the  Coniniission  can  not  meet,  it 
shall,  at  the  expiration  of  the  three  months,  be  considered  as  con- 
stituted for  the  purposes  of  the  periods  established  in  the  present 
article.  The  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  submit  the  antece- 
dents and  the  information  necessary  for  the  investigation.  The 
Commission  must  present  its  report  before  the  expiration  of  a 
year  from  the  date  of  hs  constitution.  If  it  can  not  complete  its 
investigation  nor  prepare  its  report  within  the  period  fixed,  it  may 
extend  the  period  for  six  months  or  longer,  with  the  consent  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties. 

.\s  in  the  case  of  the  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,  to 
which  only  two  contracting  nations  are  parties,  the  report  is  advisory, 
leaving  it  to  the  nations  to  take  such  action  as  their  wisdom,  d-=cre- 
tion,  or  special  interests  may  suggest. 

But  Mr.  Bryan's  plan  and  method  of  composing  the  commission  is  as 
applicable  to  an  international  court  of  justice  as  to  an  international 
commission  of  inquiry.  In  enumerating  the  advantages  of  his  method 
of  constituting  the  Board  or  Commission,  Mr.  Bryan  says  that  in 
order  to  assure  fairness  two  members  should  be  added  in  every  inves- 
tigation, one  of  whom  should  be  chosen  by  each  side;  and  that  the 
temporary  should  possess  equal  authority  with  the  permanent  members 
during  the  investigation  for  which  they  were  selected.  If  an  interna- 
tional court  were  to  be  formed  by  the  civilized  nations  professing  and 
practicing  international  law,  and  if  the  court  were  to  consist  of  an  odd 
number  of  judges,— not  less  than  nine,  nor  more  than  thirteen, — each 
litigating  nation  could,  if  not  represented  on  the  bench,  appoint  "in 
order  to  assure  fairness,"  one  of  its  subjects  or  citizens,  to  sit  with 
the  permanent  judges  during  the  trial  and  disposition  of  the  case.  The 
judgment  would,  under  given  conditions,  be  reached  by  permanent  and 
indifferent  members  who  would  nevertheless  enjoy  the  advantage  of 
the  presence  of  alert  and  vigilant  representatives  of  the  litigating 
nations.  The  judges  would  also  benefit  by  the  knowledge  which  the 
temporary  members  possessed,  of  the  laws  and  constitutions  of  the 
countries  in  controversy,  without  danger  that  the  decision  would  in  any 
way  depend  upon  these  frankly  interested  parties. 

A  court  constituted  in  this  manner  would  be  as  ready  as  the  commis- 
sion to  assume  jurisdiction  and  if  either  party  could  thus  lay  its  case 
before  the  court  as  it  may  before  the  commission,  a  judgment  would 


I 
I 


xlvi 


INTRODUCTION 


^oZt:t  V^^''''  "'''"'  ''-"''^"-^  «^^  ^^^'^^  and  duties  of  .he 

of  the  parties,  and  good  faitl  1  hithert  K  ''".  '  "P°"  ""=  ^"'"^  f^'"' 
would  frankly  adn 't  that  th  iu  '  If  ^^  'j"  f.-"^ -^cient.  If  we 
execute,  we  could  by  this  sLoi/h  ^     ^'  "  '°  ^''^''^^  a"^  "°t  to 

every  justiciable  disputwh  and  as  i;""""  '  ^'''''''''  '^'^^'^'^  ^« 
Pany  in  inter.,  an^  .ave  ^^ cl^r  ^^Z  rZ '''"''''  ''  ''' 

bet  :;ir  1^::;^^-—""  ^";  -^"  --  --'  ■•-'  >^-  ^" 

the  court  and  set  it  n  ZZ  TZ  '^'"""''  ""^  ''^  ^'A^--"  «" 
and  to  comply  with  tl^e  1  oZ.  ^    '''"-'  ^"^  '''f^  ^--^^  ««  accept 

conception  of  its  dm  i"  he  t  ""''"!'"  '"'  ^'^'"^^^  «^  •--••  and 
iection  to  a  treaty  cea"^  f™'  ''"'^  '^""'^  '^^  ""  S^-'-'ter  ob- 
instead  of  or  in  aVd^t        f//!:™ ;':7"'^^'-"->  court  of  justice 

«n^  it  har^  yrc::;^::^;  ^^^x  r^^  ^-rr  ^  ''^^^  - 

without  the  other.    Yet  it  i.  a  fact  thIT.  '"  ""''  ''"""^  °^  ""^ 

the  judg„,ent  antedated  the  e'ecu  on  and  r?""  "'^  "P^^^^'^'  '^at 
veloped  systems  of  jurisprudent  tir.lKtu  "  ^'^  '"  ^"">'  ^- 

concon.itan:,,  in  suits  between  pi  ,  ^  Te  "'"'■   '''''-  ""'^ 

companions  in  litigation  to  which  nn.  ''  '''^  "°^  inseparable 

well  to  let  expenW  deddl'^^'ethe  °e":e:::i:n"'"-    ''  '  ''''''^- 
suggest  the  ten^s  of  an  agreement  nntHK  "ecessary.  and  to 

to  be  advisable  and  practkabl  '"^^''^-  '^  °"^  ^'^""'^  P^ove 

of  Ltit?s:tt  at:str;r  Trr  t  "^^^^'■^^"•-  «^  --i- 

tion  of  a  treaty  for  judSl It tmem  "°'  '^'^^  ''^^  -^«^- 

suggests  the  feasibil  tv  of  the  o  h^r       7      '■'^P'^'-'ence  had  with  the  one 

chosen  by  the  nation  "to  atr-  ^rZ^T"''''  ""'  ^"^^""• 
sure  a  judgment  bv  disinterested  Lr^^  Justiciable  disputes,  would  as- 
creating  the  obligatio^  for  a  of  the  ^»'  '"  '"°'"^'""  "'■'•^  ^  '^'^'^ 
their  controversies  to  the  sal  Lt  and  '"k"'T  ^^^''^^  ^°  -'"-** 
preserving  to  each  equality  oretesent^t"""""  "  '"''''^^^"^  ^"^S"' 
trial  and  disposition  of  the  case  '"'""  ^'^^  ''^"'^'^  '^"^'■"»^^  the 


INTRODUCTION 


xlvii 


Tl.is  eqiulily  would  not  be  aflfectcd  by  the  fact  that  a  member  of 
the  court  l-  peiud  to  belong  to  one  of  the  litigating  nations,  masmuch 
as  the  other  litigant  could  exercise  its  right  of  appoimment  for  the  case 
and  have  its  views  presented  by  a  judge  of  its  own  choice,  who  would, 
it  is  to  be  presumed,  be  equally  well  informed  and  vigilant  as  the 
judge  of  the  other  litigant. 

By  this  method  we  would  thus  have  one  obligation  for  all.  and  an 
equality  of  representation  for  each  at  the  very  moment  when  it  is  de- 
sired and  supposed  to  be  of  prime  importance. 

Possessed  of  the  experience  which  would  necessarily  result  from 
such  an  institution,  the  nations  could  then  in  the  light  of  this  e.xperience 
and  of  its  lessons  establish  a  more  perfect  tribunal,  just  as  the  framers 
of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  created  a  more  perfect  Lnion 
because  of  the  experience  and  the  lessons  of  the  Confederation. 

To  the  modern  man  with  the  medieval  mind,  these  treaties  will  seem 
but  sorry  stuff,  for  tley  decide  nothing,  leaving  the  nations  free  to 
adopt  or  to  reject  the  report  of  the  commitee  of  inquiry.  To  others 
they  will  seem  unheroic.  as  physical  force  is  neither  invoked  to  compel 
the  contracting  parties  to  submit  the  dispute  to  the  commission  nor  to 

enforce  its  findings.  ,    .       j       *  j 

io  those  who  believe  in  good  faith  and  that  it  can  only  be  educated, 
not  coerced  into  action  in  conformity  with  the  given  word,  as  well  as  to 
those  who  regard  public  opinion  as  the  universal  and  supreme  sanction 
before  which  in  the  long  run  crowns  are  humbled  and  against  which 
the  mailed  fist  strikes  in  vain,  these  harmless  agreements,  for  they  can 
neither  injure  man  nor  nation,  will  be  a  comfort  and  a  hope:  a  comfort 
that  the  persuasion  of  public  opinion  is  relied  upon  instead  of  physical 
coercion  and  a  hope  that  other  advocates  of  justice  between  nations 
will  regard  these  treaties  as  precedents  for  further  progress. 

\m  dispute  that  can  be  talked  about  can  be  settled  ;  any  dispme  that 
is  talked  about  must  and  will  be  settled  in  accordance  with  the  dictates 
of  an  insistent  and  enlightened  public  opinion. 

James  Brown  Scott. 

Washington,  D.  C,  July  9<  'V'8. 


p. 
P 
it; 
If 
jt 
|i 


'"'c.tlr'^lTX.V^^^^  «T"^'e  W.  J.  Stone. 

States  Senate.  AugM"  "9,4?        "*^"  Relation,  of  the  United 


Mv  DEAR  Senator.  'itgusl  i,  igif. 

In  compliancf  with  vour  re.iu.-st    I  •■„,         v 
fe  twenty  treaties  sliowin^  1;  ein  X  ^     '"' T'" ''' "'*"'""^°"  "^ 
they  differ.     TIu-  treatv  wi.Vsalv!  1         ^     !  "''"""'  ""^  ^^'^^i" 
first  of  this  series,  and  th    tex;  o    th^,  "T'  :'"'"^'  '"    '^'''  ^^  '^^ 
for  comparison,  ""'  '''^^'-^  ^■'"  t*^'  »^<^d  as  the  basis 

■n.c  . irst  clause  of  .Vrtidel  of  ,h.. Salvador  treatv  reads. 

t  J,^>r !t^  nJulrr^^hl^i::;'-^,;? J  f '  <^*^P"-  ^-een 
adjust,  shall  he  si,l,„„-,ted    "rhuesfi-         '^'''^""•■>'^>-  -^'-all   fail  to 

and  in  the  treaties  with  Denmark  ,h.  /'    .     V        ^  Salvador  treaty. 

«..v. .....  Ar,™,i„..  K,,„,r: ,  t  sr,  1^:,'™;  "^"t"-  """■ 

l!"-  same,  tiie  difference  hein.r  ,^»    1        '  ""'"^  "^  '^hile  ts  substantially 
same  meaning  "'  '""^'^  '"  ^'''^  "^^  ^^  °ther  words  of  the 

The  first  clause  of  .Article  1  of  the  Netherland  treaty  reads- 

them:%"te?;tS^;vh:t'''"  ^^'"^  ^ll^^  ^"  ^-^P"*"  between 

previous  arbitr^tirrrk;:.?  :"Y,^^;emen?s%"lr"S  °'-  ^i''^.'' 
terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact  shni?  .  a  °,^  ^^PP'^  '"  "^«^''" 
of  adjustment  have  failed    be  VeferreH  7     "  ^'P'^matic  methods 

Repu-        (see  first  sentence  in  Article  I  H    Itl    TT  ^'""'"''^an 

'  MS.  Department  of  State. 


INTROm'CTION 


xlix 


international  character  and  this  hmitaticn  is.  of  ccmrse.  understood  in 
tlie  others.  The  exception  in  regard  to  arbitration  to  be  found  in  the 
treaty  with  the  Netherlands  and  in  those  that  contain  similar  language 
is  also  understood.  These  treaties  are  intended  to  supplement  other 
treaties,  not  abrogate  them.  . 

Tlie  last  clause  of  Article  1  of  the  Salvador  treaty  will  be  found  in 
all  the  treaties ;  where  there  is  ;mv  change  in  the  warding,  the  change 
does  not  aflfect  the  meaning.    This  clause  embodies  one  of  the  essential 
principl. .  of  the  pl.m.  namely,  that  there  shall  be  no  declaration  of 
war  or  cnmmenc.n.ent  of  hostilities  until  the  investiRat.on  is  concluded 
and  the  report  prepared.    The  treaty  with  the  Republic  of  Chile  adds: 
Xor  before  all  resources  stipulated  in  this  treaty  have  proved 
unsuccessful. 
The  hrst  paragraph  of    Xrticle  II  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads: 
The  International       ■  i      sion  shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers to  be  appointed  as  ..  i  ws:  One  member  shall  be  chosen    rom 
each  country,  bv  the  (rtivcrnment  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  bv  Jach' Government  from  some  third  country;  the  tilth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two 
(lovemments.     The  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  (Governments  in  equal  proportion. 
This  method  of  selection  is  followed  in  all  the  other  treaties,  but  in 
three  treaties,  namely,  those  with  Norway,  the  Argentine  Republic,  aiid 
the  ivepublic  of  Chile,  provision  is  made  for  the  selection  of  the  fifth 
member  in  case  the  two  countries  can  not  agree.    In  the  treaty  with  the 
\rgentine  Republic  the  fifth  member,  in  case  of  disagreement  between 
the  two  countries,  is  to  be  chosen  by  the  president  of  the  Swiss  Con- 
federation     The  treaty  with  Norway  provides  that,  in  case  of  dis- 
agreement the  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  according  to  Article  87  of 
the  Hague  Convention  of  1907.     The  treaty  with  the  United  States 
of  \  cnezuela  provides  that  the  selection  of  the  fifth  member  may  be 
submitted  to  the  other  four. 

The  treaties  with  the  Netherlands,  Bolivia,  the  Portuguese  Republic, 
Denmark.  Switzerland.  Costa  Rica,  Dominican  Republic,  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela.  Italy,  Norway.  Uruguay,  and  the  Argentine  Re- 
public provide  that  the  fifth  member  of  the  Commission  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  of  the  contracting  nations,  and  the  treaties  with  the 
United  States  of  Brazil  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  provide  that  the  fifth 


'JiS^Wm^m^i 


1 


INTRODUCTION 


to  receive  conVpensaHonT:; l'  er/clu:;^''"  ''^  ^r""---rs  are 
not  stated  in  the  other  treat  es«r^  '"'P'°^''^-  ^^''^"^  ^^^''^  ''« 
intended.  "''   "^  ^^  ^^^"nie   that   the  same  is 

All  the  treaties  provide  that  vacancies  are  tn  h.  fin  ^  •      . 
n.anner  as  the  original  appointments  are  made  '"  '"'  ^'"^ 

Republic,  and  the  RepLbHc  oV  11  '"Z^^""''  '"^^  '^'"^-tine 
'•"vestiKation  begins  Ty  withdr^  '  T'''  ''^'^  '^^'^  P^^^>''  ^'^or. 
and  substituteanoth  r  :  i  hoL:  tJ.'-T"^':^'--  «PP°inted  by  it 
investigation  begins  either  oart'  '''IV^^"^^  P^°^ide  that,  before 

-ember.  i„  whifh  as  'he  p'ar^L Tre  f  '""  '^  ^°"""'  ^°  '^^  ^^th 
-ties  u-ith  the  United  States  Bra  H  XT""  '  "'^'^"^^-  '^'^^ 
•he  Republic  of  Chile  provide  ha  the  Swi  r  f ."""'  ^^P"^"*^'  ^"^^ 
the  fifth  member  if,  before  invest  ™t  ^T  "^'^''^''°"  ^''^"  ^^'^^^ 
withdraws  its  consent  to  ^  ^ SXr  211^  ^^  ''^  '^^'°  P^"'" 
agree  upon  his  successor  ^  ^""^  countries  cannot 

fix  .he  ,i„,e  „ ..  n.on,h:  ;:rs,:;  tru'z^^  °j ""  '-"•'" 

possible.  r>u^iae  tnat  it  shall  be  as  soon  as 

The  treaty  with  Switzerland  provides  that  th.  r         •    • 
-ts  own  rules.    The  treaties  with  olnr^Lk  and  M^""'^''""  '^'''  ""'"^^ 
Hague  Convention   (1907)   n,les  shaTgo  e'n'^r^' '""'^  ^'^^  ^'^^ 
other  rules  are  agreed  upon  bv  the  f^rtiS  ^""""'^^'on  unless 

The  first  paragraph  of  Article  III  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads  • 

a  f  I^S^^tirSas^^irsh'^ll"  '''■'  ^-"^^  -  ^'^i"- 
International  Commission  or  investL.  ^'  T''  ''^"  ''  *«  'he 
ternational  Commission  marhiwever  .-"  '"^°''-     "^^^  ^"- 

and  m  such  case  it  shall  notifv  both  r  '      ^  "P°"  "^  °^*'"  initiative 
cooperation  in  the  invest"°at  L        ^°^*^™'"^"t«  and  request  thef; 


INTRODUCTION 


u 


This  provision  for  action  by  the  Commission  on  its  own  initiative,  as 
well  as  when  action  is  requested  by  the  parties,  is  contained  in  the 
treaties  with  Guatemala,  Panama,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  the  Nether- 
lands Bolivia,  Persia,  the  Portuguese  Republic,  Denmark,  Switzerland, 
Costa  Rica,  the  Dominican  Republic,  the  United  States  of  Venezuela, 
Norway  and  Uruguay;  in  the  treaties  with  Bolivia  and  Uruguay  the 
action  taken  by  the  Commission  offering  its  services  must  be  taken  by 
unanimous  agreement. 

The  treaties  with  Italy,  the  United  States  of  Brazil,  the  Argentine 
Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  provide  for  the  invocation  of  the 
Commission  by  one  or  both  of  the  contracting  parties,  but  do  not  au- 
thorize the  Commission  to  take  the  initiative. 

The  treaty  with  the  United  States  of  Venezuela  provides  that  Ihe 
International  Commission  may.  however,  before  taking  diplomatic  steps 
or  in  the  course  thereof,  act  upon  its  own  initiative,  and  m  such  case 
it  shall  notify  both  Governments  and  request  their  cooperation  in  the 

investigation."  .  ^    ,.       »u  *  ti... 

That  sentence,  standing  alone,  might  indicate  an  intention  that  the 
Commission  should  offer  its  services  before  diplomatic  efforts  had 
failed,  but  when  taken  in  connection  with  the  preceding  sentence- 
In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  investigation  and  report- 
it  can  not  be  so  construed. 

In  the  treaties  with  the  Netherlands,  Bolivia,  the  Portuguese  Re- 
public  Switzerland.  Costa  Rica,  the  Dominican  Republic,  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela.  Norway.  Uruguay,  the  United  States  of  Brazil, 
the  Argentine  Republic,  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  the  parties  agree  to 
furnish  the  necessary  documents  and  assist  the  Commission.    In  the 
treaty  with  Italy  the  parties  agree  to  furnish  documents  and  afford  all 
facilities,  provided  they  do  not  conflict  with  the  laws  or  supreme  inter- 
ests of  the  State  or  damage  the  rights  or  interests  of  third  States. 
The  second  paragraph  of  Article  III  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads: 
The  report  of  the  International  Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  inves- 
d^tirS  h'ave  begun,  unless  the  High  Contractmg  Parties  shal 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agreement.    The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate;  one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Ck)vern- 
ment,  and  the  third  retained  by  the  Commission  for  its  tiles. 


[A 


I  :ti 


Hi 


INTRODUCTION 


All  the  other  treaties  likewise  provide  for  a  year's  investigation,  the 
report  to  be  made  at  the  end  of  that  period,  unless  the  time  is  extended 
by  agreement.  The  treaty  with  the  Republic  of  Chile  allows  six 
months  more  for  renewed  negotiations  to  bring  about  a  settlement  in 
view  of  the  findings. 

The  third  paragraph  of  Article  III  of  the  treaty  with  Salvador  reads : 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted. 

All  the  other  treaties  contain  the  same  or  similar  language,  the  reser- 
vation of  the  right  to  act  independently  after  investigation  being  neces- 
sary because  the  treaties  cover  all  controversies  not  otherwise  pro- 
vided for. 

Article  IV  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads : 

Pending  the  investigation  and  report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission, the  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  not  to  increase  their 
military  or  naval  programs,  unless  danger  from  a  third  Power 
should  compel  such  increase,  in  which  case  the  party  feeling  itself 
menaced  shall  confidentially  communicate  the  fact  in  writing  to 
the  other  Contracting  Party,  whereupon  the  latter  shall  also  be 
released  from  its  obligation  to  maintain  its  military  and  naval 
status  quo. 

The  same  provision  is  embodied  in  the  treaties  with  Guatemala. 
Panama,  Honduras,  Nicaragua  and  Persia,  but  this  article  is  not  found 
in  any  of  the  other  treaties.  This  provision  in  regard  to  the  military 
and  naval  program  was  suggested  by  this  Government  on  the  theo'v 
that  it  would  be  necessary  to  include  some  such  provision  in  o»"'. 
secure  the  necessary  time  for  investigation,  but  most  of  the  • 
nients  have  preferred  to  make  no  reference  to  the  subject  \'  i 
omission  is  entirely  agreeable  to  this  Government.    The  Gove.  s 

which   signed  the  treaties  containing  this  provision  would  doubtless 
have  signed  as  willingly  had  the  treaties  with  them  omitted  Art'cle  I\  . 

The  treaty  with  Salvador  provides  in  .\rticle  V  that  the  convention 
shall  continue  for  a  period  of  five  years  and  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  lii'ehe  months  after  one  of  the  Contracting  Parties  gives  notice 
to  terminate  it.  This  form  is  followed  in  ail  the  other  treaties,  ex- 
cepting the  treaty  with  the  Republic  of  Chile,  which  prescribes  for  auto- 
matic renewal  for  successive  five-year  periods. 


INTRODUCTION 


liii 


In  addition  to  the  agreement  for  investigation  in  all  cases,  the  treaties 
with  the  Republic  of  Chile  and  the  Dominican  Republic  contain  the 
provisions  embodied  in  the  arbitration  treaties  Avhich  the  Umted  States 
has  negotiated  with  some  twenty-six  countries,  the  Dominican  Re- 
public and  the  Republic  of  Chile  not  having  arbitration  treaties  pre- 
viouslv  concluded  with  the  United  States. 

Appreciating  the  support  which  the  members  of  your  Committee 
have  given  to  this  plan  for  the  promotion  of  peace,  and  hoping  for  an 
early  ratification  of  these  conventions,  I  am. 

Very  truly  yours, 

W.  J.  Bryan. 


Secretory  Bryan's  Peace  Plan* 

As  the  Journal  has  devoted  t.  j  editorial  comments  to  Secretary 
Bryan's  peace  plan-that  is  to  say,  the  conventions  negotiated  by  him 
as  Secretary  of  State  with  foreign  countries,  provid.ag  for  commis- 
sions of  inquiry  to  pass  upon  international  disputes  which  may  arise 
between  them-it  is  not  necessary  to  restate  the  terms  of  the  treaties 
or  the  advantages  which  are  expected  to  flow  from  their  ratification 
and  application  in  practice.  The  Jourml,  however,  is  pleased  to  print 
the  following  list  of  countries,  chronologically  arranged  which  have 
indicated  acceptance  in  principle  of  the  peace  plan  up  to  July  24.  19  4, 
furnished  by  the  courtesy  of  His  Excellency  the  Secretary  of  State. 


1.  Italy 

2.  Great  Britain 

3.  France 

4.  Brazil 

5.  Sweden 

6.  Norway 

7.  Russia 

8.  Peru 

9.  Austria-Hungary 

10.  Netherlands 

11.  Bolivia 

12.  Germany 


Argentina 

14.  China 

15.  Dominican  Republic 

16.  Guatemala 

17.  Haiti 

18.  Spain 

19.  Portugal 

20.  Belgium 

21.  Denmark 

22.  Chile 

23.  Cuba 

24.  Costa  Rica 


"Ti^itorial  by  James  Brown  Scott  in  the  American  Jounml  of  International 
Law.  1914,  p.  565. 


liv 

INTRODUCTION 

25.  Salvador  ^n   \t- 

26.  Switzerland  f,    p"=".'^^" 
,7    r,  "''•  Persia 

2^-  p"™^^y  32.  Ecuador 

^«.  ranama  ?i    \r  , 

OQ    T I      ,  >'•'•   Venezuela 

^.  Honduras  -ia    n 

o4.  Greece 

The  following  is  likewise  aa  official  list,  furnished  by  the  Secretary 
treatie  e°nH™"'"'''"'  '^''-"°'«^-'^-"y  arranged,  which  ha've  enter  S 
IZlXir^  '''  P"""P'"  ^"^  '^'^'^  °^  ^he  peace  plan  ui  1: 

1.  Salvador  . 

2.  Guatemala   ....     ■•• -August  7.  1913 

3.  Panama    ..  ^eptember  20.  1913 

4.  Honduras..: September  20.  1913 

5.  Nicaragua....: ^November  3.  1913 

6.  Netheriands....    December    7.  1913 

7.  Bolivia   .  December  18.  1913 

8.  Portugal.": January  22.  1914 

9    Persia  February  4,  1914 

10.  Denmark"::: February  4.  1914 

11.  Switzerland   ..: ft^'''"''y  ^'  ^^U 

12.  Costa  Rica  ..        I't^'^'y  ^^'  ^^H 

13.  Dominican   Republic p'k™'"^  !^'  ^^^* 

14.  ^•enezuela  . . .  ^'^T^'l  ^^'  ^^H 

15.  Italy  .March21.  1914 

16.  Norway".".".' J^^^^.  1914 

17.  Peru  -^""^24.  1914 

18.  Uruguay":: -["'y  '^^  ^^H 

19.  Argentina   ...::: "y  20.  1914 

20.  Brazil    .  1"'^  ^4,  1914 

21.  Chile   ...      J"'y24.  1914 

July  24.  1914 

pnncple,  „  „  beH.v,d  ,h.,  ,hey  „m  sho,,,,  fc.  ^VfJ^tfall" 


INTRODUCTION 


Iv 


The  treaty  with  Peru,  owing  to  delay  in  transmission,  will  be  sent  to 

'^ThlToJistns  of  the  treaties  differ,  although  tl.  P^^^l^ 
JabW  the  same,  and  th-gh  th.  counesy  of  tje.  Sc^^^^^^^^^^ 

Netherlands  and  the  United  States  of  December  18,  l^lj-    The  p 

advance  the  cause  of  general  peace.  wou 

comment  upon  this  simple  sentence,  for  smce  the  l^l^'^^^J^J;^' 

"Vr^^'^pliXto  ,„o,..  in  suppon  Che.  view.^  pa.»«. 
c  I.AAr^^^  of  Mr  Frederic  R.  Coudert,  mtroducmg  His  Excel- 

\Z  Mr  llu  on  tht  Netherland  Minister  to  the  United  State,  but 
now  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  his  country,  who  m  hts  present 
"^city  authorized  the^Netherland  Minister  to  negotiate  the  treaty  m 
question  with  the  United  States: 

There  is  in  Kurope  one  country-I  was  going  to  say  a  httle 

o  ca^  y  n^b^      their  mastheads  in  a  «rtamh,stonc  channel^ 

times.' 
But  to  the  treaty.    By  its  first  article 

The  Hieh  Contn     -ng  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them%"teo    nature 'whatsoever,  to  the   settlement  of   which 

"TXmerican  Society  of  International  Law,  Proceedinys   (1913),  pp.  263  366. 


.:i.itl 

tii-i| 


Ivi  INTKODUCTION 

previous  arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their 
terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and  report 
to  a  permanent  International  Commission,  to  be  constituted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  article ;  and  they  agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  during  such  investigation  and 
before  the  report  is  submitted. 

It  is  believed  that  this  article  defines  in  the  clearest  and  most  unmis- 
takable language  the  relation  of  the  International  Commission  for  ar- 
bitration, for  it  is  expressly  stated  that  diplomatic  methods  shall  have 
been  used  to  produce  agreement  and  that  they  have  failed ;  that  arbitra- 
tion is  not  rejected  in  favor  of  a  commission,  because  the  disputes  to 
be  submitted  to  it  are  either  those  not  covered  by  a  treaty  of  arbitration, 
or,  if  included,  are  not  actually  arbitrated.  That  is  to  say,  disputes 
of  whatsoever  nature,  not  included  in  arbitration  treaties,  are  to  be 
submitted  to  the  Commission,  so  thai  the  new  agency  is  to  supple- 
ment the  defects  or  shortcomings  of  such  treaties  and  to  bring  to 
discussion  all  matters  of  controversy  between  the  tv.o  countries  in 
excess  of  the  obligation  assumed  in  treaties' of  arbitration. 

-As  will  be  seen  in  Article  III,  the  two  countries  do  not  confu.se  the 
proceedings  before  the  Commission  with  the  ci  iistquences  of  arbitra- 
tion, because  the  Commission  reports;  the  arbitral  tribunal  decides. 
The  contracting  parties  believe,  and  it  would  appear  properly,  that  a 
report  based  upon  careful  investigation  is  tantamount  to  a  settlement, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  belief  will  be  justified  by  the  facts.  It 
will  be  noted  that  the  concluding  clause  of  Article  I  provides  that  war 
shall  not  be  declared  or  hostilities  begun  before  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mission is  submitted.  While  war  between  the  Netherlands  and  the 
United  States  is  unthinkable,  such  an  agreement  is  far  from  useless. 
Its  very  presence  is  an  invitation  to  other  nations,  with  which  war  is 
not  unthinkable,  to  investigate  before  they  fight,  or  rather  to  investi- 
gate instead  of  fighting.  Its  presence  in  many  instruments  of  this 
kind  will  reinforce  its  influence  in  this  one,  and  it  will  be  harder  in 
the  future  than  in  the  past  to  refuse  the  reasonable  demand  of  a  foreign 
nation,  as  did  the  United  States  in  1898.  to  submit  a  controver.sy  such 
as  the  blowing  up  of  the  Maine  to  an  international  commission  of 
inquiry. 

The  next  article  deals  with  the  composition  of  this  important  body : 


INTRODUCTION 


Wtl 


•    •  „  chall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
The  International  Com«n jh^^^^^       P  ^^^  ^  ^^^^^K 

S"  rnments.  it  ^^^-t^rott^mmi^         shall  be  pa.d  by 

;=S^^S;n;i£^^S.rt  —  of  tbe  on.nal 

appointment.  Commission  is  to  be 

m  the  first  place,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  the  ,^  ^^  ^  ^^^^^^ 

permanent  (Article  1);  ^^^'  f.^otits  li:^^  the  other  members 
sented  in  it  by  a  cU.zen  or  ^"^^^^^'.^airman,  are  to  be  fore^ers. 
including  the  fifth  who  n->27^^^^^,„,  j^  excluded ;  for,  say  what  «e 
so  that  control  of  the  "^^'""^l^  '"'international  matters  a  c.t.zen  or 
vill  a  citizen  or  subject  remams  '" '"^^["^  ^^^  v^^^ever,  may  well 
:  b'e^t.  His  presence  in  a  --^^-^jllT  report,  as  will  be  seen 
be  Uiul  rather  ^»^- !^'j;n^';  ThrCovernments.  This  art.cle  .s 
in  Article  III,  is  not  bmdmg  ujM^n  tn  ^^  ^^^  ^^  ^^  ^he 

very  important,  because  U  contam^an  o    ga^^  .^.^^^.^^_  .^^^^^ 

Governments  and  -^^^^^'f  ""XZ-^  ^*°^'  '^    ^"'  ' 

\rticle  III  At 

>„  ease  *e  H,.  C..,.^;ZX7^S'^'!'^^"^"^^'h 

,eS.»al  ComimssOT  my.  ^«'^^ ;,%,  „o,iIy  both  Go.- 

^  T  Se  ei;,: -s  sits  ?«"rSe':C"  - 

rj„S"VrlSvS,'.d'..y  *e  Co„,™»oo  io. 


t! 


t- 


Iviii 


I  N  TRODUCTION 


The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted. 

The  first  sentence  should  be  construed  with  Article  I,  for.  standing 
alone,  it  might  seem  that  arbitration  was  to  be  excluded.  By  so  doing 
it  appears  that,  if  there  be  no  treaty  of  arbitration  covering  the  dispute, 
or  if  the  duty  to  arbitrate  has  not  been  complied  with,  diplomacy  is  not 
to  drag  on  interminably,  for  upon  its  failure  the  Governments  agree 
to  refer  the  dispute  "at  once"  for  investigation  and  report.  It  may  hap- 
pen, however,  that  one  of  the  Governments  may  be  unwilling  to  do  this 
and,  were  it  not  for  the  second  sentence  of  Article  III,  we  would  have, 
as  it  were,  a  deadlock.  This  sentence,  however,  allows  the  Commission 
on  its  own  initiative— "spontaneously"  is  the  word  in  the  text— "to 
offer  its  services,"  and  the  second  paragraph  of  the  article  apparently 
binds  the  contracting  parties  to  furnish  the  Commission  "with  all  the 
means  and  facilities  required  for  its  investigation  and  report"  as  fully 
as  if  the  reference  were  with  the  consent  and  upon  the  motion  of  the 
two  Governments.  There  would  seem,  therefore,  to  be  no  escape  from 
arbitration,  on  the  one  hand,  if  a  treaty  exists,  or  from  the  investigation 
and  report  of  a  Commission,  whether  the  Government  will  or  no. 
Herein  lies  the  great  importance  of  the  treaties,  for  investigation  must 
in  many  cases  amount  to  settlement ;  for  no  nation,  however  powerful, 
can  in  the  long  run  withstand  public  opinion,  and  public  opinion  will 
no  doubt  be  created  by  this  article. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  provision  found  in  some  of  the  treaties 
not  to  declare  war  and  begin  hostilities  within  a  year,  absent  in  ex- 
press terms  from  this  treaty,  is  nevertheless  read  into  it  indirectly,  for 
the  Commission  has,  by  Article  III,  a  year  after  the  beginning  of  its 
investigation  to  prepare  its  report.  The  advantage  of  such  a  provision 
is  too  evident  to  need  comment,  and  its  application  to  thf  .\fainr  inci- 
dent will  no  doubt  suggest  itself,  even  to  the  casual  reader. 

The  concluding  paragraph  of  Article  III  is  hardly  less  important 
than  the  power  of  the  Commission  to  act  spontaneously— that  is,  on 
its  own  initiative— and  this  although  it  does  not  attach  any  obligation 
on  the  part  of  the  Governments  to  put  into  effect  the  conclusions  of 
the  report.  Indeed,  this  seeming  defect  is  its  crowning  glory,  for  we 
know  from  every-day  experience  how  unwilling  we  are  to  do  that  which 
we  are  bound  to  do.  and  how  often  we  do  voluntarily  what  we  do  not 


INTRODUCTION 


Ux 


„eed  to  do.    There  is  no  .caj.  ^^  ^  jiS^^'^Slin;  ^l 

it  is  interesting   o  "^^^   '^^^  ^  PJ^  ^j,,  ,,,e  is  before  the  Comm.ss.on. 
sive.  but  mandatory     H  therefore  tne  G„^„nments  or  upon 

and  its  submission  does  not  depet^^  "P°^  ^^«  ^o  <.  ^^^  .^  ^  ^^^ 

their  national  representat.ves.  for  '^\^'l^^"'^°\^^,^^  niembers  arc 

of  five,  a  r^^-Jsi^^;j:^Z  ZXr^^Jlf^  *'-  ^P^  !^ 
:riS:reSur:f't';retre  of  public  opinion  which  wiU  be  i„ 

^''k^'^hrltrofcompleteness  Article  IV  is  quoted,  although  the 
,as!  twl  paragraphs  of  it  deal  with  its  signature: 

Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  ^^^1^^^^^^,^  ^^  ^.■Zt''SJnZ 
United  States  of  Amenca  frfaTeVthe  Queen  of  the  Nether- 
the  Senate  thereof ;  and  by  "".^^Sanged  as  soon  as  possible, 
lands;  and  the  ratifications  fl^.f^r  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately  ^ftej  t»ie  ^  ^  ^^j  it  shall 

and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  P^"OJl  °^^„,h/ ^fter  one  of  the 
thereafter  remain  in  « "^^  ""*'^ '^'en  nSice  to  the  other  of  an 
High  Contracting  Parties  have  given  noi 

intention  to  termimte  it  plenipotentiaries  have  signed 

In  witness  whereof  the  res^cuv    H      f  .^  ^^^^ 

The  „e..y.  i.  »m  be  noted,  U  c.ncta^^  J^ ^^^f  at^We^* 

r  o"f :j  ;L»o'ryr™; -niriee  o. .» ...«..» .« 

•Tr-H-S  ..e.  .na,,is  o.  ««  eo»e„«.n^.  «  ^^-  t'  It's 
not  i«erle«  with  My  enstmg  i«ency  o    PJ«^  jj„„  .^.j, 

.„.  *a,,  ftee,  .h"'"5^.*V„';rt»  X  »--  i.  they  »  de- 
disputes  by  direct  negotiations  or  by  ».»e  om  ^^^ 

si„.    Arbitration  is  expresjy  resemd  so  tto  tt.^P  ^^  ^^^^  ^.^^  ^^ 

:S='bo?er.otb-^;'-:^^^^^^^^^^ 

Z  ':Pf  Srr.,'re"  :t'rnrd  «itHo«t  tb.,  ,e,ues.,  »d 


M 


Ix 


INTRODfCTION 


Mr  Bryan  is  to  be  congratulated  upon  having  secured  the  discussion 
of  all  disputes  between  the  contracting  parties,  not  otherwise  prr,vided 
for.  by  the  apparently  simple  yet  eflFective  device  of  an  investigation  and 
report,  which  is  believed  to  be  tantamount  to  settlement. 


The  Bryan  Peace  Treaties' 
We  are  printing  in  the  Supplement  to  this  number  of  the  Journal 
the  complete  English  texts  of  the  treaties  negotiated  by  former  Secre- 
tary of  State  Bryan  for  the  purpose  of  advancing  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  the  ratifications  of  which  have  been  exchanged  up  to  the  present 
time  (October  1,  1916),  namely,  the  treaties  with  Bolivia.  Chile  China 
Costa  Rica.   Denmark.  Ecuador,  France.  Great   Britain.   Guatemala' 
Honduras.  Italy,  Norway.  Paraguay.  Peru,  Portugal.  Russia.  Spain. 
Sweden  and  Uruguay.    All  of  these  treaties  are  based  upon  the  same 
principle,  namely,  that  disputes  which  the  high  contracting  parties  are 
unable  to  adjust  by  diplomacy  or  arbitration  shall  be  referred  to  a  com- 
mission for  investigation  and  report  and  that  hostilities  may  not  be  re- 
sorted to  in  the  meantime.    Several  formulas  for  statinp  and  applyng 
these  principles  were  adopted  from  time  to  time,  ana  ihV  later  treaties 
present  a  combination  of  two  or  more  of  the  diflFerent  drafts  used     It 
IS  believed  that  it  will  be  of  interest  to  the  readers  of  the  Journal  to 
classify  the  provisions  of  the  treaties  so  as  to  show  the  different  forms 
used  with  respect  to  the  various  countries. 

Jurisdictional  clauses 

Four  variations  of  phraseology  have  been  used  to  express  the  kind  of 
disputes  which  the  high  contracting  parties  agree  to  refer  for  investi- 
gation and  report  to  the  permanent  international  commissions  Thev 
are,  with  the  countries  using  them,  as  follows : 

All  disputes  of  every  nature  whatsoever  to  the  settlement  of 
which  previous  arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  no  Tpply  t 
their  terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact.  ^^ 

^°""'"'  ^'""'  ^"^'  K-^^^d"---  Great  Britain,  Peru,  Portugal  and  Uruguay. 

miT^'  '^  ^~^«^  ^-  ^'"''^  '"  'he  An,encan  Journal  of  International  Lau, 


INTRODUCTION 


Ixi 


AH  disputes  of  every  nature  whatsoever  which  diplomacy  shall 
^'cilr  Denmark.  Guatemala.   Honduras.   Paraguay   and   Russia. 

ties  do  not  have  recourse  to  arbitration. 
China,  France.  Italy.  Spain  and  Sweden. 

All  disoutes  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  provided  the  treaties 
in^le  do  not  present  settlement  by  arbitration. 

Norway. 

Postponement  of  hostilities 

namely,  an  agreement  not   o  declare  ^ar        J-  submitted.    A 

investigation  of  the  ---^f-J'^J.X  °:^,rCh ^  which  adds  to  this 
slight  modification  is  -^.d;  '"^^^^^^  ^  Tl  resources  stipulated  in  this 
paragraph  a  clause  ^^'^^'"«^,"°  .^^^'is  clause  contemplates  the  sub- 
rLn"c:;^hT::i^t^Ha;:e  Ju^;  of  Arbitration.    (See  heading 

Action  after  receipt  of  report.) 

Composition  of  the  commission 
Ml  of  the  treaties  provide  that  the  commission  of  investigation  shall 

be  cl^poLd  o^^^  The  manner  of  their  appointment  is 

most  frequently  governed  as  follows : 

One  member  shall  be  chosen  ^--^J-S^rrSerby'  Lci: 
the  Government  thereof :  one  member  shal  ^  cho^^^  J  ^.^^^ 
fiovernment   from  some  t^'^^^.^^""*^  -  ^n  cj^^grnments.  it 

be  cl-sen  by  common  agreemn^^^^^^^  ^^  ^.^^^^  ^^„„,^. 

''rf  Cr^K^l'oInt:"    ore.  Brir.n.   Cuatemala.   Honduras. 
ItairParasuay    Per".  Portugal  and  Uruguay. 

A  u„  ChW,-   hut  with  an  additional  stipula- 

that  in  case  of  dispute  regarding  the  ^*^'^^*'°"  °*  ^^^„,^^,„,s  ^hall  re- 
shall  be  president  of  the  commission,  the  two  Oovernme 


•  M 


Ixii 


INTRODICTIOV 


quest  the  PreMdent  of  the  Swiss  Confederation  to  rhoose  such  n.embcr 
rhe  treafes  ^v„h  Chma.  France.  Spain  a  id  Sweden  use  the  or.eJnal 
ormuh  together  with  the  adduion  made  in  the  case  of  Chile,  and  add 
the  iillowing  clause: 

hrZ'^'f  .*!!""■  .'■•  u  <^"^""n'"'«^  shall  Uf  nnable  to  atrre"  on  Om 
-hoicc  ot   the  tmh  Commissiun,      the  other  f.>„,    shaH  be  c-«lS 
u>on  to  designate  hm,  and  failing  an  underst,.   h„.  Ik  "ween  S  . 
1.  ".E:""  ""''''''  "^  '*"  -'^^"-^  Conv.u,  ,  ,  of  1907  ;Uu 

Vcrwa.  use  the  or.ginal  formul-.  .  ,.d  adds  that  if  ar,  agrt  r.ent  is 
mi  ..-..cned  a>  to  the  appointment  c  the  fifth  number,  he  all  be 
chosPn  acrord.n^'  to  the  rules  laid  d.  .vn  in  Artich  87  of  the  M  eue 
Umv.  .no.    of   ;X)7  for  the  peaceful  ..ttL  nent  of  uuern.tionai  1- 

..1  r"""  '""""i^  ''  ''™^''''''  •"  *'"  '^'^^^-^  ^'fh  Russia,  under  wh.  h 
each  Govern,   rut  designates  two  n,^u:;,ers  (without  reference  to  ■ 
t.o„ahty)   -      the  fifth  i.  d.   gnated  by  common  consent,   it  be 
.fpulated  that  he  shall  not  !v  .ong  ,o  any  o,  the  nationalities  alrea.  : 
represented  on  the  commission,  and  that  he  rhai'  Iw  us  >     sidt    t 
In  the  British  treaty  a  special  provision  wa     mserted  to  al. 
substitution  upon  the  commit  .on  of  a  person  to  be  turned  uy 
governing  domi,    ,n  m  case  ^he  dispute  mainly  .,:Tects  the  inter, 
such  dominion 

Removal  nf  commissioners 

th.?'  TfV''^  ^°"''"'  ""'"  ^'"'  ^'^^"  «"'*  '^    "-'"-y  provide 
that  each  of  the  contracting  parties  shall  have  the  ri^       to  ren   ,ve  at 

any  time  befor-    investigation  begins  any  commissiont     .elected  by  it 

and  to  name  his     ..ccssor.  and  under  the  .ar      ccMiditror     .,  ,!;  also 

have  the  right  to  withdraw  its  approval  of  th. 

lected  jointly,  in  which  case  a  new  commission* 

as  in  the  original  selection. 

The  treaties  with  Chile  and  Ecuador  var      „.    Jaust         p^ 
that  each  Government  shall  have  the  right  to  ,    ruove  at  anv  nme 
investigation  be-gins  any  commis..,,ner  or  conn,   .sioners  s'electr  ! 
bui  must  appoim  his  or  their  sticcessors  at  th     Mme  of  rcvok  ,g  the 
aptK)intrnent.    Either  Gox  mment  shall  have  th>      ^ht  to  withdraw  its 
approval  „f  the  fifth  m<  r.ber,  ,n  which  case  his      ccessor  ...   .t  be  ap- 
pointed by  common  ag      ment  within  thirty  dav>  and    lac       '  such 


the 

-elf- 

Ht   of 


ifth  t 
hall  b 


■*si>irier  -e- 
vd  .::y 


idinij 
fore 
it. 


INTROni'CTK   '» 


Ixiii 


.  ..emenu  the  appointment  will        made  b>  the  President  of  the  Swiss 

'    'ttrelJJv'^ith  Italy  makes  an    her  var    ,ion  by  providing  tt«t  e.ch 

i  t  con    act  nff  v  >rties  shull  have  tl>    ri.ht  before  the  .nvest.Rat.on 

'  a     .Zto  subst!  ae  for  .-ne  of  the  n,en.b.-rs  of  the  con,m,ssu.n    p- 

,::,,Tby  .t  ano.'       person  ■  hosen   fr.,n,  the  category  to  wh.ch  the 

•ommi«M«mer  to  l^  repla.  ed  be!  mg. 

I   „     ther       ».    .  contain  no  proMMon  on  this  point. 


Or 

LI 


*tipw 
-ioi 


/  rpenses 
.1  on  this  point  is  gei 


he  p:' 

I'orti 
treatie: 


that  the  expenses  of  the 
lents  in  equal  proportion, 
latemala,  Honduras,  Nor- 


by  the  two  Gt- 
-.  Great  Britain 
md  Russia, 
tain,  in  addition,  a  stipulation  that  when  the 


t  treatie  'am,  ■•■  «»vn..».v,...  «  ---i  — 

co«u      ,ioner.  are  acta,    ;•  employed  they  shall  receive  such  compensa- 
Zn  .s  mav  be  agreed    ,pon  by  the  c.mracting  parties: 
Bolivia,  Costa  Rica.  Italy.  P'  ru  an     Uruguay. 

In  still  Other  cases  the  stipulation  varies  by  providing  that  the  con- 

understanding  m  regard  to  their  ^xiu" 

.    «  u       I,  u  ^f  th«.  «>xn<  ^'  commission: 

ment  shall  bear  halt  ct  tne  exp< 

China,  France,  Spain  and  Swed..: 

Period  for  appointmen^  'missioners 

Three  different  periods  are  used :  ,   .     »      .   . 

As  soon  as  possible  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications  of  the  treaty: 

Bolivia.  Costo  Rica,  Peru  and  Uruguay. 
Within  four  months  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications: 

Chile,  Pcnmark,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Norway  and  ParaRuay. 
Within  six    iionths  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications: 

China,  Ecuador,   France.  Great  Britain.  Italy,   Portugal,  Russia,  Spam 
and  Swedsn. 

Vacancies 
All  of  the  treaties  provide  that  vacancies  shall  be  filled  according  to 
the  manner  of  the  original  appointment.    Those  treaties  which  make 


h 


INTRODUCTION 


provision  for  the  removal  of  commissioners  contain  special  provisions 
for  appointing  their  successors,  as  above  indicated,  and  such  vacancies 
are  excluded  in  these  treaties  from  the  operation  of  the  general  pro- 
vision regarding  other  vacancies. 

The  treaty  with  Ecuador  contains  the  stipulation  that  general  vacan- 
cies shall  be  filled  within  fifteen  days  after  the  receipt  of  notice  of  the 
vacancy. 

Date  of  organha.ion  of  the  commission 
Only  the  treaties  with  Chile  and  Ecuador  provide  tiiat  the  date  of 
the  organization  of  the  commission  shall  be  notified  to  the  contractine 
Governments.  ° 

Tenure  of  office  of  the  commissioners 
Most  of  the  treaties  make  no  reference  to  the  tenure  of  office  of  the 
commissioners,  it  apparently  being  understood  that  their  term  of  office 
is  indefinite. 

The  treaties  with  China,  France.  Russia.  Spain,  and  Sweden   how- 
ever, contain  the  following  provision : 

The  members  shail  be  appointed  for  one  year  and  their  appoint- 
ment may  be  renewed.  They  shall  remain  in  office  until  superseded 
or  reappointed,  or  until  the  work  in  which  they  are  engaged  at  the 
time  their  office  expires  is  completed.  fi  k      -^  ">^ 

The  treaty  with  Italy  contains  the  following  provision : 

Each  Commissioner  shall  hold  his  place  during  a  term  of  four 

years:  at  the  expiration  of  this  term,  or  in  the  event  of  vacancy 

he  confirmation  or  the  substitution  of  the  Commissioner  whose 

term  may  have  expired  or  wliose  place  mav  be  vacant  shall  be 

made  in  the  same  manner. 

Procedure 

The  i)ioccdure  of  tiie  commission  is  not  always  provided  for  in  the 
treaties.  The  treaties  with  Denmark  and  Norway  provide  that,  unless 
otherwise  agreed  upon,  the  procedure  shall  be  regulated  bv  the  pro- 
visions of  Chapter  III  of  the  Hague  Convention  of  1907  for'tiic  peace- 
ful settlement  of  international  disputes. 

The  following  provision  regarding  procedure  is  contained  in  the 
treaties  with  China,  France,  Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden:  "The  com- 
mission shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided  by  the  provisions  contained 
in  Articles  9  to  .V5  of  Convention  I  of  The  Hague  of  1907." 


INTRODUCTION 


IXf 


The  treaties  with  Chile.  Ecuador  and  Italy  provide  thaj'n  the  ab- 
sence of  an  agreement  to  the  contrary,  the  comnns.on  shall  adopt 
own  regulations  regarding  procedure. 

Method  of  referring  disputes  to  commission 
The  treaties  usually  contain  an  apparently  simple  P>-°v«ion  that  the 
dispute  Thau  be  referred  to  the  international  comm,ss.on  by  the  con- 
tracting parties :  Guatemala.  Honduras. 
NrarpSay'p:ru.^--..  wen.  and  Uru^ua. 
The  treaties  with  Chile  and  Ecuador  provide  that  the  reference  may 
l,e  made  by  either  of  the  two  Governments^  ^  ^^^^ 

^^Tn^re  detailed  ar.cle  on  t.s^oint. -;-;-  - -ties  with 
a  na.  France.  Russ.a.  J"JJP^";  ™gi  ,„  be  entrusted  to  the 

who  shall  at  once  communicate  with  h.s  colleagues. 

Jurisdiction  assumed  by  commission 
Four  different  formulas  have  been  used  to  frame  such  a  provision: 
The  inten^ational  C^miss^^r^^  ^U^T^'S  ^S 
ffcTSL^ntYrnV^qS  their  cooperation  in  the  mvest.- 

^BoUvia.  Costa  Rica.  Great  Britain.  Peru,  and  Uruguay. 

their  cooperation  in  the  investigation.  ,  „    ^     , 

Denmark,  Guatemala.  Honduras  Norway.  Paraguay,  and  Portugal. 
The  President  of  the  Commission  may  a^/- -|«uUin«^h^^^  -'^ 
leagues  and  upon  receiving  ^he  con  ent  of^^he  ^ajority  ^^ 

Ta^h^rth^^ctS'Su^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  ^'^^  °«"  '^  °- 


Ixvi 


INTRODUCTION 


China,  France  and  Spain. 

jZtS'^''fu^  °^  '*"/  Commission,  by  a  note  addressed  to  the 
International  Bureau  of  the  Permanent  Court  at  The  Hague,  wh  ch 
shall  be  communicated  without  delay  to  both  Governments  mav 
luTVXr-'  ''''  '''  -™  ^'  '•'-  Commission"are"^S 
Sweden. 

Place  of  meeting 

The  place  of  meeting  of  the  commission  is  provided  for  in  five  of 
the  treaties  and  they  stipulate  that  it  shall  be  determined  by  the  com- 
mission Itself.  ^ 

Chile,  China.  Ecuador.  France  and  Spain. 

Formulation  of  the  question  at  issue 

This  point  is  covered  only  in  the  treaties  with  China.  France.  Spain 
and  Sweden,  which  contain  the  uniform  clause  that, 

E^ch  Contracting  Party  shall  have  a  right  to  state  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Commission  what  is  the  subject-matter  of  the  con- 
■u"JK:  difference  in  these  statements,  which  shall  be  fur- 

nished by  way  of  suggestion,  shall  arrest  the  action  of  the  Com- 

lllldSlClI]. 

Measures  pending  submission  of  report 

A  provision  of  this  kind  is  contained  in  only  three  treaties,  those 
with  China,  France  and  Sweden,  which  provide  that, 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute  should  consist  of  certain  acts 
already  committed  or  about  to  be  committed,  the  commission  shall 
as  soon  as  possible  indicate  what  measures  to  preserve  the  rights 
of  each  party  ought  in  its  opinion  to  be  taken  provisionally  and 
pending  the  delivery  of  its  report. 

Facilities  for  investigation  to  be  afforded  lo  commission 

All  of  the  treaties  are  uniform  in  providing  that  the  contracting  par- 
ties shall  furnish  the  commission  with  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  Its  investigation  and  report.  The  treaty  with  Italy  adds- 
"provided  that  in  their  judgment  this  does  not  conflict  with  the  laws 
or  with  the  supreme  interests  of  the  State,  and  provided  that  the  in- 
terests and  rights  of  third  States  shall  not  thereby  suffer  damage  " 


INTRODUCTION 


l-:vii 


Time  allowed  for  submission  cf  report 

different  period  is  agreed  upon: 

China.  France.  Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden. 
The  treaty  with  Ecuador  also  provides  for  a  period  of  one  year,  but 
ni,  th  r  his  perit,  ^y  be  extended  for  an  additional  six  months 
f fo    ;«.^ns  of/le  Lieure,  it  is  not  possible  for  the  comnuss.on 
'to  com pSrS  investigation  and  submit  its  report  wUhm  one  year. 

Vote  necessary  for  agreement  on  report  by  commission 

""*"Th.  conclusion  o<  .he  C-^f'^iT^  '^^°!Jy  ^^ 
Sd'TnttS'^'v^rT'oTE  £.  St  ,rns.i«ca  .,  .in, 
to  each  of  the  Contracting  Parties. 

the  majority  of  its  members. 

Action  after  receipt  of  report 
The  usual  stipulation  on  this  point  is  as  follows: 

guay.  Peru,  Portugal  and  Uruguay. 


Ixviii 


INTRODUCTION 


The  treaty  with  Ecuador  has  the  same  provision,  but  adds  that  such 
action  may  be  taken  also  if  no  report  is  submitted  within  the  time 

The  treaties  with  Denmark  and  Norway  contain  the  usual  formula. 
Lut  provide  that  upon  the  receipt  of  the  report  the  parties  shall  en- 
deavor to  adjust  the  dispute  directly  on  the  basis  of  the  findings  of 
the  commission. 

Another  form  of  expression  on  this  point  is  as  follows:  "The  Hieh 
Contracting  Parties  reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action  to  be  taken 
on  the  report  of  the  Commission :" 

China,  France,  Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden. 

The  treaty  w:th  Chile  contains  a  special  provision  not  found  in  any 
of  the  other  treaties,  as  follows : 

Once  the  report  is  in  possession  of  both  Governments  six 
months  time  will  be  available  for  renewed  negotiatio^  in  order 
to  bring  about  a  sett  ement  of  the  difficulty  in  vilw  of  the  find  ngs 
I  'Th  L'P°''i.f"^  '*  '"'''  ^"""^  »his  new  term  both  GoveniSs 
th.n  t  r*:  '  1°  ''""^^  ?.^"'"^'y  a^ningement.  the  disput^wa 
Sdlt  TSe^Xe':  '''  ^^""^"^"^  ^''"^^  «^  ^^''•'-»-  «^'>- 

A  proviso  is  added,  excluding  from  arbitration  "any  question  that 
may  affect  the  independence,  the  honor  or  the  vital  interests  of  either 
or  both  of  the  countries,  or  the  provisions  of  their  respective  consti- 
tutions or  the  interests  of  a  third  nation."  Another  paragraph  pro- 
vides that  m  case  arbitration  is  resorted  to,  a  special  agreement  shall 
be  previously  agreed  upon  specifying  the  matter  in  controversy  the 
extent  of  the  arbiter's  powers,  and  the  length  of  time  to  which  the 
court  of  arbitration  must  subject  its  organization  and  procedure  in- 
cluding the  presentation  of  memorials,  proofs  and  pleas. 

Duration  of  the  treaties 
A  common  provision  is  to  the  effect  that  the  treaty  shall  remain  in 
force  for  five  years,  dating  from  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
remain  in  force  thereafter  until  twelve  momhs  after  one  of  the  con- 

tHermina^'it-  '^^^  ^""^^  ^'^'"  "°*'''  '°  """  "*''"  °^  ^"  •"**="^'°" 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Denmark.  Great  Britain.  Guatemala.  Thilv  h„„j 
Norway.  Paraguay.  Peru.  Portugal,  and  Urug^iay  ^        ^'  "°"''"'"«»' 


INTRODUCTION 


Ixix 


before  the  expiration  of  that  penod: 

China,  France,  Russia,  Spain.  .     •      r     „„  f„, 

Th=?Ka,^  wi,h  Eo«^,  p-o.id..  o^'^^^i"^:z:7^,  £ 

J  .Uot  ..nipt*  notice  to  terminate  it  is  given  un*^  7 
five  years  and  that  unless  nonce  i  considered  as  renewed 

fore  the  expiration  of  that  period,  it  shall  be  consider 
for  another  year,  and  so  on  ^"^""ively.  ^^^  ^^ 

additional  treaties  go  into  eflEect.  George  A.  Finch. 


Part  I 
Perfected  Treaties 


<■-■! 


0 


u  „  the  United  State,  and  Bolivia  for  the  Advancement 

Treaty  between  the  Umteo  s«  ^^^^^ 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Bolivia,  being 
desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds 
of  amity  that  bind  them  together 
and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of 
general  peace,  have   resolved  to 
enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries: 
The  President  of   the  United 
States,    the    Honorable    William 
Jennings    Bryan,     Secretary    of 
State;  and  .         , 

The  President  of  Bolivia,  Senor 
Don  Ignacio  Calderon,  Envoy 
Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plen- 
ipotentiary of  Bolivia  to  the 
United  States; 

Who  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following 
articles: 

Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
a^ree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatso- 
ever to  the  settlement  of  which 
previous    arbitration    treaties    or 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame-  p„«„,. 
rica  y  la  Republica  de  Bolivia  con 
el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos 
de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  a  la  vez 
cimentar  el  espiritu  de  par  univer- 
sal han  resuelto  celebrar  un  Tra- 
todo  con  talobjetoy  para  ese  fin 

han  nombrado  como  sus  Plenipo- 

'' ElTresidente  de  los  Estados  P^^n.P.«»- 
Unidos,    al    Honorable    William 
Jennings    Bryan.    Secretano    de 

Estado,  y  „  ,  ••      „i 

El  Presidente  de  Bolivia,  al 
Seiior  Don  Ignacio  Calderon,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  y  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario   en   los   Estados 

Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  examma- 
dos  sus  respectivos  Plenos  Pode- 
res  y  encontrandolos  en  debida 
f  oma,  han  convenido  en  los  arti- 
culos  siguientes : 


i    \ 


ARTiCULO  I 
T  a<j   Altas  Partes  contratantes  ,"„'^S't"<i°o 

Las     rnia=  J„„v<».    Inttrnational 

acuerdan  que  todas  las   desave    c„,nm,M.on^ 
nencias  de  cualquiera  naturaieza  Hon  arrf  report. 
que  ellas  scan  y  que  en  el  !'-:ho  6 
per  los  terminos  de  tn.     .os  de 


.   ,-     »  ,  „  1868     Sinned  at  Washington,  Janu- 


PEUFECTED  TREATIES 


agreements  do  not  apply  in  their 
terms  or  arc  not  applied  in  fact, 
shall,  whin  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  re- 
ferred for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  permanent  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  article;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  in- 
vestigation and  beiore  the  report 
is  submitted. 


arbitraje  existentcs  no  esten  com- 
prendidas  en  sus  estipulaciones,  y 
que  no  hayan  podido  arreglarse 
por  la  via  diplomatica  seran 
sonietidas  para  su  investigacion  e 
informe  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional  constituida  en  la  manera 
prescrita  en  el  siguiente  articulo; 
y  convienen  en  no  declararse  la 
guerra  6  empezar  hostilidades 
durante  el  periodo  de  la  investiga- 
cion y  antes  de  sometido  el  in- 
forme. 


Internitinnal 
Commiuton. 
Compoiition. 


Article  II 
The   International   Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    sliall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  f.om 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.    Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore    investigation     begins,     any 
Commissioner  selected  by  it  and 
to  name  his  successor,  and  under 
the    same    conditions    shall    also 
have  the  right  to  withdraw  its  ap- 
proval of  the  fifth  Commissioner 
selected  jointly;  in  which  case  a 
new    Commissioner    shall    be    se- 
ieci<(!   jointly   as   in  the   original 


ARTicULO  II 

La    Comision    Internacional    se 
compondra    de    cinco    mieml)ros. 
nombrados  como  sigue :  nn  miem- 
bro  sera  escogido  dentro  del  pais, 
por  su  respectivo  Gohierno;  otro 
miembro  sera  escogidi  por  cada 
(iobierno,   de   un   tercer  pais;  el 
quinto  miembro  sera  escogido  de 
comun  acuerdo  por  los  dos  Go- 
biernos;  siendo  entendido  que  no 
podra  serlo  ningiin  ciudadano  de 
uno  de  los  dos  paises  interesados. 
Cada  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  se  rcserva  el  derecho  de 
separar,  antes  que  hayan  comen- 
zado  las  investigaciones,  el  comi- 
sionado  que  cada  uno  hubiese  ele- 
jido  y  en  tal  caso  se  procedera  a 
nombrar  su  reemplazante.     Bajo 
la   misma   condicion   podra  cual- 
quiera  de  las  Partes  contratantes 
retirar   su   aceptacion   del   quinto 
comisionado  elejido  conjuntamen- 
te  y  en  este  caso  se  procedera  a 


.^m^ 


!  r 


UOI.IV  I A 


!! 


.election.  Hie  Commissioners 
shall,  when  actually  employed  m 
the  investigation  of  a  dispute  re- 
ceive such  compensation  as  shall 
he  agreed  upon  by  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  pa.d  by 
the    two    Governments    in    equal 

proportion. 

Uie  imcrnational  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  as  sooti  as 
possible  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


una  nueva  cleccion  en  la  forma  ya  co».P.n...io„. 

establecida.       Los    comisionados 

recibiran    la    compensacion    que 

acuerden  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 

tantes  tan  solo  durante  el  tiempo 

qiu-  se  ocupen  de  la  investigac.on.  ^-p^""  • 

Los  gastos  de  la  Comisiou  seran 

atendidos  por  mitad  por  los  Go- 

biernos  contratantes.  Appoint™.-.. 

La  Comision  Internacional  st-r,. 
nombrada  en  el  mas  corto  plazo 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifica- 
ciones  del  Tratado;  y  las  vacantes 
que  ocurriesen  seran  llenadas  se- 
gun  lo  acordado  por  el  nombra- 
miento  original. 


Article  HI 
In  case  the   High   Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  disi.ute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.     The  In- 
ternational      Commission       may. 
however,    by    unanimous    agree- 
n,ent  sp.uaneously  offer  its  serv- 
ices to  that  eflfect,   and   in  such 
.ase  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
nunts  and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 


The  H.?h  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired  for  its  investigation  and 

report.  .       , 

The  report  of  the  Imcrnational 


ARTiCULO  III 

1  -:j«   Putin  of 

En  el  case  de  que  no  haya  siao  commu«on, 
posible  el  arreglo  de  una  cuestion 

entre  las  Mtas  Partes  contratan- 
tes por  los  medios  diplomaticos 

esta  sera  referida  inmediatamente 

a  la  Comision  Internacional  para 

su  investigacion  e  informe.     La 

Comision      Internacional     podra 

tambien  per  consentimiento  una- 
nime  y  por  iniciativa  propia  inter- 
venir  y  en  tal  caso  debera  hacerlo 
saber  a  ambos  Gobiernos  y  pedir 
su  cooperacion  para  la  investtga- 

"'Tas  Altas  Partes  contratantes  ^^Ij^jJlJ";;. 
amvienen  en  subministrar  a  la 
Comision  Permaiv.nte  Interna- 
cional todos  los  medios  y  facih- 
dades  que  demande  para  la  inves- 
tigacion e  informe. 

F.I  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 


Time  for 
report. 


.1 


i 


i 


PEKFECTED  TKEATIES 


lni.'t|>endent 

action 

rcMrvcd. 


Exchange  cf 
rttificatioiu. 


Duration. 


Con  V    on    shall    be   completed 
within  one  year  after  the  diite  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.    The  report  shall 
be    prepared    in    triplicate;    one 
copy  shall  be  presemed  to  each 
tiovemment,   and    the   third    re- 
tained by  the  Commission  for  its 
files. 

Tiie  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject  matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
submitted. 


temacional     debera     estar     listo 
dentro  de  un  afio  contado  desde  la 
fecha   que   haya   designado  para 
empezar  la  investigacion  a  menos 
que  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
restringieran     6    extcndieran     el 
ticmpo  por  mutuo  consentimunto. 
tl    mforme   dcbe    ser   preparado 
por  tnphcado ;  una  copia  para  ser 
entregada  a  cada  Gobierno.  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  su  archive. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantc 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obra. 
■ndependientemente  en  el  asunto 
en  disputa  despues  que  el  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  se  les  hava 
sometido. 


Article  IV 
The    present    treaty    shall    be 
ratified  by   the   President  of  the 
L'nited  States  of  America,  by  and 
with   the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Senate  thereof;  and  by   the 
President  of  Bolivia,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Congress  thereof; 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.     It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall    continue    in    force    for    a 
period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve   months  after  one  of  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 


ASTfCULO  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  r     fi. 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados    Unidos    de    Amt-rica,    de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del    Senado  respectivo,  y  per  el 
Presidente    de    la    Republica    de 
Bolivia,    con    la    aprobacion    del 
Congreso.     y     las     ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como    fuere   posible.      Producira 
sus  efectos  el  presente  tratado  in- 
mediatamente   despues   del   canje 
de  ratificaciones  y  continuara  en 
vigor    por    cinco    afios.    y    sera 
obligatorio     despues     por     doce 
meses    contados    desde   que   una 
de  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
haya   comunicado   a   la   otra   su 
inteiicion  de  terminarlo. 


SRAZn. 


In  witnesss  whtreof  the  rc- 
sptctive  plenipotentiaries  have 
sis^ned  the  present  treaty  and 
have  affixed  thereunto  their  -eals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  22d 
day  of  January,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  nineteen  hundred  and 
fourteen. 

Wii.uAM  Jennings  Bryan  (seal] 
Ignacio  Calderon  [seal] 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  rc.pectwos  SifM«iH». 
Plenipotenciarins  h.ii  firiiiado  «* 
presentc  Tratado,  y  han  pues««&  jrf 
|>ie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  \\  ashington,  el  d«a  M 
de  Rnero,  en  el  afio  de  Nuestro 
Sefuir  mil  novecientos  catorce. 


Treaty  between  the  Unitt  i  Sutes  and  Brazil  for  the  Advancement 
of  General  Peace' 


The  Governments  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  of  Brazil 
Seiiiff  desirous  oi  eiving  another 
r ,.:  jfest  •■""  ~*  lie  old  friend- 
,:■  j'  I  I  bin'ls  li' .  two  countries 
,f,'  ;th  ,.  id  being  united  in  the 
"  rpc"  e  oj  promoting  the  progress 

:-••:>  (ion  through  peace,  hav 
resolved  to  enter  into  a  special 
treaty  for  the  amicable  settlem  t 
of  any  future  difficulties  which 
may  arise  between  the  tvt\»  coun- 
tries, ?~.A  tor  that  pun-J^  have 
appoui'  i  as  their  Plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  Mr.  William 
Jennings     Br>  Secretary    of 

State;  and 

The   President         the   United 


Os  Governos  dos  Estados  Uni-  ^S°';,f '"« 
dos  da  America  e  dos  Estados 
Unidos  do  Brasil,  desejosos  de 
mais  uma  vez  manifestar  a  antiga 
amizade  que  liga  os  dous  paizes 
e  Juntando-se  com  o  proposito  de 
prunKver  o  progresso  da  civili- 
zagio  pela  paz,  resolveram  cele- 
Vrar  um  tratado  especial  para  o 

rmjo  amigavel  de  qual  quer 
difficuldadc  que  no  futuro  possa 
suscitar-se  entre  ambos  e  para 
'sse  fim  nomearam  como  seus 
Plenipotenciarios 

O  PresJdente  dos  Estados  Uni-  ^'i'iS?"°- 
dos  da  America  o  Senhor  William 
Jennings    Bryan,    Secretario    de 
Estado ;  e 

O  Presidente  dos  Estados  Uni- 


m 


1  V  5  Vfof«««  at  Larat,  vol.  39.  pt.  2.  p.  1698.  Signed  at  Washington  July 
24,  1914;  "ratification  ad^-i«d  by  the  Senate  August  ".  1914  .ratified  by  the 
President,  November  22.  1915;  ratified  by  Brazil  June  ^-l^^:  "'«""*»"* 
exchanged  at  Washington,  October  28,  1916;  proclaimed,  October  30,  1916. 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


I>i*pMtf!»  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commibnion 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


International 
(om  mission, 
t'umpositicn. 


States  of  Brazil,  M.-.  Domicio  da 
Gama,  Ambassador  Extraordi- 
nary and  Plenipotentiary; 

\\ho,  duly  authorized,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 
The    Two    High    Contracting 
I'arties  agree  to  submit  to  a  Per- 
manent    International     Commis- 
sion, for  investigation  and  report, 
all   disputes   that   may   arise   be- 
tween them  concerning  questions 
of     an     international     character 
which  ran  not  be  solved  by  direct 
diplomatic  negotiation,  and  which 
are  not  embraced  by  the  terms  of 
any  treaty  of  arbitration  in  force 
between  them ;  and  they  agree  not 
to  declare  war  or  to  b..-gin  hostili- 
ties pending  the  investigation  and 
report  of  said  Commission. 


dos  do  Brasil  o  Senhor  Domicio 
da  Gama,  Embaixador  Extraor- 
dinario  e  Plenipotenciario ; 

Os  quaes,  devidamente  autori- 
zados,  accordaram  nos  scguintes 
artigos : 

Artigo  I 
As  duas  Altas  Partes  Contrac- 
tantes  assentam  em  submetter  a 
investigagao  de  uma   Commissao 
Permanente,  que  sobre  ellas  dara 
parecer,  todas  as  difficuldades  de 
caracter  internacional  que  surjam 
entre  ellas  e  nao  possam  ser  di- 
rectamente     resolvidas     por     via 
diplomatica  nem  caibam  nos  ter- 
mos    da    Convengao   de    Arbitra- 
mento    vigente    entre    ambas;    e 
accordam  em  nao  declarar  guerra 
uma  a  outra  nem  comcQar  hostili- 
dades  cmquanto  nao  for  apresen- 
tado   o   resultado   d'essa   investi- 
gagao. 


Article  II 
The  Commission  mentioned  in 
the    preceding    Article    shall    be 
composed  of   five  members  each 
appointed  for  five  years,  as  fol- 
lows :  Each  Government  shall  des- 
ignate two  members,  only  one  of 
whom  shall  be  of  its  own  nation- 
ality.    The  fifth  member  .shall  be 
chosen  by  common  agreement  be- 
tween  the   two   Governments,    it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not 
belong  to  any  of  the  nationalities 
already  represented  in  the  Com- 
mission. 


Artigo  II 
A  Commissao  acima  menciona- 
da  se  compora  de  cinco  miembros, 
cada    um    d'elles    nomeadc    por 
cinco  annos.  Ja  scguinte  maneira : 
cada     Govemo     designara     dous 
membros.     sendo     somente     um 
d'elles    nacional    do    paiz    que    o 
momeia.    O  quinto  sera  escolhido 
de  commum  accordo  entre  os  dous 
Governos,  entendendo-se  que  nao 
pertencera   a    nenhuma    das    na- 
cionalidades  ja  representadas  na 
Commissao. 


BKAZIL 


The  fifth  member  shall  perform 
the  duties  of  President. 

Either  Contracting  Party  may 
remove  at  any  time,  before  inves- 
tigation begins,  any  commissioner 
selected  by  it,  appointing  his  suc- 
cessor   on    the    same    occasion. 
Likewise,  each  Government  shall 
also  have  the  right  to  withdraw 
its  approval  of  the  fifth  member ; 
in  which  case  the  new  fifth  mem- 
ber   will    be     appointed    within 
thirty  days  following  the  notifica- 
tion of  the  withdrawal,  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,    and     failing    this 
agreement,  the   President  of   the 
Swiss  Confederation  shall  be  re- 
quested to  make  the  appointment. 
The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be   paid  by  the   two 
Governments  in  equal  proportions. 
The  Commission  shall  be  con- 
stituted and  shall  be  ready   for 
business  within  six  months  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  treaty. 

At  the  expiration  of  each 
period  of  five  years,  the  Commis- 
sioners may  be  reappointed  or 
others    may    be    substituted    for 

them. 

Any  vacancy  shall  be  filled  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  original 
appointment. 

The  Commission  shall  make  its 
own  rules  of  procedure. 


Esse  quinto  membro  exercera  PrMid.nt 
as  funcgoes  de  Presidente. 


Cada  uma  das  Partes  Contrac-  If^^^lT 

tames  podera  remover  em  qual-  "<"•"•• 

quer  tempo,  antes  que  comece  a 

investigaqao,    qualquer    Commis- 

sario  que  tiver  nomeado,  apresen- 

tando  o  seu  successor  na  mesma 

occasiao.  Outrosim  tera  cada 
Governo  o  direito  de  negar  seu 
accordo  ao  quinto  membro;  isso 
succedendo,  o  novo  quinto  mem- 
bro sera  nomeado  dentro  de  trinta 
dias  a  contar  da  notificaqao,  por 
accordo  entre  os  dous  Govemos; 
e  nao  podendo  haver  accordo,  o 
Presidente  da  Confedera<;ao  Suis- 
sa  sera  convidado  a  fazer  a  no- 

mea<;ao. 

As    despezas    da     Commissao  Exp.n«.. 

serao  pagas  por  metade  por  am- 
bos  OS  Govemos. 

A  Commissao  sera  constituida  Org.n«.uon. 
e  se  achara  prompta  a  funccionar 
dentro  de  seis  mezes  depois  da 
troca  de  ratificaqoes  do  presente 

tratado. 

Ao  cabo  de  cada   periodo  de  R«»„P|«>i«; 
cinco     annos     os     Commissaries 
serao  reconduzidos  ou  outros  os 
substituirao. 

As  vagas  serao  preenchidas  do  v.c.nci.i. 
mesmo  modo  que  as  nomeaqoes 
primitivas. 

A   Commissao    formulara   suas  Pr»cedur;. 

proprias  regras  de  processo. 


m 

m 


8 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Huties  of 

Commission. 


Meetings. 


Time  (or 
report. 


Triplicate 
reports. 


Article  III 
In  the  case  of  failure  to  agree 
upon  the  diplomatic  solution  of  a 
dispute  concerning  a  question  of 
an    international    character,    the 
Two    High    Contracting    Parties 
shall  submit  it  to  said  Commission 
for  investigation  and  report.    The 
convocation    of    the    Commission 
may  be  made  by  either  Contract- 
ing Government.     The   Conmiis- 
sion  shall  by  preference  sit  in  the 
country   in   which   there   are   the 
greater  facilities  for  the  study  of 
the  question,  and  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  .shall   furnish  all 
the  means  to  that  end.     The  re- 
port of  the  Commission  shall  be 
presented  within  a  year  counted 
from  the  date  at  which  the  Com- 
mission    shall     declare    that     its 
work  is  begun,  unless  a  prolonga- 
tion of  the  time  shall  be  accorded 
by    both    Parties.      This    report, 
which  is  purely  advisort-  and  does 
not  bind  the  Contracting  Parties 
as  to  the  question  at  issue,  shall 
be    prepared    in    triplicate,    eacli 
Government  being  furnished  with 
a  copy  and  the  third  kept  in  the 
files  of  the  Commission. 


Artigo  III 
Caso  nao  cheguem  a  accordo 
quanto  a  solugao  diplomatica  de 
alguma  questao  de  caracter  in- 
ternacional,  as  duas  Altas  Partes 
C  ontractantes  a  submetterao  a 
dita  Conimissao,  para  que  investi- 
gue  o  de  parecer. 

A  Commissao  pode  ser  convo- 
cada  por  qualquer  das  Partes 
Contractantes  e  funccionara  de 
preferencia  no  paiz  em  que  se  Ihe 
oflferegam  mais  facilidades  para 
o  estudo  da  questao,  para  cujo 
fim  as  Altas  Partes  Contractantes 
fomecerao  todos  os  meios. 

O  parecer  da  Commissao  sera 
apresentado  dentro  de  um  anno  a 
contar  da  data  em  que  a  Commis- 
sao declarar  que  comegou  sens  tra- 
balhos,  salvo  prorogagao  accord- 
ada  pelas  duas  Partes. 

Este  parecer,  que  e  puramente 
consultivo  e  nao  obriga  as  Partes 
Contractantes  quanio  ao  assump- 
to  em  questao,  sera  preparado  em 
triplicata,  cada  um  dos  Governos 
recebendo  um  exemplar  e  sendo  o 
terceiro  guardado  no  archive  da 
Commissao. 


Submissinn 
to  arbitration. 


Article  IV 
-After  presentation  of  the  re- 
port to  both  Governments  six 
months'  time  will  be  given  tn  re- 
newed nejjotiHtions  in  order  to 
bring  aboi;  a  solution  of  the  ques- 
tion in  view  of  tlie  findings  of  said 


Artigo  IV 
Apresentado  o  parecer  a  ambos 
OS  Governos.  estes  terao  seis 
Inezes  para  negociar  um  arranjo 
de  accordo  com  o  dito  parecer  e. 
.se  ao  cabo  deste  novo  termo  nno 
conseguirt-ni  entender-se.  submet- 


BRAZIL 


report;  and  it  after  this  new  term 
both  Governments  should  be  un- 
able to  reach  a  fr.'ndly  arrange- 
ment, they  will  pre  .eed  to  submit 
the  dispute  to  arbitration  under 
the  terms  of  the  Convention  in 
force  betwc'-n  them,  if  such  con- 
vention covers  the  que«ion  or 
questions  investigated. 

Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  Two  High  Contracting 
Parties  according  to  their  national 
Constitutions,    and    the    ratifica- 
tions shall  be  exchanged  as  soon 
as  possible.     It  shall  take  effect 
immediately  after  the  exchange  of 
ratifications  and  shall  commue  in 
force  for  a  period  of  five  year.s 
and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in 
force  until  twelve   months  after 
one  of  the  two  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  given  notice  to  the 
other    of    an    intention    to    ter- 
minate it. 

The  strict  and  honest  fumu- 
ment  of  the  fc  .-gomg  clauses  is 
intrusted  to  the  honor  of  the  sig- 
natory nations. 

in  witness  whereof,  the  re- 
spective Plenipotentiaries  have 
signed  the  present  treaty  and 
have  affixed  thereunto  their  .seals. 
Done  in  Washington,  on  the 
24th  day  of  July,  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

William  Jennings 
DoMicio  DA  Gama 


terao  o  litigio  a  arbitramento,  em 
conformidade  com  os  termos  da 
Conven<;ao  vigente  entre  ambos, 
se  couber  nella  a  qnestao  consi- 
derada. 


Exchancf 
ratificat!-n 


Duralion 


Articx)  V 

O  presente  tratado  sera  latifi- 

cado  pelas  duas  Altas  Partes  C  on- 

tractantes,    na    forma    prescripta 

pelas    Const ituiqoes    nacionaes,    e 

as  ratificiqoes  serao  trocadas  no 

mais  breve  prazo.    O  tratado  en- 

trara  em  vigor  logo  depois  dessa 

troca   e   continuara    por    um   pe- 

riodo  de  cinco  annos,  findo  o  qual 

vigorara  ate   doze   mezes   depots 

que  uma  das  duas  Alias  Partes 

Contractantes  tiver  annunciado  a 

outra  a  sua  intenqao  de  o  ter- 

minar. 

O  estricto  e  leal  cumprimento  ■  ™pii"«- 
das  clausulas  precedentes  e  con- 
fiado  a  honra  das  naQoes  signa- 
tarias. 

Em  tcstenmnho  de  que  os  re-  signature. 
spectiv.i  Plenipotenciarios  assig- 
naram  o  presente  tratado  ao  qual 
appuzeram  os  sens  selos. 

Feito  na  cidade  de  Washington 
no  dia  24  do  mez  de  julho  do  anno 
de  mil  novecentos  e  quatorze. 

Bryan     [sealI 
[seal] 


10 


PERFECTED   THUATIES 


Contracting 
Poweri. 


PIcnipoten- 
tiarief. 


"'""  '""""  ""  ""'S''<^S??.c?"'  '"  "«  *— 


Treaty  for  the  Settlement  of  dis- 
putes that  may  occur  between 
the  United  States  of  Anierica 
and  Chile. 


The    President   of   the    United 
State:  of  Anierica  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Republic  of  Chile  be- 
ing desirous  to  secure  in  the  most 
effective  way  the  amicable  settle- 
ment of  an>  future  difficulties  be- 
tween both  countries  and  the  sub- 
sequent maintenance  of  peace  and 
good  amity   between  them,   have 
resolved   to  enter   into  a   special 
treaty    for  that  purpose,   and   to 
that    end    have    appointed    their 
Plenipotentiaiies  as  follows: 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America.  His  Excellency 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States  • 
and 

The  President  of  the  Republic 
of  Chile,  His  Excellency  Eduardo 
Suarez  Mujica,  Envoy  Extraordi- 
nary and  Minister  Plenipotentiarv 
of  Chile  to  the  United  States  of 
America ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 


Iratado  para  la  Solucidn  de  las 
Dificuttodes  que  surgieren  entre 
los  Estados  Unidos  de  America 
y  Chile. 

El    Presidente   de   los    Estados 
I'nidos   de   America  y   el    Presi- 
dente de  la   Kepiiblica  de   Chile, 
deseosos  de  proveer  de  la  nianera 
mas  eficaz  al  arreglo  amistoso  de 
cuaiquiera  futura  dificultad  entre 
anibos  paises  y  de  asegurar  mejor 
el    niantenimiento    de    la    paz    y 
hiien.i    aniistad    entre    ellos,    han 
resuelto  concluir  un   tratado  es- 
pecial con  tales  fines,  y  han  nom- 
brado  al   efecto   sus    Plenipoten- 
ciarios,  a  saber: 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America,  a  su  Ex- 
celencia  William  Jennings  Brjan, 
Secretario  de  Estado  de  los  Esta- 
dos Unidos;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
de  Chile,  a  Su  Excelencia  Eduardo 
Suarez  Mujica,  Enviado  Ex- 
traordinario  y  Ministro  Plenipo- 
tenciario  de  Chile  en  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America; 

Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  sus  reSpectivos  plenos 
poderes  y  encontradolos  en  buena 


CHILE 


11 


proper  and  due  form,  have  agreed 
upon  and  concluded  the  following 
articles : 

Article  1 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  that  may 
arise  in  the  future  between  them, 
shall,   when   diplomatic   methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  sub- 
mitted for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  an  International  Commis- 
sion to  be  constituted  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  in  the  next  suc- 
ceeding article;  and  they  agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos- 
tilities during  such  investigation, 
nor  before  all  resources  stipulated 
in  this  treaty  have  proved  unsuc- 
cessful. 


y  debida   forma,  han  convenido 
en  los  articulos  siguientes : 

ArtIculo  I 
Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  J^bStt'd'o' 

»    J         l„^    <..•»<!       Intern»tion»l 

convienen  en  que  tooas  las  cues-  commission 
tiones  que  en  lo  f  uturo  se  susciten  ^Jn'Sn?  * 
entre    ellas,   y   que   no   hubieren  «>»"• 
podido  arreglarse  por  la  via  di- 
plomatica,  sean  sometidas  para  su 
investigacion    c    informe    a    una 
Comision     Internacional     s-onsti- 
tuida  de  la  manera  que  se  indica 
en  el  articulo  siguiente ;  y  se  com- 
prometen    a    no    declararse    la 
guerra  6  iniciar  hostilidades  du- 
rante   el    periodo    de    investiga- 
cion y  antes  de  agotados  todos 
los  resortes  que  se  estipulan  en 
el  presente  tratado. 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows  — ■ 
Each  Government  shall  designate 
two  members,  only  onf  of  whor.' 
shall  be   of   its  own  nationality 
The  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen 
by    common    agreement    betweer, 
the   two   Governments,   it    beinfi; 
understood  that  hs  shall  not  be- 
long to  any  of   the   nationalities 
already  represented  on  the  Com- 
mission.   The  fifth  member  shall 
perform  the  duties  of  President. 
Fach  of  the  Hi^h  Contracting 
Partie?!  shall  have  the  right  to  re- 


AitIculo  II 

U   Comision  Internacional  se  l^^^^Z*! 
compondra     ie    cinco    miembros.  Compo.mo«. 
nombrados  en  esta  forma: — Cada 
Gobiemo    eligira   dos    miembros, 
de  los  cuales  solo  uno  podra  ser  de 
iu  propia  nacionalidad.    El  quin- 
to  miembro  sera  elegido  de  comun 
acuerdo  por  ambos  Gobiemos,  no 
pudiendo  recaer  la  designacion  en 
ciudadann  de  ninguna  de  las  na- 
cionalidades  ya  representadas  en 
la  Comisioti.     El  quinto  miembro 
desempenara     las     funciones     de 
Presidente  _^ 

Cada  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  nifs1ion«s, 

Contratantes    tendra    el    derecho 


•f 


« 


»  i 


m 


12 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


^'•cancie9. 


Appointment. 


Expensu. 


move,  at  any  time  before  inves- 
tigation    begins,    any     Commis- 
sioner  selected   by    it   and,    con- 
jomfly,    the    nomination    of    the 
successor,  or  successors,  must  be 
enacted.    Likewise,    either    Gov- 
ernment shall  also  have  the  right 
to  withdraw  its  approval  of  the 
fifth  member;  in  which  case  the 
new   fifth    member    will    be   ap- 
pointed   within   thirty    days    fol- 
lowing   the    notification    of    the 
withdrawal,    by    common    agree- 
ment between  the   two  Govern- 
ments, and  such  agreement  lack- 
ing,   the    appointment     will     be 
made   by    the    President    of    the 
Swiss  Confederation. 


The  vacancies  that  may  occur 
through  other  causes  than  those 
already  named,  will  be  filled  as 
mentioned  in  this  article. 

The  International  Commission 
shall   be   constituted    within    the 
four  months    following   the   ex- 
change of  the  ratifications  of  this 
treaty,    and     shall     notify    both 
Governments  of  the  date  of  its  or- 
ganization.   The  Commission  will 
establish     its     own     regulations. 
The  resolutions  of  the  Commis- 
sion, as  well  as  its  final  report, 
will  be  adopted  by  the  majority 
of  its  members. 

The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be  paid  by  the  two 
Contracting  Governments  in 
equal  proportion. 


de  revocar,  antes  de  que  se  haya 
miciado  la  investigacion,  el  nom- 
bramiento   de    cualquiera   de    los 
miembros  que  le  hubiere  corres- 
pondido  designar,  y  en  el  mismo 
acto    de    la     revocacicn    debera 
proveer   al    reemplazo    del    6    de 
los   miembros   separados.    Podra 
igualmente  cualquiera  de  los  dos 
Gobiernos    retirar   su   aceptacion 
del  quinto  miembro,  y  en  tal  caso 
se  designara  al  reemplazante  den- 
tro  de  los  treinta  dias  siguientes 
a  la  notificacion  de  la  revocatoria, 
de   comiin   acuerdo   entre   ambos 
Gobiernos,  y  en  defecto  de  este 
acuerdo  la  designacion  se  hard  por 
el  Presidente  de  la  Confederacion 
Suiza. 

Las  vacantes  por  causas  diver- 
sas  de  las  enumeradas  se  llenaran, 
respectivamente,  en  la  forma  es- 
tablecida  en  este  articulo. 

La  Comision  Intemacional  de- 
bera   constituirse    dentro    de    los 
cuatro  meses  siguientes  al  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  de  este  tratado, 
y  dara  cuenta  a  ambos  Gobiernos 
de  la  fecha  de  su  instalacion.    I^ 
Comision  establecera  por  si  misma 
las    reglas   de    su   procedimiento. 
Las  decisiones  de  la  Comision,  lo 
mismo  que  su  informe  final,  .seran 
acordados  por  la  mayoria  de  sus 
miembros. 

Los  gastos  de  la  Comision  serin 
sufragados  por  mitad  entre  los 
dos  Gobiernos  Contratantes. 


WIIIB 


CHILE 


13 


The  Commission  shall  deter- 
mine the  country  wherein  it  will 
sit,  taking  into  consideration  the 
greater  facilities  for  the  investi- 
gation. 

Article  III 
In  case  that,  as  established  in 
Article  I,  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
the  difficulty  by  diplomatic  meth- 
ods, said  difficulty  will  be  imme- 
diately   submitted  to  the   Inter- 
national Commission  for  its  in- 
vestigation and  report.    The  con- 
vocation of  said  Commission  may 
be    made    by    either   contracting 
Government. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 

agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 

International  Commission  with  all 

the  means  and  facilities  required 

for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission    shall    be    completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
\vhic!i  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment.    The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared   in    triplicate:    one    copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Gov- 
ernment and  the  third  retained 
by  the  Commission  tor  its  files. 


La    Comision    determinara 


el    Place  of 
meeting. 

pais  en  que  deba  funcionar,  to- 
mando  en  cuenta  las  mayores  fa- 


cilidades  de  investigacion. 


ARXiCULO  III 
Producido  el  caso  contemplado  cJmSiMion. 
en  el  articulo  I,  de  que  las  Altas 
Partes  Contratantes  no  hubieran 
podido    solucionar    su    dificultad 
por  la  via  diplomatica,  esta  sera 
sometida    inmediatamente    a    la 
Comision   Internacional   para   su 
irvestigacion  e  informe.    La  con- 
vocatoria  de  la  Comision  podra 
hacerse  por  cualquiera  de  los  dos 
Gobiemos  contratantes. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  f«elug«ion. 
se  obligan  a  suministrar  a  la  Co- 
mision   Internacional    todas    las 
facilidades    que    scan   necesarias 
para  la  investigacion  e  informe. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional sera  evacuado  dentro 
del  termino  de  un  ano,  a  contar 
desde  el  dia  que  ella  hubiere  de- 
signado  para  empezar  la  investi- 
gacion. Este  plazo  podra  ser 
prorrogado  por  acuerdo  de  ambos 
Gobiemos  Contratantes.  El  in- 
forme se  extendera  por  triplicado : 
un  ejemplar  sera  entregado  a  cada 
uno  de  los  dos  Gobiemos  contra- 
tantes, y  el  tercero  mantenido  en 
el  archive  de  la  Comision. 


Report. 


.Article  IV 
Once  the  report  in  possession 
of  both  Governments,  six  months' 


ARTiCt'LO  IV 

Transmitido   el   informe   de  la  p.^^T"^ 
Comision  a  los  dos  Gobiemos  Con 


ll 

1    v*|( 

'  1 

•'[ 

.1     ;■ 

V.m 

: 

time  I  . 
renewed 
negotiation*. 


1     < 


m 


14 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Questiont 
not  to  b« 
■ubmitted. 


Special 
convention  to 
determine 
details. 


time  will  be  available  for  renewed 
negotiation  in  order  to  bring 
about  a  settlement  of  the  diffi- 
culty in  view  of  the  findings  of 
said  report;  and  if  even  during 
this  new  term  both  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  reach  a 
friendly  arrangement,  the  dispute 
will  then  be  submitted  to  the 
Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration 
established  at  The  Hague. 

Notwithstanding,  any  question 
that  may  affect  the  independence, 
the  honor  or  the  vital  interests  of 
either  or  both  of  the  countries, 
or  the  provisions  of  their  respec- 
tive Constitutions,  or  the  interests 
of  a  third  nation,  will  not  be  sub- 
mitted to  such  or  any  other  arbi- 
tration. 

A  special  and  previously  agreed 
convention  will  detail,  if  arbitra- 
tion is  resorted  to,  the  matter  of 
the  controversy,  the  extent  of  the 
Arbiters'  powers,  and  the  length 
of  time  to  which  the  Court  of 
Arbitration  must  subject  its  or- 
ganization and  procedure,  includ- 
ing the  presentation  of  memorials, 
proofs,  and  pleas. 


tratantes,  estos  dispondran  de  un 
terminn  de  seis  meses  para  pro- 
curar  nuevamente  el  arreglo  de  la 
dificultad  en  vista  de  las  conclu- 
sioncs  del  mencionado  informe; 
y  si  durante  este  nuevo  plazo  los 
dos  Gobiernos  no  pudieren  toda- 
via  llegar  a  una  sc'ucion  amistosa, 
se  sometera  la  cuesiion  a  la  Corte 
Permanente  de  Arbitraje  de  L;, 
Haya. 

No  sera,  sin  embargo,  sometida 
a  arbitraje  ninguna  cuestion  que 
pueda  afectar  a  la  soberania. 
honor  <>  intereses  vitales  de  cual- 
quiera  de  los  dos  paises,  a  las  dis- 
posiciones  de  s-js  respectivas  car- 
tas fundanientales  6  a  los  inte- 
reses de  una  tercera  potencia. 

L'n  convenio  especial  y  prcvio 
precisara,  Ilegado  el  caso,  la  ma- 
teria de  la  coiUroversia,  la  exten- 
sion de  los  poderes  de  los  arbitros 
y  los  plazos  a  que  deban  sujetarse 
la  organizacion  y  procedimientos 
del  Tribunal  de  .Arbitraje,  incluso 
la  presentacion  de  memoriales, 
pruehas  y  alegatos. 


ExchinK^  of 
ratificatic  na. 
etc. 


.\HTiri.E   \' 

The  present  treaty  will  be  rati- 
fied by  both  Governments  after 
obtaining  its  approval  by  the 
Constitutional  Powers  of  both 
countries,  and  the  ratifications 
shall  be  exchanged  in  Washing- 
ton as  soon  as  possible. 


ARTfcui.o  V 
El  rresente  tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  (.or  ambos  Gobiernos,  pre- 
vios  los  tramites  constitucionales 
de  uno  y  otro  pais,  y  las  ratifica- 
ciones  ser.'in  cangeadas  en  Wash- 
ingti.n  tan  pronto  omo  sea 
posib!->. 


CHINA 


15 


The  special  convention  pre- 
scribed by  the  final  paragraph  of 
Article  IV  remains  also  subject 
to  the  constitutional  requisites  of 
both  countries. 

The  present  treaty  shall  take 
effect  immediately  after  the  ex- 
change of  the  ratifications;  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of  five  years,  and  it  shall  there- 
after remain  in  force,  during  suc- 
cessive periods  of  five  years,  until 
one  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  of  an  intention  to  terminate 
it. 


H:1  convenio  especial  prescrito 
por  el  parrafo  final  del  articulo 
1\',  quedara  tambien  sujeto  a  los 
requisitos  constitucionales  de  am- 

bos  paises. 

I^  duracion  del  presente  tra- 
tado  sera  de  cinco  atios,  contados 
desde  la  fecha  del  cange  de  las 
ratificaciones ;  y  se  entendera  que 
continua  subsistente  por  periodos 
sucesivos  de  igual  duracion,  mien- 
tras  alguna  de  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  no  haya  comunicado 
a  lo  otra  su  resolucion  de  ponerle 
termino. 


Durition. 


In  witness  thereof  the  respec- 
tive Plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington,  on  the 
24th  day  of  July,  in  the  ye^r 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen 


[seal] 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respective?    '«"•« 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  et 
presente  tratado  y  selladolo  con 
sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  24 
de  Julio  del  atio  de  mil  novecientos 
catorce. 
William  Jennings  Bryan     [seal] 
Ed".  Suarez  MujfcA 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  China  for  the  Advancement 
*      ^  of  General  Peace^ 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  President  of  con.^cin. 
the  Repub  ic  of  China,  desiring  to  strengthen  the  friendly  relations 
which  unite  their  two  countries  and  to  serve  the  cause  of  general  peace, 
hav    dec  ded  to  conclude  a  treaty  for  these  purposes  and  have  conse- 
Saintly  appointed  the  plenipotentiaries  designated  hereinafter,  to  wit: 

-TES.  Statutes  at  Lar.e.  vol.  ^^- ;\^\l'l^l,t^:,'ZT\^rJ^'i 
wmher  IS,  1914;  7"fi""°"  »^,T'V.1ified  bv  S 'junTls' 1915:  ratification, 
'J^ct^nf U^aSJn:  S/rlfmt;  ^o^iU  October  23.  1913. 


ill 

1 


f.r; 


if 


I    > 


I'M 

m 


16 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


PlrnipotCB- 
tiancfl. 


I>isputn  to  be 
suhnHfted  to 
a  Permanent 
International 
Commission 
for  examina* 
tion  and 
report. 


International 
Commission. 
Composition. 


Organization. 


Appointment. 


The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
W.lham  JenniiiRs  Bryan.  Secretar    •  f  State  of  the  United  States;  and 

The  1 'resident  of  the  Republic  ui  china.  Kai  Fu  Shah.  Envoy  Ex- 
traordina:  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Republic  of  China  to 
the  United  States; 

Who,  after  <  xhibiting  to  each  other  their  full  powers,  found  to  be 
in  due  and  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  the  following  articles : 

Article  I 

Any  disputes  arising  between  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  and  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  China,  of  what- 
ever nature  they  may  be.  shall,  when  ordinary  diplomatic  proceedings 
have  failed  and  the  High  Contracting  Parties  do  not  have  recourse  to 
arbitration,  be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report  to  a  Permanent 
International  Commission  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
following  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect  to 
each  other,  to  any  act  of  force  duriuj,  ihe  investigation  to  be  made  bv 
the  Commission  and  before  its  report  is  handed  in. 

Article  H 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  members 
appointed  as  follows :  Each  Government  shall  designate  two  members, 
only  one  of  whom  shall  be  of  its  own  nationality;  the  fifth  member 
shall  be  designated  by  common  consent  and  shall  not  belong  to  any 
of  the  nationalities  already  represented  on  the  Commission ;  he  shall 
perform  the  duties  of  President. 

In  case  the  two  Governments  should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the  choice 
of  the  fifth  commissioner,  the  other  four  shall  be  called  upon  to  desig- 
nate him.  and  failing  an  understanding  between  them,  the  provisions 
of  article  45  of  The  Hague  Convention  of  1907'  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  organized  within  six  months  from  the  ex- 
change of  ratifications  of  the  present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  appointed  for  one  year  and  their  appointment 
may  be  renewed.  They  shall  remain  in  office  until  superseded  or  re- 
appointed, or  until  the  work  on  which  they  are  engaged  at  the  time 
their  office  expires  is  completed. 

'  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  ."a,  p.  2223. 


CHINA 


17 


Any  vacancies  .hich  .r.y^  ^^r;^'^^':;^^  ^^I  ^""^^ 
of  physical  or  moral  '"^P'^^^y)  '^J  ^"^/^^  ^,;^,^i  appointment, 
possible  period  in  the  nunner  f^'^J^^^^Jj^^^^^^^^^^^  the  commis-  ^-'•• 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  shall.  ^7°".^"'!™„^^tion.  They 
sioners.  reach  an  understanding  '^"B5^^;°;;J  '^^g  oi  the  Corn- 
shall  bear  by  halves  the  expenses  mc.dent  to  the  meetmg 

mission. 

Article  III  j^,j„  „, 

.     ij     •     Kx.»<>r<.»n  the  Hieh  Contractmg  Fames  co«mi«»ior'. 
In  case  a  dispute  should  ar,se  ^^'^'^'^^  *;.\"'!"h  party  shall  have  a 

Article  IV  .  .  u        a.  suwmenioi 

„  .•       n^^ioe  Elinll  have  a  right,  each  on  us  ,ubjectni»tter 

THp  two  Hieh  Contractmg  Parties  shau  nave  <»  .  k  «£««<!. 

The  t%\o  nign  ^  pr-cident  of  the  Commission  what  is  the 

own  part,  to  state  to  the  Presidem  ot  ^n  statements. 

commted  or  about  »  t»  '°""'"'''' *'.^rr  ""s  of  each  pany 
of  its  report. 

Article  V  .     .  u    n    Procedure. 

«,;«.»,  it  U  to  follow,  the  Commission  shall 

36  of  Convention  1  of  The  Hague  of  1907. 
TEs.  statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


t 


'I  I 


18 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilities  f>)r 
investigation. 


Completion 
of  work. 


Transmittal 
of  report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


The  High  Contrattinp  Parties  agree  to  afford  the  Commission  all 
means  and  all  necessary  facilities  for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  work  of  the  Commission  shall  be  completed  within  one  year 
from  the  date  on  which  it  has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  should  agree  to  set  a  different  period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commission  and  the  terms  of  its  report  shall 
be  adopted  by  a  majority.  The  report,  signed  only  by  the  President 
acting  by  virtue  of  his  office,  shall  be  transmitted  by  him  to  each  of 
the  Contracting  Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 
to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the     ommission. 

Article  VI 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  the 
United  States,  and  by  the  President  of  the  Republic  of  China. 

It  shall  go  into  force  immediately  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
and  shall  last  five  years. 

Unless  denounced  six  months  at  least  before  the  expiration  of  the 
said  period  of  five  years,  it  shall  remain  in  force  until  the  expiration 
of  a  period  of  twelve  months  after  either  party  shall  have  notified  the 
other  of  its  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  15th  day  of  September,  in  the  year  nine- 
teen hundred  and  fourteen,  corresponding  to  the  KSth  day  of  the  ninth 
month  in  the  third  year  of  the  Republic  of  China. 

f-'^'-^'-l  William  Jennings  Bryan 

[seal]   [Signature  in  Chinese  characters  of  the  Chinese 

plenipotentiary,  Kai  Fu  Shau] 
[Cliineso  text  not  printid.l 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Chinese  Minister] 

Depart.mknt  of  State, 

Washington,  Mav  ii,  1016. 
Sir: 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  International  Com- 
mission provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  September  15,  I'^U,  between  the 


CHINA 


19 


United  Sutes  and  China  for  the  advancement  of  the  general  cause  of 

1  I  l^te  the  honor  to  suggest,  for  the  consideration  of  your  Gov- 

LLt^     the  '-  -ithin  which  the  organisation  of  the  Com— 

mTS  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  Apnl  2_. 

^''%:uf  Sal 'ni^ttion  in  wriring  that  your  Government  receW^s 

the  sugg  sdon  favorably  will  be  regarded  on  this  Government  s  pa  t 

ffiS  to  eive  effect  to  the  extension,  and  I  shall  be  glad  to  re- 

^^Accept.  S.r.  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  ^i^^e.^-^^^^^^^ 

Mr.  Vi  Kyuin  Wellington  Koo, 

Chinese  Minister. 


?        ' 


[The  Chinese  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 


Chinese  Legation, 
Washington,  May  19,  i9^(>- 


Sir: 


I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  note  of  the  1 1th 
instant  in  which  you  are  good  enough  to  suggest,  for  the  cons.dera- 
tTof  my  (Te^ment,  that  the  time  within  which  the  organ.zat.on 
of  the  International  Commission  provided  for  m  the  Treaty  of  Sep- 
tember 1^91 4.  between  China  and  the  United  States    for  the  ad- 
^cLnt"  of  the  general  cause  of  ^nce  may  be  -P  ete^^^^ 
tended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  Apnl  22, 1916,  to  August  1,  1  v  10 
I  am  authorized  by  my  Government  to  inform  you  m  reply  that  m> 
Gov  rn-nt  is  pleased  to  accept  this  suggestion  of  yo-  ^--me 
and  accordingly  regards  the  extension  of  time  from  Apnl  22   1910.  to 
August  1   i9U  fo?  the  organization  of  the  Commiss.on  as  effect.ve  b> 

'^':::^1^\:T^^^^^  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 
Accept,  3.r,  ^^  Yi\\M^  Wellington  Koo. 

Honorable  Robert  Lansing, 

Secretary  of  State. 


1 


^i 


20 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Treaty  between  che  United  States  i  id  Costa  Rica  for  the  Advance- 
ment  of  General  Peace' 


Contracting 
Powers. 


•tt 


Plenipoten* 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Costa  Rica, 
being  desirous  lo  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  that  end 
have  'appointed  as  their  plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 

The  President  of  Costa  Rica, 
Sefior  Don  Joaquin  Bernardo 
Calvo,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  Costa 
Rica  to  the  United  States; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 
The  Hig'-  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  ev  .ry  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agree- 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame 
rica  y  la  Republica  de  Costa  Rica 
con  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vin- 
culos  de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  a 
la  vez  cimentar  el  espiritu  de  paz 
universal  han  resuelto  celebrar  un 
Tratado  con  tal  objeto  y  para  ese 
fin  han  nombrado  como  sus  Pleni- 
potencjarios ; 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Costa  Rica, 
al  Seiior  Don  Joaquin  Bernardo 
Calvo,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  en  los 
Estados  Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  examina- 
dos  sus  respecfivos  Plenos  Po- 
deres,  y  encontrandolos  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes ; 

ARTfcULO  I 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
acuerdan  que  todas  las  desave- 
nencias,  de  cualquier  naturaleza 
que  ellas  sean  y  que  en  el  hecho  o 
por  los   terminos  de  tratados  de 


ruarv'  n  m'l'^rJL^'^-^''  !,"•  ^^-.P*-  ?.'  ^J^^^'  ^'«"«<'  =>'  Washington.  Feb- 
ruary U  1914  ratification  advi.scd  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914-  ratified  bv 
Costa  R,ca  July  25.  19  4;  ratified  by  the  President.  November  1  1914  ratifi- 
cat.ons^exchanged  at   Washington,   November  12,   1914;  proclairned.   No'vember 


COSTA  RICA 


21 


ments  do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
cr  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall, 
when  diplomatic  methods  of  ad- 
justment have  failed,  be  referred 
for  investigation  and  report  to  a 
permanent     International     Com- 
mission, to  be  constituted  in  the 
manner   prescribed   in   the   next 
succeeding  article;  and  they  agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos- 
tilities during   such  investigation 
and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


arbitraje    o    compromisos    exis- 
tentes  no  esten  comprendidas  en 
sus  estipulaciones,  y  que  no  hayan 
podido  arreglarse  por  la  via  diplo- 
matica,  seran  sometidas  para  su 
investigacion    e    informe    a    una 
Comision     Internacional     consti- 
tuida  de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 
siguiente    articulo;    y    convienen 
asimismo    en    no  dedararse     la 
guerra    o    empezar    hostilidades 
durante  el  periodo  de  la  investi- 
gacion ni  antes  de  que  la  Comi- 
sion les  comunique  el  informe. 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each    country,    by    the    Govern- 
ment thereof;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from    some    third    country;    the 
fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  by 
common  agreement  betv/een  the 
two    Governments,    it  being  un- 
derstood that  he  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  country.     Each 
of  the  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall  have  the  right  to  remove,  at 
any     time     before     investigation 
begins,    any    Commissioner    se- 
lected by  it  and  to  name  his  suc- 
cessor, and  under  the  same  con- 
ditions shall  also  have  the  right 
to  withdraw  its  approval  of  the 
fifth       Commissioner       selected 
jointly;    in    which    case    a    new 


ARxicuLO  II 
La   Comision  Internacional  se  commfsii'on. 
compondra   de    cinco    miembros,  Co:npo.u,on. 
nombrados  como  sigue :  un  miem- 
bro  sera  elegido  dentro  del  pais, 
por  su  respectivo  Gobierno;  otro 
miembre  sera   elegido   por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais;  el 
quinto  miembre  sera  elegido  de 
comun  acuerdo  por  los  dos  Go- 
biernos;  debiendo  entenderse  que 
no  podra  elegirse  a  ningun  ciu- 
dadano    de    alguno    de    los    dos 
paises  interesados.     Cada  una  de 
las  Altas  Partes  contratantes  se 
reserva    el    derecho    de    separar, 
antes   que   hayan   comenzado   las 
investigaciones,    a    cualquiera    de 
los  comisionados  que  hubiese  ele- 
gido,   y   en   tal    caso    procedera 
a    nombrar    a    su    reempl-izante. 
Bajo  -la  misma  condicton  podra 
cualquiera  de  las  Partes  contra- 
tantes  retirar   su  aceptacion  del 


22 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Compensation. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commiwion. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Commissioner  shall  be  selected 
jointly  as  in  the  original  selection. 
The  Commissioners  shall,  when 
actually  employed  in  the  inves- 
tigation of  a  dispute,  receive  such 
compensation  as  shall  be  agreed 
upon  by  the  High  Contracting 
Parties.  The  expenses  of  the 
Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the 
tv  T  Govemmnts  in  equal  pro- 
portion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as 
possible  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  accord- 
ing to  the  manner  of  the  origin... 
apTX)intment. 

Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The 
International  Commission  may, 
however,  siwntaneously  offer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
ments and  request  their  coopera- 
tioii  in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 


quinto  comisionado  elegido  con- 
juntamente,  y  en  este  caso  se 
procedera  a  una  nueva  eleccion 
en  la  forma  ya  establecida.  Los 
comisio.  dos  recibiran  la  coni- 
pensacion  que  acuerden  las  Altas 
Partes  contratantes  tan  solo  du- 
rante el  tiempo  que  se  ocupen 
de  la  investigacion.  Los  gastos 
de  la  Comision  seran  sufragados 
por  mitad  por  los  Gobiernos  con- 
atantes. 

La  Comision  Internacional  sera 
nombrada  en  el  mas  corto  plazo 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifi- 
caciones  del  Tratado;  y  las  va- 
cantes  que  ocurrieren  seran  lle- 
nadas  segiin  lo  acordado  para  el 
nombramiento  original. 

ArtIculo  III 

En  el  caso  de  que  no  haya  sido 
posible  el  arreglo  de  una  cuestion 
entre  las  Ahas  Partes  contratan- 
tes por  los  medios  diplomaticos, 
esta  sera  referida  inmediatamente 
a  la  Comision  Internacional  para 
su  investigacion  e  informe.  La 
Comision  Internacional  podra 
tambien  por  iniciativa  propia 
intervenir,  y  en  tal  caso  debera 
hacerlo  saber  a  ambos  Gobiernos 
y  pedir  su  cooperacion  para  la 
investigacion. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  subministrar  a  la 
Comision  Permanente  Interna- 
cional todos  los  medios  y  facili- 
dades  que  demande  para  la  in- 
vestigacion e  informe. 


COSTA  RICA 


23 


The  report  of  the  International 
Commission   shall  be   completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.    The  report  shall 
be    prepared    in    triplicate;  one 
copy  shall  be  presented  to  each 
Government,    and   the   tbird    re- 
tained  by    the    Commission    for 

its  files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject  matter 
of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
submitted. 


El    informe    de    la    Comision  Tin«it°' 
Intemacional    debera    estar    listo 
dentro  de  un  aiio  contado  desde 
la  fecha  en  que  ella  declare  haber 
empezado     la     investigacion,     a 
menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes    restringieran   o    exten- 
dieran  el  tiempo  por  mutuo  con- 
sentimiento.     El     informe     debe 
ser  preparado  por  triplicado ;  una 
copia  para  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  su  archivo. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes  ij.tr"'"" 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  ««""»• 
independientemente  en  el  asunto 
en  disputa  despues  que  el  informe 
de  la  Comision  se  les  haya  some- 
tido. 


Article  IV 
The    present    treaty    shall    be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Sena^p  thereof;  and  by  the 
President  oi  Costa  Rica,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Congress  thereof ; 
.md  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
cha^ged  ai   soon  as  possible.     It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall    continue    in    force    for    a 
period  of  five  years;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain   in   force  untd 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    have 
given    lotice  to  the  other  of  an 
intention  to  terminate  it. 


Exchange  o< 
ratificitioni. 


ArtIculo  IV 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente   de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimicnto 
del  Senado,  y  por  el  Presidente 
de  la  Repiiblica  de  Costa  Rica, 
con  la  aprobacion  del  Congreso 
Constitucional,     y     las     ratifica- 
ciones      seran      canjeadas      tan 
pronto  como  fuere  posible.    Pro- 
ducl.a    sus    efectos    el    presente 
Tratado  inmediatamente  despues  du"*!""- 
del  canje  de  ratificaciones  y  con- 
tinua-a  en  vigor  por  cinco  anos, 
y    S'ra    obligatorio    despues    por 
doce   me-ses   contados   desde   que 
una  de  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
tantes   haya    comunicado    a    la 
otra  su  intencion  de  terminarlo. 


24 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Signitu 


In  witness  whereof,  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
13th  day  of  February,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  fourteen. 

William  Jen 
[seal]     J.  B.  Calvo 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmadj  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  puesto  al  pie 
sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
13  de  febrero  en  el  ano  de  Nuestro 
Senor  mil  no^ecientos  catorce. 


NiNGs  Br- 


I  seal] 


Treat    between  the  United  States  and  Denmark  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace' 


Contracting 
Power*. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Den- 
mark being  desirous  to  strengthen 
the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind 
them  together  and  also  to  advance 
the  cause  of  general  peace,  have 
resolved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States:  The  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Den- 
mark: Mr.  Constantin  Brun,  His 
Chamberlain     and     Envoy     Ex- 


De  amerikanske  Forenede  Sta- 
ter og  Hans  Majestaet  Kongen  af 
Danmark  har,  besjaelede  af  0nsket 
om  at  styrke  de  Venskabsbaand, 
som  sammenknytter  dem,  og 
samtidig  at  fremme  Freden  i  Al- 
mindelighed,  besluttet  at  indgaa 
en  Traktat  mellem  sig  til  dette 
Formaal  og  har  i  den  Anledning 
udnaevnt  til  deres  befuldmsegti- 
gede: 

Praesidenten  for  de  Forenede 
Stater,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Statssekretaer ; 
og 

Hans  Majestaet  Kongen  af  Dan- 
mark,  Hr.  Constantin  Brun,  Hans 
Majestaets  Kammerherre  og  En- 

17*  Voi"^-  •^"".""■^  ."'  ^-""[^^  vol.  38.  pt.  2.  p.  1883.  SiRned  at  WashinRton.  .^pril 
17,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate.  September  30,  1914;  ratified  by 
Denmark.  November  21,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  January  14  191S-  rati- 
fications exchanged  at  Washington,  January  19,  191S;  proclaimed,  January  20 


^,^-■1?  .'Jl"L'lJE"flW 


DENMARK 


25 


traordinary  and   Minister   Pleni- 
potentiary to  the  United  States; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles: 

Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that   all   disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  in- 
vestigation   and    report    to    an 
International  Commission,  to  be 
constituted   in   the    manner   pre- 
scribed   in   the   next   succeeding 
article;   and   they    agree   not   to 
declare   war  or  begin  hostilities 
during    such    investigation    and 
report. 


voye  extraordinaire  og  Ministre 
plenipotentiaire    i    de    Forcnede 

Stater; 

Som  efter  at  have  meddelt  hm- 
anden  deres  respektive  Fuldmag- 
ter,  der  fandtes  at  vjere  i  behjzlrig 
Form,  er  komne  overens  om  i^\- 
gende  Artikler: 

Artikel  I 
De  h0je  kontraherende  Parter 
er  enige  om.  at  alle  Stridigheder 
mellem  dem.  ligegyldig  af  hvilken 
Art.  som  det  ikke  er  lykkedes  at 
bilsegge  ad  diplomatisk  Vej,  skal 
forelsegges  en  international  Kom- 
mission  til  Undersjigelse  og  Be- 
taenkning.       Komissionen      skal 
sammenssettes  paa  den  i  den  fffl- 
gtnde  Artikel  bestemte  Maade.  og 
de  er  enige  om  ikke  at  erklsere 
Krig    eller   paabegynde     Fjendt- 
ligheder,    saalsenge    Kommission- 
ens  Undersjzfgelse  ikke  er  tilende- 
bragt  og  dens  Betsenkning  afgivet. 


DUputei  to  b« 
iiubmitted  to 
International 
Coromiiaion 
for  invntiga- 
tion  and 
report. 


Sutus 

pending 

report. 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One' member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.     It    is    understood 
that  the  fifth  member  of  the  Com- 


Artikel  II 

Den     Internationale     Kommis-  JP-r-""' 
sion   skal  bestaa  af  5   Medlem-  Compo««o... 
mer.  der  udnaevnes  paa  f0lgende 
Maade:   et  Medlem  skal  vaelges 
fra  hvert  Land  af  dettes  Rege- 
ring;  et  Medlem  skal  vselges  af 
hver  Regering  fra  et  tredje  Land ; 
det    femte    Medlem    skal    valges 
efter  Overenskomst  mellem  de  to 
Regeringer.     Det   femte   Medlem 
af  Kommissionen  maa  ikke  vaere 

Statsborger    i    noget    af    de    to 


26 


r-ICKFECTED  TREATliS 


Expcnwi. 


Appoincment. 


Procedure. 


mission  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 

Unless  otherwise  agreed  be- 
tween the  parties  the  procedure 
of  the  International  Commission 
shall  be  regulated  by  the  pre- 
scriptions contained  in  the  Con- 
vention signed  at  The  Hague  on 
October  18,  1907,  for  the  peaceful 
settlement  of  international  dis- 
putes, Chapter  III.' 


Lande.  Komniissionens  Udgifter 
skal  betales  af  de  to  Regeringer 
med  lige  Dele. 


Den  Internationale  Kommis- 
sion  skal  udnaevnes  inden  Udljifbet 
af  4  Maaneder  efter  Udvekslingen 
af  Ratifikationerne  af  denne  Tra- 
ktat,  og  ledige  Pladser  skal  ud- 
fyldes  paa  samme  Maade  som 
den  oprindelijje  Udnsvnelse. 

Medmindre  andet  er  aftalt  mel- 
lem  Parterne,  skal  Proceduren 
ved  den  Internationale  Kommis- 
sion  ske  i  Overensstemmelse  med 
Reglerne  i  Kap.  Ill  i  den  i  Haag 
den  18.  Oktober  1907  underteg- 
nede  Konvention  om  fredelig 
Bilajggelse  af  internationale  Stri- 
digheder. 


l>utics  of 
Commission, 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The 
International  Commission  may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the 
investitjation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to   furnish   the  Permanent 


Aktikel  III 
Hvis  det  ikke  lykkes  de  h0je 
kontraherende  Parter  at  bilagge 
en  Strid  gennem  diplomatisk  For- 
handling,  skal  de  straks  henvise 
den  til  den  internationale  Kom- 
mission  til  Undersj^gelse  og  Be- 
taenkning.  Den  internationale  Kom- 
mission  kan  desuden  handle  paa 
eget  Initiativ,  og  i  saa  Tilfaelde 
skal  den  underrette  begge  Rege- 
ringer og  anmode  om  deres  Bi- 
stand  til  Unders^gelsen.  De  h^je 
kontraherende  Parter  er  enige  om 
at  yde  den  permanente  intema- 


•  U.  S.  Sialulcs  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


DENMARK 


27 


International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission    shall    be    completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment.     The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and    the    third    retained   by    the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


tionale  Kommission  alle  Hjsel- 
pcmidler  og  enhver  Bistand.  som 
er  nj!(dvendig  til  Foretagelse  af 
Undersjffgelsen  og  Afgivelse  af 
Uetaenkningen.  _^.^^ 

Den     internationale     Kommis-  ,„'"*eport. 
sions  Beretning  skal  vaere  faerdig 
inden  1  Aar  efter  det  Tidspunkt. 
paa  hvilket  den  erkh-erer,  at  dens 
Unders^gelse       er      paabegyndt, 
medmindre  de  h^-lje  kontraherende 
Parter  efter  Aftale  forlacnger  dette 
Tidsrum.       Betaenkningen      skal 
udfjerdiges  i   3  Eksemplarer.  af 
hvilke  eet  skal  overgives  hver  Re- 
gering;  det  tredje  skal  Konmiis- 
sionen  beholde  til  sine  Arkiver. 


Article  IV 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that,  upon  the  receipt  of 
the    report   of    the    International 
Commission  as  provided  in   Ar- 
ticle  III,  they   will   immediately 
endeavor   to   adjust   the   dispute 
directly  between  them  upon  the 
basis  of  the  Commission's  find- 
ings.   The  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties, however,  reserve  the  right  to 
act  independently  on  the  subject 
matter  of  the  dispute  after  the 
report  of  the   Commission   shall 
have  been  submitted. 

Article  V 
The  present  trei..y  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    President    of    the 
United    States    of    America,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent 


Artikel  IV 
De  hfJje  kontraherende  Parter  Adju..j.«n. 
er  enige  om  ved  Modtagelsen  af 
den   internationale   Kommissions 
Betaenkning,  som  forudsat  i  Art. 
Ill,  uopholdelig  at  ville  bestraebe 
sig  for  at  bilaegge  Striden  direkte 
mellem     sig     paa  Grundlag     af 
Kommissioner.     Resultater.     De  [-^1^""' 
h^je  kontraherende  Parter  forbe-  ««"•<'• 
holde  sig  dog  Ret  til  at  handle 
uafhaengigt      med      Hensyn     til 
Stridens  Gjenstand,  etterat  Kom- 
missionens  Betaenkning  er  bleven 
forelagt. 

Artikel  V 

Nservsrende       Traktat       skal  Ratification. 

ratificeres  af  Praesidenten  for  de 

amerikanske  Forenede  Stater  med 

Senatets  Raad  og  Samtykke  og  af 


28 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


ExchM^t  of 
raiificationi. 


Duration 
and  de- 
nouncement. 


Signatures. 


of  the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Denmark. 

The  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed at  VVa.shinpton  as  soon 
as  possible.  It  shall  take  effect 
immediately  after  the  exchange 
of  ratifications,  and  shall  continue 
in  force  for  a  period  of  five  years ; 
and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in 
force  until  twelve  months  after 
one  of  the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties shall  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  cf  an  intention  to  termi- 
nate it. 


Hans  Majestset  Kongen  af  Dan- 
mark. 

Ratifikationeme  skal  udveksles 
i  Washington  saa  snart  som 
muligt.  Traktaten  skal  trade  i 
Kraft  umiddelbart  efter  Udveks- 
lingen  af  Ratifikationeme  og  skal 
forblive  i  Kraft  for  et  Tidsrum  af 
5  Aar,  og  derefter  skal  den  blive 
i  Kraft  indtil  Udl^bet  af  12 
Maaneder  efter,  at  en  af  de  h0je 
kontraherende  Parter  maatte  give 
den  anden  Part  Meddelelse  om, 
at  den  har  til  Hensigt  at  bringe 
den  til  Ophf(r. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate  in  the  En- 
glish and  Danish  languages  at 
Wa.shington  this  17th  day  of 
April,  in  the  year  1914. 

William  Jennings  Bryan 

C.  Brun 


Til  Bekrwftelse  heraf  har  de 
tvende  Befuldnisegtigede  under- 
tegnet  naervserende  Traktat  og 
paatrvkt  den  deres  Segl. 

Givet  i  to  Eksemplarer  paa 
Engelsk  og  Dansk  i  Washington 
den  i;"*  April,  1914. 


fsEAL] 

[seal] 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Ecuador  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace' 


The  Governments  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  of  the  Re- 
public of  Ecuador,  being  desirous 
of  once  more  contributing  to  the 
consolidation  of  their  traditional 


Los  Gobiernos  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  y  de  la  Repii- 
blica  del  Ecuador,  en  el  anhelo  de 
contribuir  una  vez  mas  a  la  con- 
solidacion    de   su    politica    tradi- 


her  U  "^OU  r  f-fi  r  "  ^'^-  ■  °'-.  !'•  P^  h  P-  '^^  ^'^"'^  »'  Washington.  Octo- 
ber U  1914:  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  October  20.  1914;  ratified  by  the 
President^  ^''"""y  ,1;  »?  6;  ratified  by  Ecuador,  November  10  1915  ratifica- 
tions exchanged  at  Washington.  January  22,  1916;  proclaimed,  January  24"  1916. 


ECUADOR 


29 


policy  of  peace  and  amity  and 
also  to  advaiv  e  the  diffusion  of 
the  spirit  of  universal  peace,  have 
resolved  to  enter  into  a  8i>ecial 
treaty  and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries: 

The  I 'resident  of  the  United 
States  of  Ameri  .  :  The  Honor- 
able William  Jennings  Bryan, 
Secretary  of  State;  and 

The  President  of  the  Republic 
of  Ecuador:  Setior  Dr.  T)o?  Gon- 
zalo  S.  Cordova.  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  Republic  of  Ecuador 
to  the  United  States  of  America; 

Who.  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


Clonal  de  paz  y  de  amistad  y  con 
el  proposito  de  fomentar  la  di fu- 
sion del  espiritu  de  paz  universal, 
han  convenido  en  concluir  un 
Tratado  l^special  nombrando  a 
este    fm    como    sus    Plenipoten- 

ciarios : 

El   Presidente  de  los  Estados  f^;i^^^' 

Unidos  de  America :  al  Honorable 

William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 

tario  de  Estado ;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
del  Ecuador:  al  Sefior  Dr.  Don 
Gonzalo  S.  Cordova,  Enviado 
Extraordinario  y  Ministro  Pleni- 
potenciario  de  la  Republica  del 
Ecuador  en  los  Estados  Unidos  de 

America ; 

Los  cuales.  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  los  Plenos  Poderes  de 
que  se  hallan  investidos,  hallados 
en  buena  y  debida  forma,  han 
convenido  en  las  disposiciones 
sigi'ientes: 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all   disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agree- 
ments do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  and 
which  it  has  not  been  possible  to 
adjust  through  diplomatic  meth- 
ods, be  referred  for  investigation 
and    report    to    an   International 
Commission  to  be  constituted  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  the  fol- 
lowing article.    And  they  further 


ArtIcuu 

Las  Altas  Pi  rtes  contratantes 
acuerdan  o.:e  todas  las  desavenen- 
I   -s  de  cua:  i.i':ni  naturaleza  que 
e   is  sean  y  que  en  el  hecho  6  por 
los  terminos  de  tratados  de  arbi- 
trage   existentes    no    esten    com- 
prendidas   en   sus   estipulaciones, 
y  que  no  hayan  podido  arreglarse 
por    la    via    diplomatica     scran 
sometidas   para   su   investigacion 
e  informe  a  una  Comision  Inter- 
nacional  constttuida  en  la  manera 
prescrita  en  el  siguiente  articulo. 

Convienen  asimismo  en  no  decla- 


Diiputn  to  be 

iubmittedto 

Intemationil 

CommiMion 

for  inve»tig»- 

tion  and 

report. 


30 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


agree  not  to  declare  war  or  com- 
mit any  act  of  hostility  against 
each  other,  during  such  investiga- 
tion and  before  the  report  is 
submitted. 


rarse  la  guerra  6  cometer  acto 
alguno  de  hostilidad  durante  el 
periodo  de  la  investigacion  y 
antes  de  sometido  el  informe. 


International 
Commission. 
Composition. 


New 

appointments 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
mentioned  in  the  preceding  article 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
Each  Government  shall  appoint 
two  members,  one  of  whom  shall 
be  a  citizen  of  the  country  whose 
government  appoints  him,  and 
the  other  a  citizen  of  some  third 
country;  the  fifth  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  common  agreement 
between  the  two  Governments,  it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not 
be  a  citizen  of  either  of  the  two 
contracting  countries.  In  case  of 
disagreement  regarding  the  ap- 
pointment of  the  fifth  member, 
the  two  Governments  shall  re- 
quest the  President  of  the  Swiss 
Confederation  to  choose  such 
member.  Said  fifth  member  shall 
be  of  right  the  President  of  the 
International  Commission. 

Each  Government  shall  have 
the  right  to  revoke  the  appoint- 
ment of  either  or  both  of  the  mem- 
bers chosen  by  it,  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  investigation  is  begun, 
but  must  appoint  his  or  their  suc- 
cessors at  the  time  his  or  their  ap- 
pointments are  revoked.  If  the 
fifth  member  be  chosen  bv  com- 


ArtIculo  II 
La    Comision    Internacional    a 
que  se  refiere  el  articulo  anterior 
sera  compuesta  de  cinco  miem- 
bros  designados   en  la  siguiente 
forma:  Cada  Gobierno  nombrara 
dos  miembros,   debiendo  uno   de 
ellos  ser  ciudadano  del  pais  cuyo 
Gobierno  lo  nombra  y  el  otro  ciu- 
dadano   de   un   tercer   pais.     El 
quinto,  debera  ser  designado  co- 
mun  acuerdo  por  ambos  Gobier- 
nos,  no  pudiendo  recaer  la  desig- 
nacion  en  un  ciudadano  de  nin- 
guno  de  los  dos  paises  contra- 
tantes.    En  el  caso  de  desacuerdo 
sobre  la  eleccion  del  quinto,  los 
dos  Gobiernos  pediran  al   Presi- 
dente  de  la  Confederacion  Suiza 
que    haga    la    designacion  de  el. 
Este  quinto  miembro  sera  de  de- 
recho  Presidente  de  la  Comision 
Internacional. 

Cada  Gobierno  podra  revocar  el 
nombramiento  de  cualquiera  de 
los  miembros  designados  por  el, 
en  cualquier  momento  antes  de 
iniciada  la  investigacion,  debiendo 
sin  embargo  designar  el  6  los 
reemplazantes  en  el  mismo  acto 
en  que  produzca  la  revocacion.  Si 
el    quinto   miembro   hubiera  sido 


■  'iflfj^faft^s-c 


ECUADOR 


31 


mon  agreement  between  the  High 
Contracting    Parties,    they    may 
also  at  any  time  before  the  inves- 
tigation is  begun,  withdraw  their 
approval,  but  shall  in  such  case 
come  to  an  agreement  within  the 
next  thirty   days  as   to  the  ap- 
pointment of  a  successor  or  re- 
quest the  President  of  the  Swiss 
Confederation  to  make  such  ap- 
pointment.    Vacancies     due     to 
other  causes  than  those  enumer- 
ated in  this  article  shall  be  filled  in 
the   manner   established    for  the 
original    appointment,    and    the 
new  appointments  shall  not  be  de- 
layed more  than  fifteen  days  from 
the  date  on  which  notice  of  the 
vacancy  was   received.    The  In- 
ternational Commission  shall  or- 
ganize within  six  months  after  the 
exchange  of   the   ratifications  of 
this  treaty,  and  shall  report  its 
organization    to    both     Govern- 
ments on  the  same  date.    It  shall 
prescribe  the  rules  of  practice  to 
be  observed  in  the  discharge  of  its 
mission,  and  shall  also  designate 
the  place  where  the  investigations 
are   to   be   conducted.    The   ex- 
penses of  the  Commission  and  the 
compensation  of  its  members  shall 
be  paid  by  the  two  contracting 
Governments  in  equal  proportion. 


designado  de  comun  acuerdo  por 
las    Altas    Partes    Contratantes, 
estas    podran    tambien    en    cual- 
quier  momento  antes  de  iniciada 
la  investigacion,  retirar  ese  acuer- 
do, debiendo  sin  embargo  dentro 
de  los  treinta  dias  siguientes  po- 
nerse  de  acuerdo  en  la  designacion 
del  reemplazante  6  pedir  al  Presi- 
dente  de  la  Confederacion  Suiza 
que  haga  esa  designacion.     Las  vacancies. 
vacantes  que   se  produjeran  por 
otras  causas  que  las  enumeradas 
en  este  articulo  serin  llenadas  en 
la  forma  establecida  para  la  desig- 
nacion original,  no  debiendo  las 
nuevas    designaciones    retardarse 
mas  de  quince  dias  a  coiiUr  desde 
aquel  en  que  se  haya  tenido  noti- 
cia  de  la  vacante.     La  Comision 
Intemacional  se  constituira  den- 
tro de  los  seis  meses  siguientes  al 
cange  de  las  ratificaciones  del  pre- 
sente  Tratado.  debiendo  dar  cuen- 
ta  de  su  constitucion  a  ambos  Go- 
biernos  ne  la  misma  fecha.    Ella 
establecera  las  reglas  de  procedi- 
miento  a  que  debera  ajustarse  en 
el  desempeno  de  su  mision  y  de- 
signara  asimismo  el  lugar  en  que  Expcn«,,e.c. 
se  practicaran  las  investigaciones. 
Los  gastos  de  la  Comision  y  los 
honorarios  de  sus  miembros  seran 
sufragados  por  partes  iguales  por 
los  dos  Gobiemos  contratantes. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High    Contracting 
Parties   shall  have   failed  to  ad- 


ARTfCITLO  III 

Cuando  las  Altas  Partes  Con-  ^^^ZtLn. 
tratantes  no  hayan  pndido  solu- 


32 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilities 
for  inve*iti* 
gation,  etc. 


Report. 


Independent 

action 

rcscn-ed. 


Exchan^  of 
ratifications. 


just  their  disputes  by  diplomatic 
methods,   they   shall   at   once    be 
referred  to  the  International  Com- 
mission fur  investigation  and  re- 
port, and  either  of  the  two  inter- 
ested governments  may  make  the 
respective  reference.    The  High 
Contracting  Parties  agree  to  fur- 
nish   the    International    Commis- 
sion with  all  the  facilities  which 
It  requires  for  the  proper  discharge 
of  its  trust,  and  it  shall  complete 
Its   investigation  and  submit   its 
report  within  a  period  of  one  year 
from  the  date  on  which  it  shall 
declare  its  investigation  to  have 
begun.    If   for  reasons  of  force 
majeure  it  shall  not  have  found  it 
possible  to  complete  its  investiga- 
tion or  submit  its  report  within 
the   said   period,    it   may   be   ex- 
tended for  six  months  more,  if  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  agree  in 
this  respect.     Upon  the  submis- 
sion of   its  report  by  the  Inter- 
national Commission,  or  if  for  any 
reason   whatsoever  no  report  is 
submitted  within  the  term  fixed 
in  this  article,  the  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act 
in  the  subject  matter  of  the  in- 
vestigation and  report  as  their  re- 
spective interests  may  demand. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    respective    Govem- 


cionar  sus  diferencias  por  la  via 
diplomatica,  ellas  seran  inmedia- 
tamente  referidas  para  su  investi- 
gacion  e  informe  a  la  Comision 
Internacional,  pudiendo  cualquie- 
ra  de  los  dos  Gobiernos  interesa- 
dos  hacer  la  convocatoria  respec- 
tiva.    Us  Altas   Partes   Contra- 
tantes  se  obligan  a  suministrar  a 
la   Comision   Internacional  todas 
las  facilidades  que  reclame  el  me- 
jor  desemperio  de  su  conietJdo,  y 
ella  debera  terminar  su  investiga- 
cion  y  presentar  su  Informe  den- 
tro  del  termino  de  un  atio  a  contar 
desde  la  fecha  en  que  hubiese  de- 
clarado  que  habia  empezado  la  in- 
vestigacion.     Si   por   razones   de 
fuerza  mayor  no  hubiera  podido 
completarse  la  investigacion  6  re- 
dactarse  el  Informe  dentro  de  ese 
termino,    podra   el    ser  ampliado 
por  seis  meses  mas,  siempre  que 
estuvieran  de  acuerdo  a  este  res- 
pecto  las   Altas   Partes   Contra- 
tantes.    Sometido  el  Informe  por 
la  Comision   Internacional  a  los 
respectivos  Gobiernos,  6  no  pro- 
ducido   el   por   cualquier   motivo 
dentro  de  los  terminos  fijados  en 
el    presente    articulo,    las    Altas 
Partes    Contratantes    se  reservan 
el  derecho  de  proceder  en  el  asun- 
to  materia  de  investigacion  e  in- 
forme como  lo  reclamen  sus  res- 
pectivos intereses. 


ARTfcULO  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  los  respectivos  Gobier- 


■-^m 


ECUADOR 


33 


nients  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  their  respective  consti- 
tutions, and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 

This   treaty   shall   continue   in 
force  for  five  years  from  the  date 
of  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
and  if  notice  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it  is  not  given  by  one 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  to  the 
other   one  year  before   the   ter- 
mination of  this  period,  it  shall  be 
considered  as  renewed  for  another 
vear,  and  so  on  successively.    A 
Strict  and  faithful  observance  of 
the  preceding  article  is  entrusted 
to   the   honor   of   the   signatory 
n  tions. 


nos  de  acuerdo  con  lo  establecido 
nor  sus  respectivas  Constituciones. 
debiendo  hacerse  el  cange  de 
diclias  ratificaciones  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible. 

Este  Tratado  estara  en  v.gencia 
iurante  cinco  aiios  a  contar  desde 
el  cange  de  las  ratificaciones  y  si 
no  es  denunciado  un  aiio  antes  de 
su  vencimiento  se  considerara  re- 
novado  por  otro  aiio,  y  asi  sucesi- 
vamente.    El  estricto  y  Kal  cum- 
plimiento  de  las  dausulas  prece- 
dentes  queda  confiado   al   honor 
de  las  naciones  signatanas. 


;::;,„e.  .^o.^^  r.p=.  ^e„^,- -»•>:  sn  ^""""- 

affixed  thereunto  their  seals.  *^  ^echo' en  Washington,  el  dia 
Done    in   Washington   on   the         "^^J^  \"^    ^„  ,,  ^.o  de  Nues- 

13th  day  of  October,  m  the  year  ^^^|  ^"^7^^,  „„,,,ientos  catorce. 

of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and  tro  senor  n 

fourteen.  ^^^^^^  William  Jennings  Bryan 

[seal]  G.  S.  Cordova  


34 


PERFECTED  TREATIi-lS 


Treaty  between  the  United  Sutes  and  France  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


INenipoten- 
tiariei. 


T>i5pute»  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commissinn 
for  inve^tiKa- 
tion  and 
report. 


Treaty  to  facilitate  the  settlement 
of  Disputes. 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  French  Republic,  de- 
siring to  strengthen  the  friendly 
relations  which  unite  their  two 
countries  and  to  serve  the  cause 
of  general  peace,  have  decided  to 
conclude  a  treaty  for  these  pur- 
poses and  have  consequently  ap- 
pointed the  plenipotentiaries  des- 
ignated hereinafter,  to-wit: 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  Honoraule 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  I'nited  States : 
and 

The  President  of  the  French 
Republic,  His  Excellency  J.  J. 
Jusserand,  Ambassador  of  the 
French  Kepublic  to  the  United 
States ; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each 
other  their  full  powers,  found  to 
be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles : 

Article  1 
Any    disputes   arising   between 
the    Government   of    the    United 


Traite  pour  facUiter  le  rkglement 
des  Litiges. 

Le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique  et  le  President  de  la 
Republioue  frangaise,  desirant 
affirmer  les  relations  amicales  qui 
unissent  leurs  deux  pays  et  servir 
la  cause  de  la  paix  generale,  ont 
decide  de  condure  un  traite  a  ces 
fins  et  ont  nomme,  en  consequence, 
les  plenipotentiaires  ci-apres  de- 
signes,  savoir: 

Le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique,  I'Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretaire  d'Etat 
(*   .  Etats-Unis;  et 

Le  President  dt  la  Republique 
frangaise.  Son  Excellence  J.  J. 
Jusserand,  Ambassadeur  de  la 
Republique  fran<;aise  aux  B'.tats- 
Unis; 

Lesquels.  apres  s'etre  commu- 
nique leurs  pleins  pouvoirs, 
trouves  en  bonne  et  due  forme, 
sont  convenus  des  articles  sui- 
vants : 

Article  I 
Tous  differends  s'elevant  entre 
le  Gouvernement  des  Etats-Unis 


'  r.  5.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38.  pt.  2.  p.  1887.  Si|?ned  at  Washington,  Sep- 
tember IS,  1914;  ratification  advi.?ed  by  the  Senate,  September  25,  1914;  ratified 
by  France.  December  X  1914;  ra*=fied  by  the  President,  January  14,  1915;  ratifi- 
cations exchanged  at  Washington,  January  22,  1915;  proclaimed,  January  23  1915. 


FRANCE 


3S 


States  of  America  and  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  French  Republic,  of 
whatever  nature  they  may  be, 
shall,  when  ordinary  diplomatic 
proceedings  have  failed  and  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  do  not 
have  recourse  to  arbitration,  be 
submitted  for  investigation  and 
report  to  a  Permanent  Inter- 
national Commission  constituted 
in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
following  article. 

The  High  ContniCting  Parties 
agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect 
to  each  other,  to  any  act  of  force 
during  the  investigation  to  be 
made  by  the  Commission  and  be- 
fore its  report  is  handed  in. 

Article  2 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  as  follows :  Each 
Government  shall  designate  two 
members,  only  one  of  whom  shall 
be  of  its  own  nationality;  the 
fifth  member  shall  be  designated 
by  common  consent  and  shail 
not  belong  lo  any  of  the  nation- 
alities already  represented  on  the 
Commission ;  he  shall  perform  the 
duties  of  President. 

In  case  the  two  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 
choice  of  the  fifth  commissioner, 
the  other  four  shall  be  called 
upon  to  designate  him,  and  fail- 
ing an  understanding  between 
them,  the  provisions  of  article  4i> 


d'Anierique  et  le  Gou»fernement 
d.  la  Republiquc  Iranqaise,  de 
(juelque  nature  qu'ils  soieat, 
lorsque  les  procedes  diplomatiques 
ordinaires  auront  echoue  et  que 
le«  Hautes  Parties  contractantes 
n'ont  pas  recours  a  I'arbitrage, 
seront  soumis,  pour  examen  et 
rapport,  a  une  Commission  Inter- 
nationale permanente,  constituee 
de  la  maniere  prescrite  dans 
1  article  suivant. 

Les    Hautes    Parties    contrac-  ^"'"^ 
tantes  conviennent  de  ne  se  livrer,  "»«"• 
I'une  vis-a-vis  de  I'autre,  a  aucun 
acte    de    force    durant  )  examen 
auquel  procedera  la  Commission 
et  avant  la  remise  de  son  rapport. 


Article  II 
La   Commission   internationals  '^^SSi^' 
sera  composee  de  cinq  membrcs  Comporition. 
nommes  comma  il  suit:   ci^aque 
( louvernement     designera     deux 
membres,  dont  un  seulement  de 
sa  nationalite ;  le  cinqui^me  mem- 
bre    sera    designe  d"un   commun 
accord  et  ne  nourra  aopartenir  a 
unc  des  national  ites   deja   repre- 
sentees  dans    .a    Com.  ission;   il 
remplira  les   fonctions  de   Presi- 
dent. 

Au  cas  ou  les  deux  Gouverne- 
ments  ne  pourraient  se  mettre 
d'accotd  sur  le  choix  du  cin- 
quieme  commissaire,  les  quatre 
autres  seraient  pppeles  a  le  de- 
signer, et  a  defaut  d'entente  entre 
ceux-ci,  les  dispositions  de  I'arti- 


36 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Organization. 


Term  of 
service. 


Vacancies. 


Compensation 
and  expenses. 


of  The  Hague  Convention  of 
1907'  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  or- 
ganized within  six  months  from 
the  excha-ige  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appt  intment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  ofifice  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they 
are  engaged  at  the  time  their 
office  expires  is  completed. 


Any  vacancies  which  may  arise 
( from  death,  resignation,  or  cases 
of  physical  or  moral  incapacity) 
shall  be  filled  within  the  shortest 
possible  period  in  the  manner  fol- 
lowed for  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall,  before  designating  the  Com- 
missioners, reach  an  understand- 
ing in  regard  to  their  compensa- 
tion. They  shall  bear  by  halves 
the  expenses  incident  to  the  meet- 
ing of  the  Commission. 


cle  45  de  la  Convention  de  La 
llaye  de  IW/  seraient  appliquees. 
La  Commission  sera  constituee 
dans  les  six  niois  de  lechangc  des 
ratifications  de  la  presente  con- 
vention. 

Les  membres  sont  nomines 
pour  une  annee  et  leur  mandat 
peut  etre  renouvele.  lis  restent 
en  fonctions  jusqua  leur  rem- 
placement  ou  jusquau  renou- 
vellement  de  leur  mandat,  ou 
encore  jusqua  lachevement  de 
leurs  travaux  en  cours  au  mo- 
ment de  I'expiration  de  leur  man- 
dat. 

II  sera  pourvu  dans  le  plus  bref 
delai  aux  vacances  qui  se  pro- 
duiraient  (deces,  demission,  cas 
d'incapacite  physique  ou  morale) 
suivant  le  mode  employe  pour  la 
nomination. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  s'entendront  avant  qu'il 
soit  precede  a  la  designation  des 
commissaires  relativement  a  la 
remuneration  de  ceux-ci.  Elles 
Siipporteront  par  moitie  les  frais 
auxquels  donnerait  lieu  la  reu- 
nion de  la  Commission. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Article  3 

In  case  a  dispute  should  arise 

between    the    High    Contracting 

Parties  which  is  not  settled  by  the 

ordinary    methods,    each     Party 


Article  III 

Dans  le  cas    oii    il    s'eleverait 

entre    les    Hautes    Parties   con- 

tractantes    un    diflferend    qui    ne 

serait    pas    regie    par    les    voies 


•  II.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36.  p.  2223. 


FRANCE 


37 


shall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the 
investigation  thereof  be  intrusted 
to  the  International  Conimis 
sion  charged  with  making  a  re- 
port. Notice  shall  be  given  to  the 
President  of  the  International 
Commission,  who  shall  at  once 
communicate  with  his  colleagues. 

In  the  same  case  the  President 
may,  after  consulting  his  col- 
leagues and  upon  receiving  the 
consent  of  a  majority  of  the 
members  of  the  Commission, 
offer  the  services  of  the  latter  to 
each  of  the  Contracting  Parties. 
Acceptance  of  that  ofTer  declared 
by  one  of  the  two  Governments 
shall  be  sufficient  to  give  juris- 
diction of  the  case  to  the  Com- 
mission in  accordance  with  the 
foregoing  paragraph. 

The  place  of  meeting  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Commission 
itself. 

Article  4 
The  two  High  Contracting 
I'arties  shall  have  a  right,  each 
on  its  own  part,  to  state  to  the 
President  of  the  Commission 
what  is  the  subject-matter  of 
the  controversy.  No  difference 
in  these  statements,  which  shall 
be  furnished  by  way  of  sugges- 
tion, shall  arrest  the  action  of  the 
Commission. 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute 
should  consist  of  certain  acts 
already  committed  or  about  to  be 


ordinaires,  chaque  partie  aura 
le  droit  de  demander  que  I'ex- 
amen  en  soit  confie  a  la  Com- 
mission internationale  chargee  de 
faire  un  rapport.  Notification 
sera  faite  au  President  de  la  Com- 
mission internationale  qui  se  met- 
tra  aussitot  en  relations  avec  scs 
collcgues. 

Dans  le  meme  cas,  le  President,  ojf;^",' 
apres  avoir  consulte  ses  collegu»s 
et  moyennant  avis  conforme  de 
la  majorite  des  membres  de  la 
Commission,  pent  offrir  les  ser- 
vices de  celle-ci  a  chacune  des 
Parties  contractantes.  II  suffit 
que  lun  des  deux  Gouvernements 
declare  I'accepter  pour  que  la 
Commission  soit  saisie  confor- 
mement  a  I'alinea  precedent. 


Le  lieu  de  reunion  sera  fixe  par  ^^^°l 
la  Commission  elle-meme. 


Statement  of 

»ubject-m«tteT 

referred. 


Article  IV 
Les  deux  Hautes  Parties  con- 
tractantes auront  le  cVoit  de 
preciser,  chacune  de  son  cote, 
aupres  du  President  ue  la  Com- 
mission, quel  est  I'objet  du  litige. 
Nulle  difference  dans  ces  exposes, 
foumis  a  titre  d'indication, 
n'arretera  Taction  de  la  Com- 
mission. 


Dans    le    cas    OU    la     cause     du   Provisional 

action. 

differend    consisterait    en    actes 
determines  deja  effectues  ou  sur 


38 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Procedure. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Completion 
of  work. 


Transmittal 
of  report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


committed,  the  Commission  shall 
as  soon  as  possible  indicate  what 
measures  to  preserve  the  rights 
of  each  party  ought  in  its  opin- 
ion to  be  taken  provifionally  and 
pending  the  delivery  of  its  re- 
port. 

Article  5 

As  regards  the  procedure  which 
it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission 
shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  1 
of  The  Hague  of  1907.' 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission 
all  means  and  all  necessary  facili- 
ties for  its  investigation  and  re- 
port. 

The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it 
has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case, 
unless  the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties should  agree  to  set  a  diflFereni 
period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 


le  point  de  1  etre,  la  Commission 
indiquera,  dans  le  plus  href  delai 
possible,  quelles  mesures,  con- 
servatoires des  droits  de  chacun, 
devraient,  selon  son  avis,  etre 
prises  a  titre  provisoire  et  en 
attendant  le  depot  de  son  rap- 
port. 

Article  \' 

La  Commission  s'inspirera, 
dans  la  mesure  du  possible,  quant 
a  la  procedure  quelle  aura  a 
suivre,  des  dispositions  contenues 
dans  les  articles  9  a  36  de  la  Con- 
vention 1  de  La  Haye  de  1907. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  conviennent  de  foumir  a 
la  Commission  tous  les  moyep.i  et 
toutes  les  facilites  necessaires  a 
son  examen  et  a  son  npport. 

Les  travaux  de  la  Commission 
devront  etre  termines  dans  I'an- 
nee  du  jour  oil  elle  aura  ete  saisie, 
a  moins  que  les  Hautes  Parties 
contractantes  ne  tombent  d 'ac- 
cord pour  la  fixation  d'un  autre 
delai. 

Les  conclusions  de  la  Commis- 
sion et  les  termes  de  son  rapport 
seront  arretes  a  la  majorite.  Le 
rapport,  signe  par  le  President 
seul,  agissant  en  vertu  de  sa  qual- 
ite,  sera  transmis  par  ses  soins  a 
chacune  des  Parties  contrac- 
tantes. 

Les  Hautes  Partitjs  contrac- 
tantes   se   reservent   une   entiere 


'  V.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


FRANCE 


39 


to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the 
Commission. 

Article  6 

Ihe  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratitied  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  of  the  United  States,  and 
by  the  P  -aident  of  the  French 
Republic,  in  accordance  with  the 
constitutional  laws  of  France. 

It  shall  go  into  force  imme- 
diately after  the  exchange  of 
ratifxations   and    shall    last    five 

years. 

Unless  denounced  six  months 
at  least  before  the  expiration  of 
the  said  period  of  five  years,  it 
shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
expiration  of  a  period  of  twelve 
months  after  either  party  shall 
have  notified  the  other  of  its 
intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  15th 
day  of  September,  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen 


liberte  pour  la  suite  a  donner  au 
Rupport  de  la  Commission. 

Article  VI 
Le  present  traite  sera  ratitie  par  R*ti6catioa. 
le  President  des  litats-Unis 
d'Amerique  sur  I'avis  et  avec  le 
consentement  du  Senat  des  iitats- 
Unis,  et  par  le  President  de  la  Ke- 
publique  frangaise,  conformement 
aux  lois  constitutionnelles   de   la 

France. 

II  entrera  en   vigueur  aussitot  f:«hin?«^f 
apres   lechange   des    ratifications  "' 
e*.  aura  une  duree  de  cinq  annecs. 

S'il  n'a  pas  ete  denonce  au  Duration 
moins  six  niois  avant  IVxpiratJon  nounccmmt. 
de  ce  delai  de  cinq  ans,  il  restera 
en  vigueur  jusqua  I'expiration 
dun  delai  de  douze  mois  apres 
que  tune  des  Hautes  Parties  con- 
tractantes  aura  notifie  a  I'autre 
son  intention  d'y  mettre  terme. 

En  foi  de  quoi  les  plenipoten-  Sifn.wrM. 
tiaires    rcspectifs    ont    signe    le 
present    traite    et    y    ont    appose 
leurs  cacliets. 

Fait  a  Washington  le  15  sep- 
tembre  de  I'an  mille  neuf  cent 
quatorze. 


[seal]  William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]  Jusserand 


40 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  French  Ambassador] 


Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  lo,  1915. 
Excellency : 

It  not  having  bet-n  found  feasible  to  complete  the  International 
Commission  provided  for  in  the  Treaty  of  September  IS,  1914,  between 
the  United  States  and  France,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the 
general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  Treaty,  which 
expires  tomorrow,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration 
of  your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of 
the  Commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of 
notes  .lom  July  22,  1915,  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  (jovemment  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  con- 
sideration. 


His  Excellency 

Mr  J.  J.  JUSSERAND, 

The  Ambassador  of  France. 


Robert  Lansing 


[Tf^c  French  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

[Translaiion] 

Embassy  of  the  F"rexcii  Republic 

TO  THE  United  States, 

I  Washington,  November  10,  1915. 
Mr.  Secretary  of  State, 

In  reply  to  Your  Excellency's  letter  of  this  day's  date  I  hasten  to 
confirm  the  oral  assurances  which  I  had  previously  given  you  and  to 
the  effect  that  my  (Jovcrnment  agrees  with  that  of  the  United  States 
to  decide  that  the  time  within  which  the  members  of  the  Commission 
provided  by  the  Treaty  of  September  1.^.  1914,  are  to  be  designated 
will  be  extended  from  July  22.  191. S,  to  lanuarv  1.  1916. 


GREAT  BRITAIN 


41 


The  present  exchange  of  notes  is  considered  by  my  Government 
as  sanctioning  the  said  extension  of  time. 

Be  pleased  to  accept.  Mr.  Secretary  of  State,  the  assurances  of 
mv  high  consideration. 

■'        "  JUSSERAND 

His  Excellency 

The  Honorable  Robert  La.vsinc 

Secretary  of  Stale  of  the  United  States. 


H 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Great  Briuin  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  General  Peace' 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Majesty  Co;j[««"« 
the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  of 
the  British  Dominions  beyond  the  Seas.  Emperor  of  India,  being  de- 
sirous to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  together  and 
also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general  peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  mto 
a  treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to  that  end  have  appointed  as  their  pleni- 
potentiaries: 

The  President  of  the  United  States,  the  Honorable  VVdliam  Jen- 
nings Bryan.  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States ;  and 

His  Britannic  Majesty,  the  Right  Honorable  Sir  Cecil  Arthur 
Spring-Rice.  G.  C.  V.  O..  K.  C.  M.  G..  etc..  His  Amba.=sador  Extraor- 
dinary and  Plenipotentiary  at  Washington ; 

Who.  after  having  communicated  to  each  other  their  respective 
full  powers,  found  to  be  in  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  and  con- 
cluded the  following  articles : 


Plenlpottn- 
tiiries. 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them, 
of  every  nature  whatsoever,  other  than  disputes  the   settlement  of 
which  is  provided  for  and  in  fact  achieved  under  existing  agreements 

Td^s.  statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38.  pt.  2  p.  1853.  Signed  at  Washington.  Sep- 
temher  15.  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate  September  25,  1914;  ratified 
by  Great  Britain,  October  8.  1914;  ratified  by  the  fresKlent,  Noyember  4^  1914. 
ratifications  exchanged  at  Washington,  November  10,  1914;  proclaimed,  Novem- 
ber 11,  1914. 


Disputes  to  b« 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


i 


42 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


between  the  High  Contracting  Parties,  shall,  when  diplomatic 
methods  of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and 
report  to  a  permanent  International  Commission,  to  be  constituted 
in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  article;  and  they 
agree  not  to  declare  war  or  benin  hostilities  during  such  investigation 
and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


Intrrnational 
CooimiHton. 
Comroiition. 


ExpcnMi. 


Appointment. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  members, 
to  be  appointed  as  follows :  One  member  shall  be  chosen  from  each 
country,  by  the  Government  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be  chosen  by 
each  (;ov:rnment  from  some  third  country;  the  fifth  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two  ( iovernments,  it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either  country. 
The  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Governments 
in  equal  proportions. 

The  International  Commis.sion  shall  be  appointed  within  six  months 
after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and  vacancies 
shall  he  filled  according  to  the  manner  of  the  original  appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commission 


-Article  IIT 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  a 
dispute  by  diplomatic  nut  hods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Crimmission  for  investigation  and  re])ort.  The  Inter- 
national Commission  may.  however,  spontaneously  by  unanimous 
agreement  oflter  its  services  to  that  eflVct,  and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  request  their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation. 

In  the  event  of  its  appearing  to  Flis  Majesty's  Government  that 
Brmsr""'"*  ^^^  I'TitisIi  interests  aflected  by  the  dispute  to  be  investigated  are 
not  mainly  those  of  the  Cnited  Kingdom  but  are  mainly  those  of  some 
one  or  more  of  the  self  rrovernini;  dominions,  namely,  the  Dominion 
of  Canada,  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  the  Dominion  of  New 
Zealand,  the  Union  of  South  Africa,  and  Newfoundland.  His  Majesty's 
Government  shall  be  at  liberty  to  substitute  as  the  member  chosen 
by  them  to  serve  on  the  International  Commission  for  such  investiga- 
tion and  report  another  person  selected  from  a  list  of  persons  to  be 
named  one   for  each  of  th°  self  rfoverninEr  dominions  but  onlv  one 


Representa 
tivn  from 


cut  AT  BBITAIN 


43 


Shall  act.  namely,  that  one  who  represents  the  dominion  immediately 

'ThrHiRh  Contracting    Parties  agree  to   furnish  the   Permanent 
internatiol  Commission  with  all  the  means  and  fac.ht.es  requ.red 

'°U:';e;rofrtn;rt;onal  Comm.ssion  shall  ^  co.npleted 
within  onVyear  after  the  'late  on  which  it  shall  declare  .ts  mvest.ga- 
"1  ,0  have  be,un.  unless  the  High  Contracting  Part.es  shall  l.m.t  or 
extend  the  time  by  mt.tual  agreement.  The  report  shall  be  prepared 
rtriplicate:  one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Governmem.  and 
the  third  retained  by  the  Commission  for  .ts  files. 
tL  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  ^^t  'ndependen  ly 
the  subject  matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  Comm.s- 


PaciUtin  (or 
i»Mliaslloii. 


Ttaw  for 
report. 


liwlcpcnilent 

Ktioa 

rtwrvcd. 


on 


sion  shall  have  been  submitted. 


Article  IV 

This  treaty  shall  not  affect  in  any  way  the  provisions  of  the  Treaty  — i;.|y 

of  ttllUh  jiuary.  1909.'  relating  to  questions  arising  between  the  «o...«u.. 
I'nited  States  and  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 

Akticle  V  ^ 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  P-^'d'^^^ ';^Vtt  Setate  ^^^'^ 
States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  adv.ce  and  consent  of  the  Senate 
fhe'Sf  and  by  His  ^Britannic  Majesty;  and  the  r^^^;^^^^^^:^ 
exchanired  at  Washington  as  soon  as  possible.  It  shall  take  ttcct 
rmcditteK  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and  shall  cont.uue  m 
or«  for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall  thereafter  rema.n  m  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention  to  term.nate  .t. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the   si,n.tur... 
present  treaty  and  h.ve  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate  at  Washington  on  the  15th  day  of  September,  m 
the  vear  of  our  Lord  nintteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

[seal]  William  Jennings  Bryan 
Cecil  Spring  Rice  [se.\l] 


1  V,  5,  .<;talutes  at  Larpf,  vol.  36.  p.  2448. 


44 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  British  Ambassador] 

Department  of  State, 
IVashington,  November  j,  /p/J. 
Excellency : 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  international 
commission  provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between 
the  L'nited  States  and  Great  Britain,  looking  to  the  advancement  of 
the  general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  treaty, 
which  expired  on  May  10,  1915,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the 
consideration  of  your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the 
organization  of  the  commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an 
exchange  of  notes  from  May  10,  1915.  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
vour  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  he  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  with  the  highest  consideration,  Your  Ex- 
cellency's most  obedient  servant, 

Robert  Lansing 
His  Excellency 

Sir  Cecil  Arthur  Spri.\g-Rice. 

Ambassador  of  Great  Britain. 


[The  British  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

British  Embassy, 

Jl'itshi:;  lion.  X ovnnhcr  j.  79/5. 
Sir: 

I  have  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Note  of  this 
day's  date  in  which  you  state  as  follows : — 

"It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  international 
commission  provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  looking  to  the  advancement  of 
the  general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  treaty, 
which  expired  on  May  10.  1915.  I  have  the  honour  to  suggest  for 
the  consideration  of  your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the 


r   '■• 


GUATEMALA 


45 


organization  of  the  commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an 
exchange  of  notes  from  May  10.  1915.  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
vour  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favourably,  will  be  regarded 
;,„  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also."  _ 

I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  in  reply  that  His  Majesty  s  Govern- 
ment accepts  this  suggestion  made  by  the  United  States  Government 
and  that  they  regard  the  exchange  of  today's  Notes  as  sufficient  to 
give  eflfect  to  the  extension. 
I  have  the  honour  to  be. 

With  the  highest  consideration, 
Sir, 
Your  most  obedient,  humble  Servant, 

Cecil  Spring  Rice 

The  Honourable  Robert  Lansing, 
Secretary  of  State 

of  the  United  States,  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 


Trraty  between  the  United  States  and  Guatemala  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace* 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Guatemala, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

~T77  s  statutes  at  Large,  vol,  38.  pt.  2,  p.  1840.  Signed  at  Washington.  Sep- 
tember 20  1913  ;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate  w.th  amendments.  August  3, 
I9T4  ratified  bj^  the  President.  August  27.  1914;  ratified  by  Gua  emala.  May  15, 
1914:'  ratifications  exchanged  at  Washington.  October  13,  1914;  proclaimed, 
October  13.  1914. 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  America  Contracting 
y  la  Republica  de  Guatemala,  en  el 
deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos  de 
amistad  que  los  unen  y  tambien 
avanzar  la  causa  de  la  Paz  ge- 
neral, han  resuelto  entrar  en  un 
Tratado  con  aquel  oujeto  a  cuyo 
fin  han  nombrado  como  sus  Pleni- 
potenciarios : 


46 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
Interns  tional 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


International 
Commission. 
Composition. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 

The  President  of  Guatemala, 
Senor  Don  Joaquin  Mendez,  En- 
voy Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  of  Guatemala  to 
the  United  States; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles: 

Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Inter- 
national Commission,  to  be  con- 
stituted in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  next  succeeding  Article; 
and  they  agree  not  to  declare  war 
or  begin  hostilities  during  such 
investigation  and  report. 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
tliereof;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 


El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryar,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Guatemala,  al 
Senor  Don  Joaquin  Mendez,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  y  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario  de  Guatemala  en 
los  Estados  Lnidos; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Podere:  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes: 

ARTfCULO  1 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
han  convenido,  que  todas  las  dis- 
putas  entre  ellas,  de  cualquiera 
naturaleza  que  fueren,  que  la  di- 
plomacia  fallare  arreglar,  deberan 
ser  sometidas  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  in  forme  a  una  Coniision  In- 
ternacional,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo; 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empesar  hostilidades  durante 
tal  investigacion  e  informe. 

ArtIculo  II 
La  Comision  Intemacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue:  un  miembro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobiemo;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada  Go- 
bierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el  quinto 
miembro  debera  ser  escogido  de 


GUATEMALA 


47 


mon  agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appwintmer*". 


comun  acuerdo  entre  Ic-.  dos  Go- 

biernos.     Los  gastos  de  la  Co-  Exp.™*.. 

mision  deberan  ser  pagados  por 

los  dos  Gobiemos  en  igual  pro- 

porcion. 

La  Comision  Intemacional  de-  Appointment. 

bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de  cua- 
tro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado;  y 
las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 
de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 


Article  III 
In  case   the   high   contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.     The  In- 
ternational     Commission      may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and   in   such   case   it   shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  re- 
quest   their    cooperation    in    the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


ArtIculo  III 
En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  commiwion. 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dios  diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comision 
Intemacional    para    su    investi- 
gacion  e  informe.    La  Comision 
Intemacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  sobre  su  propia  iniciativa. 
y    en    tal    caso    debera    notificar 
ambos    Gobiemos    y    so':;*-.r  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  J^^l"' 
Intemacional  debera  estar  com- 
pletado  dentro  de  un  afio  despues 
de  la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  de- 
clarado  haber  empesado  su  inves- 
tigacion,  a  menos  que  las  Altas 
Partes  contratantes  extendieran 
el  tiempo  por  mutuo  consenti- 
miento.  El  informe  debera  ser 
preparado  por  triplicado;  una 
copia  debera  ser  presentada  a 
cada  Gobiemo.  y  la  tercera  reteni- 


48 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Daration. 


Signatures. 


The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter 
of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
.submitted. 

Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  i 'resident  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the 
President  of  the  Republic  of 
Guatemala,  with  the  approval  of 
the  Congress  thereof;  and  the 
ratifications  shall  be  exchanged 
as  soon  as  possible.  It  shall  take 
effect  immediately  after  the  ex- 
change of  ratifications,  and  shall 
continue  in  force  for  a  period  of 
five  years;  and  it  shall  thereafter 
remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  high  con- 
tracting parties  have  given  no- 
tice to  the  other  of  an  intention 
to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
20th  day  of  September,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 


da  ix)r  la  Comision  para  sus  lega- 
jos. 

Las  Altas  P'artes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  in- 
dependientemente  en  la  materia- 
sujeta  de  la  disputa  despues  que 
el  informe  de  la  Comision  se  les 
ha\-a  sometido. 

ArtIculo  IV 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  de 
Guatemala,  con  la  aprobacion 
del  Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en- 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues del  canje  de  ratificaciones, 
y  continuara  en  fuerza  por  un 
periotlo  de  cinco  anos;  y  debera 
despues  permanecer  en  fuerza 
hasta  doce  meses  despues  que 
una  de  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
tantes haya  notificado  a  la  otra 
la  intencion  de  terminarlo. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto 
al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
20  de  Setiembre,  en  el  ano  de 
Nuestro  Senor  mil  novecientos 
trece. 


[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     JoAQuiN  Mendez 


GUATEMALA 


49 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Minister  of  G„ate„uda] 

Department  of  State, 
Washinston,  Moi'cmber  3,  19'5- 

"T'S'lavin,  been  .oun.,  ^.siUe  .»  -P'-;^«  ^^^^^ 

and  1  shall  be  gW  w  ««™  >°"'  »»■"»"«  *»'  "  "'"       "     " 
'^Cp?sr,r;:™ed  a,s„~  ..  »>  l.i„l,e.  co„sM„a,ion. 


Robert  Lansixo 


Seiior  Don  JoAQufN  Mendez, 

The  Minister  of  Guatemala, 

Washington. 


[The  Guatemalan  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Legacion  de  Guatemala, 
Washington,  November  3rd,  IQ^S- 

""T  hlvT  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  Your  Excellency's 
noLTtodt  in  .hich  Your  Excellency  suggest,  that  as  .t  was  no 
po..le  to  couple,  the  in^nat^^^^^^^^ 

the  tin.e  specified  in  the  Treaty,  -'^^^  "pred  Febru  r^  U  ^^^ 

the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  ^""''"^'"'ZZr^  13 

completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  February  1., 

1915  to  January  1,1916. 


W^- 


50 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


In  answer  to  Yo-.r  Excellency's  note.  I  beg  to  state  that  the  Govern- 
ment of  C.uatemala  receives  the  suggestion  most  favourably,  and  I 
therefore  believe  that  this  answer  of  mine  in  the  name  of  my  Govrn- 
ment  can  be  regarded  as  the  completing  of  the  exchange  of  notes. 

I  avail  myself  of  the  opportunity  to  renew  to  Your  Excellency,  the 
assurances  of  my  liijrhcst  consideration  and  esteem. 

JoAQui.v  Mendez 
His  Excellency 

Robert  Lansinc;, 

Secretary  of  Statf  of  the  United  States  of  America. 
Etc.,  etc.,  etc. 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Honduras  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace' 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Honduras, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  pleni- 
potentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Jlonorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  President  of  Honduras. 
Sefior  Doctor  don  Alberto  Mem- 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame- 
rica y  la  Repiiblica  de  Honduras, 
en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vin- 
culos  de  amistad  que  los  unen  y 
tambien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la 
Paz  general,  han  resuelto  entrar 
en  un  Tratado  con  aquel  objeto,  a 
cuyo  fin  han  nombrado  como  sus 
Plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Honduras,  al 
Sefior  Doctor  dnn  .Alberto  Mem- 


9  4;  ra.fied.by  Honduras.  May  29,   1916;  ratified  hv  the  President  Tlr  20 
m6;^rat.f,cat,ons  exchanged  at  Washington,  July  27,   1916 ;   procIafmeTjS 


HONDURAS 


51 


brcno,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  Hon- 
duras to  the  United  States ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 

Article  I 
The    high    contracting    parties 
agree  that  all   disputes  between 
them,   of   every   nature   whatso- 
ever, which  diplomacy  shall  fail 
to  adjust,  shall  be  submitted  for 
investigation    and    report    to    an 
International   Commission,  to  be 
constituted   in   the   manner   pre- 
scribed  in   the    next    succeeding 
Article ;   and   they   agree    not   to 
declare   war   or   begin   hostilities 
during    such     investigation     and 
report. 


breiio,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de  Hon- 
duras en  los  Estados  Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes: 

ArtIculo  I 
Las  Alus  Partes  contratantes  PJJSStt.'dto^ 
convienen  en  que  todas  las  dis-  (^^.Sli"!!,"' 
putas  entre   ellas,   de  cualquiera 
naturaleza    que    fueren,    que    la 
diplomacia  fallare  arreglar,  debe- 
ran  ser  sometidas  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe  a  una  Comision 
Internacional,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo : 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empezar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 


Article  II 
The   International   Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
(Jne  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.     The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 


ARTiCUU)  II 
La  Comision  Internacional  de-  com'i^ssioJi! 

«         •  .»:.»Mrt      Composition. 

bera  componerse  de  cmco  miem-  ^ 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue:  un  miembro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobierno ;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais;  el 
quinto  miembro  debera  ser  es- 
cogido de  comun  acuerdo  entre 
los  dos  Gobienios.  Los  gastos  ^'"* 
de  la  Comision  deberan  -.er  paga- 


52 


Appointment. 


DutlM  of 

Commission. 


Time  for 
report. 


the    two    Govermnents    in    equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 

to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pomtment. 


PEHFECTED  TREATIES 


dos    por    los    dos    Gobiernos    en 
igual  proporcion. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
hera  ser  i.ombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses   despues   del  canje 

^^'^'™'ifi«^cionesdelTratado- 
y  las  vacantes  deberan  ser  Ilena- 
das  de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 


Article  III 
In   case    the   high   comracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the' 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.     The  In 
ternational      Commission      may 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive   and   in   such  case   it  shall 
notify    both     Governments    and 
request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission    shall    be   completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment.    The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate;  one  copy  shall 
be  pre.sented  to  each  Government 
and    the    third    retained    by    the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


Independent  xu        l-   i 

«"<"■■  ^"^    nigh    contracting    parties 

reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 


Articuix)  in 
En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dios  d.plomaticos.  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  para  su  inves- 
t.gaci6n  e  inlorme.  U  Comision 
Internacional  puede.  sin  embargo 

actuar  por  su  propia  iniciativa  ; 
en  tal  caso  debera  notificar  i 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

EI  mforme  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  ano  despues  de 

lafechaenlacualhayadeclarado 
hater  empezado  su  investigacion 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes   extendieren    el    tiempo 
por    mutuo    consentimiento      El 
•nforme  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triphcado;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  sus  legajos. 

I^s  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derccho  de  obrar 


HONDURAS 


53 


dently  on  the  subject-matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 

Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  the 
Congress  of  the  Republic  of  Hon- 
duras; and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifica- 
tions, and  shall  continue  in  force 
for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it 
shall  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of 
the  high  contracting  parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an 
intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  where'>f  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
third  day  of  November,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 


independientemente  en  el  asunto 
de  la  disputa  despues  que  el  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  se  les  haya 
sometido. 

Articulo  IV 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi-  Rttification. 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Congreso  de  la  Republica  de 
Honduras;  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en-  DurtHon. 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente 
despues  del  canje  de  ratifica- 
ciones, y  continuara  en  fuerza  por 
un  periodo  de  cinco  anos;  y  de- 
bera despues  permanecer  en 
fuerza  hasta  doce  meses  despues 
que  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  haya  notificado  a  la 
otra  la  intencion  de  terminarlo. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  sipiaturet. 
Plenipotenciarios  ban  firmado  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  ban  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
tercero  de  Noviembre,  en  el  afio 
de  Nuestro  Setior  mil  novecientos 
trece. 


William  Jennings  Bryan  [sealI 
Alberto  Membreno  [seal] 


54 


PERFECTED   TREATIES 


Contraciinf 
Power  ■. 


I*lenipotfn- 
uanrs. 


Hiffcrencrs 
to  be  sub- 
mitted to  a 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


"""  ^"'  -^  ""'S-ori-Ali'?" '"  *'  *— « 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  King  of  Italy,  being  de- 
sirous to  strengthen  the  bonds  of 
amity  that  bind  the  two  coun- 
tries, and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
those  purposes,  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  Plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State ;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Italy, 
His  Excellency  the  Marquis  Cu- 
sani  Confalonieri,  Commander  of 
the  Order  of  Saint  Maurice  and 
Saint  Uzarus,  Grand  Cordon  of 
the  Order  of  the  Crown  of  Italy, 
etc..  His  Ambassador  Extraor- 
dinary and  Plenipotentiary  at 
Washington ; 

Who,  after  havinfi;  communi- 
cated to  each  oher  their  respec 
tive  full  powers  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  hav'  agreed  upon 
the  following  article  s : 

Article  I 

The   High  Contracting  Parties 

engage  to  submit  f-T  investigation 

and  report  to  a  Commission,  to  be 

constituted     -cording  to  the  pro- 


II  Presidcnte  degli  Stati  Uniti 
<rAmerica   e  Sua   Maesta  il   Re 
d'ltalia,     essendo    desiderosi     di 
rinforzare  i  vincoli  damicizia  che 
congiungono  i  due  Paesi,  nonche 
di  promuovere  la  causa  della  pace 
generale,   hanno  risolto  di   addi- 
venire  ad   un   Trattato  per   tali 
intenti  ed  a  questo   fine  hanno 
nominato  come  loro   Plenipoten- 
ziari : 

11  Presidente  degli  Suti  Uniti 
d America:  TOnorevole  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Segreterio  di 
Stato;  e 

Sua  Maesta  il  Re  d'ltalia:  Sua 
Eccellenza  il  Marchese  Cusani 
Confalonieri,  Commendatore  dell'- 
Ordine  dei  Santi  Maurizio  e  Uz- 
zaro.  Gran  Cordone  dell'Ordine 
della  Corona  'dTtalia,  ecc,  Suo 
Ambasciatore  Straordinario  e 
Plenipotenziario  a  Washington; 


I  quali,  dopo  essersi  reciproca- 
mente  comunicati  i  loro  rispetiivi 
pieni  poteri,  trovandoli  in  debita 
forma,  hanno  convenuto  sugli  ar- 
ticoli  seguenti : 

Articolo  I 

Le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  s'im- 

pegnano  a  sottomettere.  per  inchi- 

esta  e  rapporto.  ad  una  Commis- 

sione    da    costituirsi    secondo    le 


5,  \m^-  riSt.n'  ^^t  'lVn.f-  T-    ^'^"Z"  =•»  Washin^on.  May 
President.  March  17.  19  5    ratified^  hvlf.f:    m"^'*  J''' i^'":  ratified  by  the 

exchanged  at  Washi.;gto„fM;VcSS''9,«fp^fcd'',"M^ch''^!=,9^^^^^ 


ITALY 


55 


visions  of  the  following  Article,  all 
differences  of  whatever  nature 
they  may  be  which  may  occur  be- 
tween them  which  can  not  b*;  com- 
post J  by  diplomatic  methods  or 
are  not  submitted  to  a  tribunal  of 
arbitration;  they  bind  themselves 
not  to  declare  war  nor  to  open 
hostilities  during  the  examination 
by  the  Commission  and  before  the 
Commission  has  presented  its  rt- 
port. 

Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  according  to  the 
following  rules: 

Each  country,  by  means  of  its 
Government,  chooses  two  mem- 
bers, one  from  among  its  own 
subjects,  the  other  from  among 
those  of  a  third  State;  the  two 
Governmeniij,  after  agreement, 
will  name  the  fifth  member,  on 
condition,  however,  that  he  be 
not  a  citizen  of  either  of  these 
two  countries.  Each  Commis- 
sioner shall  hold  his  place  during 
a  term  of  four  years ;  at  the  expi- 
ration of  this  term,  or  in  the  event 
of  vacancy,  the  confirmation  or 
the  substitution  of  the  Commis- 
sioner whose  term  may  have  ex- 
pired or  whose  place  may  be  va- 
cant shall  be  made  in  the  same 
manner. 

Each  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  liave  the  right,  be- 
fore tht  investigation  has  begun, 
to  substitute  for  one  of  the  mem- 


dispusizioni  dell'articolu  seguente, 
tutte  ie  divergenze  di  qualsiasi 
natura  che  vengano  a  sorgere  fra 
Esse  e  che  non  possano  essere 
regolate  per  le  vie  diplomatiche  o 
non  siano  sottomesse  ad  un  tribu- 
nale  arbitrate ;  Esse  si  obbligano 
a  non  dichiararsi  la  guerra  e  a  non 
aprire  le  ostilita  durante  I'esrme 
della  Commissione  e  prima  che 
questa  abbia  presentato  il  suo 
rapporto. 

i\RTICOLO  II 

La  Commissione  Internazionalc  jTo'i™"-?."*' 
sara  composta  di  cinque  membri,  CompMition. 
nominati    secondo   le    regole    se- 
guenti : 

Ogni  Paese,  per  mezzo  del  suo 
(ioverno,  scegliera  due  membri, 
I'utio  fra  i  suoi  cittadini,  I'altro 
fra  quelli  d'un  terzo  Stato;  i  due 
I'lovemi,  dope  essersi  messi  d'ac- 
cordo,  nomineranno  il  quinto 
membro,  a  condizione  pero  che 
egli  non  sia  cittadino  di  alcuno  di 
questi  due  Paesi.  Ogni  Com- 
inissario  occupera  il  suo  posto 
durante  un  termine  di  quattro 
anni;  alio  spirare  di  questo  ter- 
mine, o  in  caso  di  vacanza,  la 
conferma  o  la  sostituzione  del 
Commissario  il  cui  termine  sia 
spirato  o  il  cui  posto  sia  vacante, 
sara  fatta  nella  stessa  maniera. 


Ognuna  delle  Alte  Parti  Con- 
traenti  avra  il  diritto,  prima  che 
I'esamc  sia  cominciato,  di  sosti- 
tuire  uno  dei  membri  della  Com- 


56 


PEHFECTUD  TREATIES 


Cofflpcniitian. 


ExpciUM. 


Appointment, 


Hutiet  of 
CommiMion, 


Facilities 
for  investi- 
gation, etc. 


bers  of  the  Commission  appointed 
by  it  another  one  chosen  from  the 
catt-Kory  to  which  the  Conmiis- 
sioner  to  Ih-  rei)Iaced  Iwlonsed. 

\\  hen  the  Commissioners  be 
actually  occupied  in  the  examina- 
tion of  a  <iuesfion  they  shall  re- 
ceive a  compensation  which  will 
he  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the 
High  Contracting  Parties. 

The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be  l)orne  by  the  two 
Governments  in  equal  proportion. 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  Treaty. 


missione  da  Essa  nominate,  con 
iin  altro.  scelto  nella  categoria  alia 
quale  apparteneva  il  Commissario 
da  surrogarsi. 

Ouando  i  Commissari  saranno 
eClettivamente  occupati  nellesa- 
me  di  una  vertenza.  essi  riccve- 
ranno  una  indennita  che  sara 
fissata  di  comune  accordo  fra  le 
Alte  Parti  Contraenti. 

Le  spese  della  Commissione 
saranno  sostenute  dai  due  Go- 
verni  in  parti  eguali.  La  Com- 
missione Internazionale  .sara  no- 
minata  tntro  sei  mesi  dopo  lo 
scambio  delle  ratifiche  di  questo 
Trattato. 


Article  III 
In  case  the   High  Contracting 
Parties  shall   have   failed  to  ad- 
just   a    dispute     by    diplomatic 
methods  or  by  means  of  a  tribu- 
nal of  arbitration,  it  shall  at  once 
be    referred,    either   by   common 
agreement  or  by  one  or  the  other 
party,  to  the  International  Com- 
mission for  investigation  and  re- 
port. 

The  Commission  must  inform 
the  two  Governments  of  the  ,  !tc 
on  which  it  will  begin  its  lab  rs 
inviting  them  to  furnish  it  with 
all  the  documents  and  to  lend  it 
the  cooperation  necessary  for  the 
investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
engage  to  furnish  all  the  docu- 
ments and  to  afford  all  facilities 


Articolo  hi 
Nel  caso  in  cui  Ic  Alte  Parti 
Contraenti    non    abbiano    potuto 
regolare  una  divergenza  per  le  vie 
diplomatiche  o  per  mezzo  di  un 
tnbunale    arbitrale,    questa    sara 
senza    ritardo   sottomcssa,   sia   di 
comune  accordo,  sia  a  cura  del- 
I'una  o  dell'altra  Parte,  alia  Com- 
missione   Internazionale,    per    in- 
chiesta  e  rapporto. 

La  Commissione  dovra  infor- 
mare  i  due  Governi  della  data  alia 
quale  essa  cominciera  i  suoi  lavori 
invi-andoli  a  fornirle  tutti  i  docu-' 
nienti  o  a  prestarle  la  cooperazione 
necessaria  per  I'inchiesta. 

Le  Alte  Parti  Contuenti  s'im- 
pegnano  a  fornire  tutti  i  docu- 
ment!   e    ad    accordare    tutte    Je 


-Mi 


■MP 


ITALY 


57 


for  the  nvestigation  and  the  re- 
port, provided  that  in  their  judg- 
ment this  does  not  conflict  with 
the  laws  or  with  the  supreme  in- 
terests of  the  State,  and  provided 
that  the  interests  and  rights  of 
third  States  shall  not  thereby 
suffer  damage. 

In  the  absence  of  an  agreement 
to  the  contrary  between  the  High 
Contracting  Parties,  the  Commis- 
sion will  itself  adopt  regulations 
governing  its  procedure. 

The  report  of  the  Commission 
must  be  presented  within  a  period 
of  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  may 
have  shortened  or  prolonged  by 
mutual  agreement  this  term.  The 
report  shall  be  prepared  in  tripli- 
cate ;  one  copy  shall  be  presented 
to  each  Government,  and  the  third 
shall  be  placed  in  the  archives  of 
the  Commission. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  to  themselves  the  right  to 
act  independently  on  the  subject 
matter  of  the  dispute  after  the 
Commission  shall  have  presented 
its  report. 

Article  IV 

The  present  Treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 


facilitazioni  per  I'inchiesta  e  il 
rapporto  purche,  a  loro  avviso, 
cio  non  sia  in  conflitto  con  le  leggi 
o  con  gli  interessi  supremi  del 
Pacse  a  purche  gli  interessi  e  i 
diritti  di  terzi  Stati  non  ne  soflf- 
rano  danno. 

Salvo  accordo  contrario  fra  le 
Alte  Parti  Contraenti,  la  Com- 
mis'ione  fissera  essa  medesima  le 
regole  governanti  il  suo  funziona- 
mento. 

II  rapporto  della  Commissione  Timafor 

.,    report. 

dovra  essere  presentato  entro  il 
termine  di  un  anno,  a  partire  dalla 
data  in  cui  essa  dichiarera  che  la 
sua  inchiesta  e  cominciata,  a  meno 
che  le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  non 
abbreviino  o  non  prolunghino  di 
comune  accordo  questo  termine. 
II  rapporto  sara  redatto  in  tre 
esemplari.  uno  di  essi  sara  rimesso 
ad  o<jni  Governo,  ed  il  terzo  sard 
depositato  negli  Archivi  della 
Commissione. 

Le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  si  ri-  independent 
servano  il  diritto  d'agire  in  modo  reserved, 
indipendente  nella  questione 
stessa  che  forma  I'oggetto  della 
vertenza.  dopo  che  la  Commis- 
sione avra  presentato  il  suo  rap- 
porto. 

Articof^  IV 

11  presente  Trattato  sara  rati-  R»tif>cation. 

ficato  dal   Presidente  degli    Stati 

Uniti  d'America,  in  base  al  parere 

e  col  consenso  del  Senato,  e  da 


58 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


the  Senate,  and  by  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  Italy,  and  the  ratifi- 
cations shall  be  exchanged  as  soon 
as  possible. 

The  Treaty  will  come  into  force, 
for  a  period  of  five  years,  imniu- 
diately  after  the  exchange  of  rati- 
fications. It  will  thereafter  re- 
main in  force  for  twelve  months 
more  after  one  of  the  High  Con- 
tracting Tarties  shall  have  noti- 
fied the  other  of  its  intention  to 
ternn'nate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  Treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate  in  the  Eng- 
Ii.sh  and  Italian  languages  at 
\\'ashington  this  fifth  dav  of  .May, 
in  the  year  1914. 


Sm  Alaesta  il  Re  d'ltalia,  e  Ic 
ratiliche  saranno  scambiate  al  piu 
presto  possibile. 

II  Trattato  entrera  in  vigore 
immediatamente  dopo  lo  scanibio 
delle  ratifiche.  Esso  restera,  in 
seguito,  in  vigore  per  dodici  mesi 
dopo  che  I'una  delle  .Alte  Parti 
Contraenti  avra  notificato  all'al- 
tra  la  sua  intenzione  di  mettervi 
fine. 


In  fede  di  che  i  rispcttivi  Pleni- 
potcnziari  hanno  firmato  il  pre- 
sente  trattato  e  vi  hanno  apposto 
i  loro  sigilli. 

Fatto  in  doppio  originale  in  lin- 
.i,'ua  inglese  ed  italiana  il  eiorno 
cnique  Maggio  dell'anno  1914 


William  Jennings  Bryan  [seal] 


tuSANI 


[seal] 


I  The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Italian  Ambassador] 

No.  118.1  p, 

Uepartment  of  State, 

Excellency :  ^Vashington.  September  i8.  '19:3. 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  international  com 

sTarindTt'  f°V"  ^'^  'T'  °^  ^^^  '•  '''''  between  etlnrd 
States  and  Italy,  lookmg  to  the  advancement  of  tlie  general  cause  of 
peace  wth     .^e  time  specified  in  the  treaty,  which  expires   omo  row 

that  tl  r  "V°  ''"F"^  '°""  '^'  '^^"-deration  of  your  Govrnment' 
that  the  time  w.th.n  which  the  organization  of  the  commission  my  be 


iiiimiiii 

■4 


mm 


ITALY 


59 


completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  September  19, 
1915,  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  v ruing,  cf  ihc  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  s"^?''Stion  favonibly,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  africient  to  .e.iv«  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  y  *':-  ^i. -durance  tl.at  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consid- 
eration. 

Robert  Lansing 

His  Excellency 

Count  V.  Macchi  di  Cellere, 

Atnhassador  of  Italy. 


[The  Italian  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 
[Translation] 
No.  3509.]  Royal  Embassy  of  Italy, 

IVashington,  September  i8,  1915. 
Mr.  Secretary  of  State : 

By  note  of  today's  date  Your  Excellency,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  it 
had  not  been  feasible  to  complete  the  Commission  provided  for  in  Arti- 
cle 2  of  the  Convention  of  May  5,  1914.  between  Italy  and  the  United 
States,  for  the  prevention  of  international  conflicts,  and  that,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  time  set  by  the  Convention  for  the  appointment  of  the 
said  Commission  expires  tomorrow,  was  pleased  to  propose  through 
me  to  the  King's  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  Commis- 
sion may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  Sep- 
tember 19,  1915,  to  January  1,  1916.  Your  Excellency  added  that  my 
formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  of  today,  that  the  said 
proposition  is  accepted  by  the  Italian  Government  would  be  regarded 
on  the  part  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  as  sufficient  to 
give  effect  to  the  extension. 

I  have  the  honor  and  hasten,  for  my  part,  to  inform  Your  Excel- 
lency that  my  Government  readily  agrees  to  an  extension  of  the  time 
within  which  the  above  mentioned  Commission  may  be  appointed  until 
January  1,  1916,  and  that  it  also  regards  the  exchange  of  today's  notes 
as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension. 


60 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Macchi  m  Cellere 
To  His  Excellency 

The  Honorable  Robert  Lansing, 

Secretary  of  State, 

fVashington. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Norway  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace' 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 

iiaries. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  King  of  Xorway,  being 
desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds 
of  amity  that  bind  them  together 
and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of 
general  peace,  have  resolved  to 
enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  William  Jennings  Bryan, 
Secretary  of  State  of  the  L'nited 
States;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Xor- 
way, H.  H.  Bryn.  Envoy  Extra- 
ordinary and  Minister  Plenipo- 
tentiary of  Xorvvay  to  the  United 
States ; 


Prasidenten  for  Amerikas  Fore- 
nede   Stater   og    Hans    Majesta;t 
Kongen  av   Norge   har,   besjslet 
av  onsket  oni  at  styrke  de  melleni 
begge     stater     bestaaende     ven- 
skabsbaand      og      samtidig      at 
fremme    fredti    i    almindelighet, 
besluttet    i    dette   oiemed  at   av- 
-slutte   en   traktat   og   har   i   den 
anledning  utnaevnt  til  sine  befuld- 
maegtigede : 

Prassidenten  for  Amerikas  Fore- 
nede  Stater,  William  Jennings 
Bryan,  de  Forenede  Staters  stats- 
sekretaer;  og 

Hans  Majestaet  Kongen  av 
Norge,  H.  H.  Bryn,  Norges  over- 
ordentlige  Utsending  og  befuld- 
maegtigede  Minister  i  de  Forenede 
Stater ; 

President.  October  14.   1914-  ratifieH  1  v  M  .r'w,    ^     .    ' ,      ^,k  "'''^''''  ^V  'he 
.ions  exchanged  at  VVash.nliontS;^.  ^^lU'.  JS^d. 'SctX'/ 22" fc 


IMMI 


NORWAY 


61 


Who,  after  having  conmiuni- 
cated  to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  'n 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upoi. 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them  of  every  nature  whatsoever 
shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  re- 
ferred for  investigation  and  report 
to  a  Permanent  International 
Commission;  provided,  however, 
that  treaties  in  force  between 
the  two  parties  do  not  prescribe 
settlement  by  arbitration  of  such 
dispute. 

The  Commission  shall  be  con- 
stituted in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  next  succeeding  reticle. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin 
hostilities  during  such  investiga- 
tion and  before  the  report  is  sub- 
mitted. 

Article  H 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen 
from  each  country  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country;  the 
fifth   member,   who  shall   be  the 


Hvilke  efter  at  ha  meddelt  hin- 
anden  sine  respektive  fuldmagter, 
som  fandtes  at  vaere  i  behorig 
form,  er  kommet  overens  om  fol- 
gende  artikler : 

Artikel  I 
De  hoje  kontraherende  parter  Pj^p;|{f^d*^o'" 
er  enige  om,  at  alle  stridigheter  f^'^^Jfi^'^, 
mellem  dem,  likegyldig  av  hvilken  Commission, 
art,    som   det   ikke   er   lykkes   at 
bilaegge  ad  diplomatisk  vei,   skal 
forelaegges    en    permanent    inter- 
national   kommission    til    under- 
sokelse  og  betaenkning,  forsaavidt  f„"{^^'jj, 
de  ikke  i  henhold  til  de  mellem  in  force, 
parterne  gjjeldende  traktater  blir 
at  avgjore  ved  voldgift. 

Kommissionen  skal  sammen- 
saettes  paa  den  i  folgende  artikel 
bestemte  maate. 

De  hoie  kontraherende  parter 
er  enige  om  ikke  at  erklaere  krig 
eller  aapne  fiendtligheter  saalaenge 
kommissionens  undersokelse  ikke 
er  tilendebragt  og  dens  betaenk- 
ning avgit. 

Artikel  II 
Den     Internationale     kommis-  international 

Commission. 

sion  skal  bestaa  av  fern  medlem-  Composition, 
mer,  son  opnaevnes  paa  folgende 
maate:  Et  medlem  skal  vaelges 
fra  hvert  land  av  dettes  regjering. 
et  medlem  skal  vaelges  av  hver 
regjering  fra  et  tredje  land.  Det 
femte  medlem,  som  skal  vaere 
knmmissionens  formand.  ska!  vael- 


M 


62 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Expense*. 


Appointment. 


Procedure. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


chairman    of     the    Commission, 
shall  be  chosen  by  common  agree- 
ment  between  the  two   Govern- 
ments,  it   being  understood  that 
he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either 
country  nor  a  resident  in  either 
of  them.    If  an  agreement  is  not 
reached  as  to  this  appointment, 
the  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen 
according  to  the  rules  laid  down 
m   Art.   87   of    the   Convention 
s>gned  at  The  Hague  on  October 
18,  1907,  for  the  Peaceful  Settle- 
ment of  International  Disputes.* 
The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion  shall   be  paid   by   the   two 
Governments  in  equal  proportion. 
The  International  Commission 
shall    be   appointed    within    four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  vacan- 
cies to  be  filled  according  to  the 
manner  of  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 


ges  efter  overenskomst  mellem  de 
to    regjeringer;    han    maa    ikke 
va;re    statsborger    eller    bosat    i 
noget  av  de  to  land.     Hvis  det 
ikke  lykkes  at  komme  til  en  saa- 
dan  overenskomst,  skal  det  femte 
medlem      vaelges      overensstem- 
mende  med  reglerne  i  Art   87  i 
j!",'    fJaag   den    18de   oktober, 
iy07,     undertegnede    konvention 
om   fredelig  bilaeggelse  av  inter- 
national tvistigheter. 


Unless  otherwise  agreed  be- 
tween the  parties,  the  procedure 
of  the  International  Commission 
shall  be  regulated  bv  the  pre- 
scriptions contained  in  Chapter 
III  of  the  Convention  mentioned 
nbove.' 

Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting 

Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 

a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods. 

and  the  dispute  is  not  to  be  set- 


'  rbil:  p.'"^'  "'  ^""^'^  ^°'  •^'  p-  ^^^3. 


Kommissionens  utgifter  skal 
betales  av  de  to  regjeringer  med 
like  dele. 

Den  internationale  kommission 
skal  opnaevnes  inden  utlopet  av 
4  maaneder  efter  utvexlingen  av 
ratifikationerne  av  denne  traktat 
I  tilfaelde  av  ledighet  eller  forfald 
inden   kommissionen,    skal    med- 
lemmer   opnaevnes    efter    samme 
regler,  som  er  gjaeldende  for  den 
oprindelige  opnaevnelse. 

Medmindre  andet  er  avtalt 
mellem  parterne,  skal  procedyren 
ved  den  internationale  kommis- 
sion ske  i  overensstemmelse  med 
reglerne  I  kap.  HI  i  den  oven- 
naevnte  konvention. 

Artikel  hi 

Hvis  det  ikke  lykkes  de  hoie 

kontraherende   parter  at   bilsgge 

en  stnd  gjennem  diplomatisk  for- 

handhng,  og  den  ikke  blir  at  av- 


illMM 


mma 


NORWAY 


63 


tied  by  arbitration,  the  Parties 
shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  investi- 
gation and  report. 

The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  spontaneously 
offer  its  services  to  that  effect, 
and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify 
both  Governments  and  request 
their  cooperation  in  the  investi- 
gation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Pemianent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
as  soon  as  possible  iind  at  the  lat- 
est within  one  year  after  the  date 
on  which  the  Commission  shall 
declare  its  investigation  to  have 
begun,  unless  the  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  shall  extend  or  limit 
the  time  by  mutual  agreement. 
The  report  shall  be  prepared  in 
triplicate:  one  copy  shall  be  pre- 
sented to  each  Government,  and 
the  third  retained  by  the  Commis- 
sion for  its  files. 


gjore  ved  voldgift,  skal  parteme 
straks  henvise  den  til  den  inter- 
nationale  kommission  til  under- 
sokelse  og  betaenkning. 

Den  internationale  kommission 
kan  desuten  tilby  sin  medvirkning 
paa  eget  initiativ  og  i  saa  til  f side 
skal  den  underrette  begge  regje- 
rin-rer  og  anmode  om  deres  bi- 
stand  til  undersokelsen. 

De  hoie  kontraherende  parter 
er  enige  om  at  yde  den  perma- 
nente  internationale  kommission 
alle  hjaelpemidler  og  enhver  bi- 
stand,  som  er  nodvendig  til  fore- 
tagelse  af  undersokelsen  og  avgi- 
velse  av  bataenkningen. 

Den  Internationale  kommis- 
sions  beretning  skal  avgives  sna- 
rest  mulig  og  senest  inden  et  aar 
efter  det  tidspunkt,  paa  hvilket 
den  erklaerer,  at  dens  underso- 
kelse  er  paabegyndt,  med  mindre 
de  hoie  kontraherende  parter  efter 
avtale  forlaenger  eller  begraenser 
dette  tidsrum.  Betsenkningen  skal 
utfaerdiges  i  3  eksemplarer,  av 
hvilke  et  skal  overg-ves  hver  av 
de  to  regjeringer,  det  tredje  skal 
kommissionen  bevare  i  sine  arki- 
ver. 


Time 
for  report. 


Article  IV 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that,  upon  the  receipt  of 
the  report  of  the  International 
Commission,  they  will  immedi- 
ately endeavor  to  adjust  the  dis- 


Artikel  IV 

De  hoie  kontraherende  parter  ^^r^port 
er  enige  om  efter  mottagelsen  av 
den     permanente     Internationale 
kommissions  betaenkning  uophol- 
delig  at  ville  bestraebe  sig  for  at 


T;: 


64 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Right 
reserved. 


Fxchange  of 
ratifications. 


Durati( 


Signatureg. 


pute  directly  between  them  upon 
the  basis  of  the  Commissions 
findmgs.  They  reserve,  however 
the  nght  to  act  independently  on 
the  subject  matter  of  the  dispute 
atter  the  report  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  have  been  submitted. 

Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratmed  by  the  President  of  the 
Ln.ted  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Xorwav 

The  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed at  Washington  as  soon 
ar  i.3ssible. 

The  treaty  shall  take  effect 
■^mediately   after   the   exchange 

of  ratifications  and  shall  continue 
>n  force  for  a  period  of  five  years- 
and  It  shall  thereafter  remain  in' 
force  until  twelve  months  after 
one  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  of  an  intention  to  termi- 
nate  it. 


bilsgge  striden  direkte  mellem  s.V 
Paa  grundlag  av  kommissionens 
betaenkning.  De  forbeholder  sig 
■•"'dlertid  sin  ret  til  at  handle  i 
saken  uavhaengig  av  denne. 


Artikel  V 
Xjervarendc  traktat  skal  rati- 
ficeres  av  J'rssidenten  for  Ameri- 
cas I-orenede  Str.ier  med  raad  oc 
■samtykke  av  staternes  senat,  og 
av  Hans  Majestst  Kongen  av 
Aorge. 

Ratifikationcrne  skal   utveksles 
'     }:^«shington    saa     snart    som 


mulig, 

Traktaten  skal  trade  i  kraft 
umiddelbart  efter  utvekslingen 
av  ratmkationerne  og  skal  forbli 
"kraft  for  et  tidsrum  av  5  aar,  og 
derefter  skal  den  bli  i  kraft  indtil 
"'lopet  av  12  maaneder  efter  at 
en  av  de  hoie  kontraherende  par- 

.rf!"'  ^'  ^^"  ^"d^n  part 
meddelelse  om.  at  den  har  til 
hensigt  at  bringe  den  til  ophor, 


.  "        6>-  'J'-"  in  opnor. 

1"  witness  whereof  the  resner  T;i  i   i      r    . 

tive  plenipotentiaries  have  stnTri  h  ''^''""^''^'^  ^erav  har  de  to 

the  present  treaty  and  havfaf  „'f' ^"^f '^^^^         undertegnet 

fix^H  ».,„,„.._.- ./.    "^.naveaf-  naervaerende    trakat    og   paatrykt 

sit   SPtrl  ' 


hxed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate,  in  the  Fng- 
I'sh  and  Norwegian  languages 
at  Washington,  this  24th  day  of 
June.  1914. 

fsEAL]     William  Jennings  Bryan 

I  SEAL  I       HeL.MER  H.   Brvn 


sit  segl. 
Git   i   to   eksemplarer  paa   en- 

Selsk  og  norsk  i  Washington  den 
24  Juni.  1914. 


NORWAY 


65 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Nonveg'uin  MinHer] 

Department  of  S     te, 
Washington,  January  ,     1015. 

My  dear  Mr.  Minister. 

Replying  to  your  Government's  telegram,  of  January  4th,  1915,  and 
communicated  to  this  Department  on  January  7th,  1915,  I  beg  to  sug- 
gest that  the  two  Governments  agree  that  unless  the  appointment  of 
the  Commission  is  completed  by  February  21st,  1915,  the  time  be  ex- 
tended by  mutual  agreement  until  the  contracting  parties  are  able  to 
complete  the  selection. 

If  your  Government  agrees  to  this,  a  favorable  answer  taken  in  con- 
nection with  this  note  will  be  regarded  as  an  agreement. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consid- 
eration. 

W.  J.  Bryan 

His  Excellency 

Mr.  H.  H.  Bryn, 

Minister  of  Norway. 


[The  Norwegian  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Legation  of  Norway, 
Washington,  D.  C,  January  iz,  19 15. 

Mr.  Secretary  of  State, 

In  the  note  Your  Excellency  addressed  to  me  on  the  7th  instant 
Your  Excellency  suggested  that  the  Norwegian  and  the  American  Gov- 
ernments agree  that  unless  the  appointment  of  the  Commission  men- 
tioned in  Art.  II  of  the  Treaty  signed  on  June  24,  1914,  is  completed 
by  February  21st,  1915,  the  time  be  extended  by  mutual  agreement 
until  the  contracting  parties  are  able  to  complete  the  selection. 

Your  Excellency  added  that  if  the  Norwegian  Government  agrees 
to  this,  a  favorable  answer  taken  in  connection  with  the  said  note  would 
be  regarded  as  an  agreement. 

In  reply  to  the  said  note  I  have  been  instructed  by  my  Government 
to  inform  Your  Excellency  that  my  Government  agrees  to  the  sugges- 
tions set  forth  in  the  note,  and  that  an  agreement  thus  is  concluded. 


■  1   ■ 


B   ■rtJi- 


ili 


66 

Plea 
consideration. 


PERFECTED  TI(I:aTIES 


se  accept,  Mr.  Secretary  of  State   thn 

-'^■'-  ^       ^"'^'-  '^"^  '■'^surance.s  of  „,y  higl,e.<=t 


Mi.s  J'l.xccllency. 

Hon.  W.  J.  Brva.v. 

Secretary  of  State 

etc.     etc.     etc. 


H.  Bry.v 


Contracting 
Powers. 


PlenipotcTi- 
tiarics. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Paraguay  for  the  AH 

ment  of  General  Peace'  Advance- 


%t^     r'\"f  ^»'crica  and  the 
Republic  of  Paragvay. 

The   United  States  of  America 
and   the    Republic   of    Paraguay 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that    purpose    and    to    that    end 
have  appointed  as  their  plenipo- 
tentiaries ; 

<:,?^  t?"''"^^"*  °^  'he  United 
States,  H,,s  Excellency  Daniel  V 
Mooney.  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Mmister  Plenipotentiary;  and 


Untdos  de  Anurica  v  la  Rebti- 
blica  del  Paraguay.  ^ 

Los  Estados  Unidos  de  America 
y  la  Republica  del  Paraguay,  en 
el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos 
de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  tam- 
bien  fomentar  la  causa  de  la  Paz 
general,  han  resuelto  celebrar  un 

Iratadoconeseobjeto.acuyofin 
han  nombrado  como  sus  Plcnino- 
tenciarios : 


EI  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Lnidos,  a  Su  Excelencia  Mr. 
Damel  !•.  Mooney,  Enviado  Ex- 
traordmario  y  Ministro  Plenipo- 
tenciano,  y 

EI  Presidente  del  Paraguay  a 
Su  Excelencia  Don  Manuel  Gon- 
dra,  Mmistro  de  Relaciones  Ex- 
teriores ; 


The  President  of  Paraguay.  His 
Excellency    D.    Manuel    Gondra, 

Minister  of  Foreign  Relations- 


PARAGUAY 


67 


Who,  after  having  communi- 
caied  to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 

Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  Article;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  in- 
vestigation, and  before  the  report 
is  submitted. 


(Juienes,  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  sus  respectivos  Ple- 
nos  Poderes,  que  encontraron  en 
debida  forma,  han  convenido  en 
los  articulos  siguientes : 

ArtIculo  I 
Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Di»puie»tobe 

submitted  tu 

convienen  que  todas  las  cuestiones  intemationii 

'  Commission 

entre  ellas,  de  cualquier  natura-  fpr  iavrsiigj- 

'  tion  and 

leza  que  fuesen,  que  no  hubiescii  report, 
podido  ser  resueltas  por  la  via 
diplomatica,  deberdn  ser  someti- 
das  para  su  investigacion  e  in- 
forme  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional,  la  cual  debera  constituirse 
en  la  forma  que  prescribe  el  arti- 
culo  .^iguiente;  y  acuerdan  no  de- 
clarar  la  guerra  o  iniciar  las  hos- 
t'Udades  durante  tal  investiga- 
cion y  antes  de  que  el  informe  les 
sea  sometido. 


f:       i 

?■  t 

I! 

I 
i 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mei 
bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  The  expenses  shall 
be  paid  by  the  two  Governments 
in  equal  proportion. 

The   International   Commission 


Articulo  II 
La  Comision  Internacional  de-  international 

Commission. 

bera  componerse  de  cinco  mieni-  Composition, 
bros,  nombrados  en  la  forma  si- 
guiente :  un  mienibro  sera  designa- 
do  de  cada  pais,  por  su  respective 
Gobiemo ;  un  miembro  debera  ser 
designado  por  cada  Gobierno,  de 
un  tercer  pais;  el  quinto  sera  de- 
signado de  comtin  acuerdo  por  los 
dos  Gobiemos.  Los  gastos  de  la 
Comision  deberan  ser  pagados  por  Expenses. 
los  dos  Gobiemos,  en  igual  pro- 
porcion.  La  Comision  Interna- 
cional debera  ser  nonibrada  den-  Appointment. 


f 


68 


I'ulif*  of 
Commission. 


Time  for 
report. 


action 
resfrvrd. 


^lull  be.  appoinifd  within  the  four 
■"on.hs  ,olloui„jj  the  exchange  of 
'he  ratihcalions  of  this  treaty 
and  vacancies  shall  be  tilje-j  ac- 
•"■^rdniy  to  the  manner  of  the 
onjjinal  appointment. 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


•J'^  dc  los  cuatro  meses  sijfuientes 
-^i  canje  de  ratificaciones  de  este 
ratado  y  las  vacantes  seran 
llenadas  en  la  misma  forma  del 
iiombraniiento  original. 


Article  IJI 
J"  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods 
hey  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Comnnssion  for  in- 
vestigation and  report. 

The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  act  upon  its  own 
>n.t.at,ve.  and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and 
request  their  cooperation  in 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  It  shall  declare  its  investi- 
ga  ion    to    have    been    initiated. 

unless  the  hign  contracting  parties 
^hall  protract  the  term  by  mutual 
consent  The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copv  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  archives 


The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter 
of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
submitted. 


Articulo  111 

Hn  caso  de  que  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  no  hubiesen  podido 
arreglar    u.m    cuestion    por    los 
"'cdios  diplomaticos,  deberan  in- 
niediatamente  referirla  a  la  Comi- 
s.on  Internacional  para  su  inves- 
■gaconeinforme.    U  Comisi6n 
Internacional     puede.     sin     em- 
bargo,  obrar  por  propia   inicia- 
"va.  y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar 
a  ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacionenlainvestigacion. 

El  mforme  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional debera  estar  comple- 

tadodentrodeunaiiodespuesde 
'a  fecha  en  que  haya  declarado 
haber  miciado  sus  trabajos.  a 
menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  Con- 
tratantes  dilatasen  el  termino  por 
niutuo  consentimiento.  El  in- 
forme  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triphcado;  un  ejemplar  debera 
ser  presentado  a  cada  Gobiemo 

y  el  tercero  retenido  por  la  Comi- 
sion en  sus  archivos. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  la  ma 
teria  asunto  de  la  discusion.  des- 
Pues  que  el  informe  de  la  Comi- 
sion les  haya  sido  sometido 


\\ 


•TiTnfifiiaawHiiBi 


rARACLAV 


m 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  RepubHc  of  Paraguay, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Congress 
thereof ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications, 
and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a 
period  of  five  years,  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
one  year  after  one  of  the  high  con- 
tracting parties  have  given  notice 
to  the  other  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signeo 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Asuncion  on  the 
twenty-ninth  of  August,  in  the 
year  of  our  T-X)rd  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  fourteen. 

Daniel 


ArtIculo  IV 
F*  nresentc  Tratado  sera  ratifi-  Rtiifintion 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado,  y  por  el  President- 
del  Paraguay,  con  la  aprobacion 
del  Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjc.idas  tan  pronto 
como  sea  posible.  Entrara  en 
vigor  inmediatamente  despues  del 
canje  de  ratificaciones,  y  regira. 
por  un  periodo  de  cinco  anos; 
pero  se  considerara  prorrogada  su  D„„,io„ 
vigencia  hasta  tanto  no  lo  de- 
nuncie  una  de  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  con  un  ano  de  an- 
ticipacion. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Sigmturei. 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Asuncion,  el  dia 
veinte  y  nueve  de  .Agosto  del  ano 
mil  novecientos  catorce. 


F.    MOONEV 


M.  GONDRA 


[seal] 
[seal] 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Minister  of  Paragrmy] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  16,  19J5 

Sir: 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  August  29,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Paraguay,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  ot  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner, 


"0 


frKKFCTED  TREAIIKS 


the  l^araguayan   Commissioners  and  the    foinf  Tn       • 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing  thit  vn„r  r 
«he  suggestion  favorably,  w.ll  be  relrded   ^ ""',  .^'^^''•^"'"'■"t  receives 
as  sufficient  to  give  eff.Tt    ,    »h.      f  ""  •■"'  ^'"^'''•"'"eMfs  part 

ccive  vour  assurance  fha     tX  k''"""'  ""'  ^  '''^^"  "^^  ^'-'l  *«  re- 
^j^^  that  .t  u!ll  be  so  regarded  by  your  Government 

Accep..  Sir,  tbe  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 
Mr.  Hector  VelXzqvez.  R'-'Ui.kt  L.x.ssi.nc 

Tlie  Minister  of  Paraguay. 


\'''>^'  ^'""SHl-Gcneral  of  Para.juay  t. 


Sir: 


the  Sccritarx  of  State \ 
^'ovember  22,  ig,^ 


S"ay.  suggesting  an  ext  nsion  unH  "  '  "''"'^'  ^^fi"-^"  of  Para- 
con,pIetion  of  tlfe  iLrnaZ'  Tn  •'"""'  ^^''''''^-  ^^'^'  ^^^  «'- 
At,gust  twentv-nmth  9  4 Tbet  trar"",f ™":'*^'  '"^  ^'^'^  '^-=^'>-  "^ 
Velizque^.  I  con,m,micat  d  with  t  e  f  '''  '''  '"  ''^  ^''^^"^  ^^  D- 
-  follows :     "Unsing  su^       exchanr"?""'  "'  ^'"'""°"  ^"^  ^'^^'^ 

Vour  E.xcellencvs  note  w^  be  rCtd"?     '' ■'"  ''''  """^^'^^  '^^^ 
extension.  ^  ''^  ''^^''^'''^  ^'  S'^ing  ful!  eflfect  to  such 

I  have  the  honor  to  be.  Sir 

V'ery  respect.\..Iy, 

To  the  HononWc  Robekt  Lansing  ^"'  ^^''''•"'^^  ^'«"f 

■S-frr./arv  of  State,  Washington,  D.  C. 


.jmemm 


PERU 


71 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Peru  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace' 


1  lie  L  iiilcU  Slati'.i  of  America 
and  the  Ucpublic  nl  I'tru,  with 
the  eariii-st  desire  to  strengthen 
their  bonil>  ol  friendship  and  to 
contribute  to  the  development  of 
the  spirit  of  universal  peace,  have 
resolved  upon  the  celebration  of  a 
treaty  containini;  the  rules  for  the 
practice  of  these  hiyh  proposals 
and  tu  that  end  have  nominated 
as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  i  .  jd 
States,  Uenton  McMillin,  l-lnvoy 
Extraordinary  and  Minister  I'len- 
ipotentiary  of  the  L'nited  States 
in  Peru;  and 

The  I'resideni  of  Peru.  Doctor 
J.  Fernando  (lazzani.  Minister  ui 
Foreifjn  Relations; 


Who.  after  havini;  examined 
their  full  powers,  which  were 
found  in  due  form,  have  aijreed 
upon  the  tollowing  articles ; 


I -a  Repiiblica  del  Peril  y  los  Es-  Conir»ctin|[ 

'  ^  Powers. 

tados  L'nidos  de  .\iiierica,  con  el 
aiihelo  de  estrechar  sus  vinculos 
de  amistad  y  de  contrib>iir  al  de- 
>.irrollo  del  espiritu  de  paz  uni- 
\i  rsal.  han  resuelto  la  celebracion 
de  uii  I  latado  que  contenga  las 
re^las  para  la  practica  de  estos 
elevados  projMJsitos ;  y,  al  efeclo. 
han  noinbrado  como  sus  plenipo- 
tencia.  ios : 

i'.\  Presidente  del  Peni,  al  stuor  I'ltmpoteu- 

<  1  I      ■-  -  tliriM. 

doctor  don  J.  I-err  !  '  azzani. 
Ministro  de  Kelacio..  .  i  xterio- 
res ;  y 

F.l  I  'residente  de  los  Estados 
L'nidos.  el  sefior  P.enton  McMil- 
lin. I-]nviado  i-'xtraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de  los 
Estados  L'nidos  en  el  Peru ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  examinar 
sus  respectivos  plenos  poderes, 
que  encontraron  en  debida  forma, 
han  convenido  en  los  articulos 
siijuientes : 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  previ- 
ous arbitration  treaties  or  agree- 


Articl'Lo  I 
Eas  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Di«puie«tobr 

.  11.  submitted  to 

acuerdan   que  todas   las   desave-  international 

...  ,  Commiuion 

nencias.  de  cualquiera  naturaleza  forinve«iga- 
que  ellas  sean.  y  que  en  el  hecho  report, 
o  por  los  terminos  de  tratados  de 


>  r.  .V.  Statutes  at  I.arfic.  vol.  39.  pt.  2,  p.  1611.  .Sipned  at  Lima.  July  14,  1914; 
ratification  advisod  bv  the  Senate,  .Vugiist  20,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President. 
Dtccmt;rr  1.  I?!!;  ratified  hy  Peru.  Jar.uary  26.  1913;  ralificalioiib  exchaiiKcd 
at  Lima.  March  4,  191S;  proclaimed,  March  6,  1915. 


I 

m 


72 


PERl-ECTED  TREATIES 


Inttrnatiiina; 
Commusion. 
Composition. 


nients  do  not  apply  i„  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall 
Hhen  diplomatic  methods  of  ad- 
justment have  failed,  be  referred 
or  investigation  and  report  to  an 
fnternational   Commission,   to   be 
constituted    in   the    manner   pre- 
^^cnbed  in  the  next  succeeding  ar- 
ticle; and  they  agree  not  to  de- 
dare  war  or  begin  hostilities  dur- 
'ns  such  investigation  and  before 
the  report  is  submitted 


arbitraje  existentes  no  esten  com- 
prendidas   en   sus   estipulaciones. 

y  que  no  hayan  podido  arreglarse 
Por  la  via  diplomatica,  seran 
somet.das,  para  su  investigacion 
e  mforme,  a  una  Comision  Inter- 
"ac.onal  constituida  de  la  manera 

Prescritaenelsiguientearticulo- 
y  convienen  en  no  declararse  la 
«uerra  o  empezar  las  hostilidades 
durante  el  periodo  de  la  investi- 
gaaon  y  antes  de  sometido  el 
•nforme. 


Article  If 
The  International  Commission 
•^hall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
i)ers,  two  named  by  each  one  of 
the  respective  Governments  and 
one  named  jointly  by  them.  The 
designations  made  by  each  Gov- 
ernment can  only  devolve  one  on 

a  citizen  of  the  State  itself  and  the 
other  on  a  citizen  of  a  third  coun- 
try. The  designation  of  the  fifth 
member  can  not  devolve  upon  a 
citizen  of  either  of  the  two  inter- 
ested nations. 


r^^ach  of  the  High  Contracting 
f  arties  reserves  to  itself  the  right 
to  withdraw  its  two  Commission- 
ers, or  one  of  them,  before  the  ini- 
tiation of  the  investigations,  and 
withm  the  same  period,  to  with- 
draw  Its  agreement  to  the  joint 
designation  of  the  fifth  member 
in  these  cases,  they  shall  proceed 


ARTfcULO  II 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera  componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
t^ros:  dos  de  nombrainiento  por 
«da     uno     de     los     respectivos 
Gobiemos,   y   uno   por   nombra- 
niiento  de  comiin  acuerdo  entre 
ambos.     Las     designaciones    co- 
rrespondientes   a  cada   Gobierno 
han  de  recaer,  de  modo  preeiso 
una    en    ciudadano    del    propio 
t'Stado.  y  la  otra  en  nacional  de 
"n    tercer   pais.     U    designation 
del  qmnto  miembro  no  podra  re- 
caer en  ciudadano  de  ninguna  do 
las  dos  Xaciones  interesadas 

Cada  una  dc  las  Altas  Partes 
Lontratantes  se  reserva  el  derecho 
de  separar  a  sus  dos  comisiona- 
dos  o  a  uno  solo  de  ellos,  antes  de 
'a    instauracion    de    las    investi- 

^ciones;y.dentrodeestemismo 
termino.  el  de  retirar  su  con- 
sentimiento  al  comun  acuerdo 
sohrc   h    designacion    del   quinto 


PERU 


73 


to  replace  them  according  to  the 
forms  above  laid  down. 


During  the  period  of  investiga- 
tion the  Commissioners  shall  re- 
ceive such  pecuniary  compensa- 
tion as  shall  be  agreed  upon  by 
the  High  Contracting  Parties. 

The  Commission,  whose  ex- 
penses shall  be  met  in  equal  parts 
by  the  two  Governments,  shall  be 
appointed  a  short  time  after  the 
exchange  of  the  ratifications  of 
the  Treaty;  and  to  provide  for 
possible  vacancies  on  it,  the  same 
rules  shall  be  applied  as  in  the 
original  designations. 


uiiembro.  En  estas  eventualida- 
des,  deben  proceder  a  los  re- 
emplazos  en  las  formas  ante- 
riormente  previstas. 

For  el  tiempo  de  la  invcstiga-  compenMtion. 
cion,   loj  comisionados   recibiran 
las    compensaciones    pecuniarias 
que    acuerden   las    Altas    Partes 
Contratantes. 

La  Comision,  cuyos  gastos  co-  Exi«n»*i. 
rresponderan  por  iguales  partes  a 
los  dos  Gobiernos,  sera  designada 
en  breve  plazo,  despues  del  canje  Appointment, 
de  las  ratificaciones  de  este  Tra- 
tado ;  y  para  proveer  las  vacantes 
posibles  en  ella,  son  aplicables  las 
mismas  reglas  de  los  nombra- 
mientos  originarios. 


Article  III 

The  questions  which  divide  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  should 
they  be  incapable  of  solution  by 
diplomatic  means,  shall  be  sub- 
mitted immediately  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  its  inves- 
tigation and  report. 

The  International  Commi.ssion 
may,  however,  by  unanimous 
agreement,  spontaneously  offer 
its  services  to  that  effect,  and  in 
such  case  it  shall  notify  both 
Governments,  and  request  their 
cooperation  in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  International 
Commission  all  means  and  all 
facilities  for  the  investigation  and 
report. 


ARTfCULO  III 

Las  cuestiones  que,  dividiendo  ?„"^S'i2don. 
a  las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes, 
resulten  insolubles  por  la  via 
diplomatica,  seran  sometidas  in- 
niediatamente  a  la  Comision 
Intemacional  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  infomie. 

r^  Comision  Intemacional  pue- 
de,  sin  embargo,  por  acuerdo 
unanime,  ofrecer  espontanea- 
mente  sus  servicios  con  tal  objeto, 
y  en  ese  caso  lo  notificara  a 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  les  pedira  su 
cooperacion  para  la  investigacion. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Facilities 

.    .  1        i"         '°^  invcsti- 

acuerdan    suministrar    a    la    Co-  gition,  etc. 
mision  Intemacional  todos  los  me- 
dios  y  todas  las  facilidndes  para 
la  investigacion  y  el  informe. 


I 


74 


rime  for 
reiHjii. 


Kaiiiiiation. 


Duration, 


The  report  Shall  be  presented  i„ 
the  maximum  period  of  one  yea 
Jut  the  High  Contracting  "Lt  1 

eLTdl'=^"°^''-^^^-e" 
extend  this  period      ru^ 

^hall  appear  i'nt^reecopt."'"^ 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


■*i(rnature». 


r^  J,  ^°P'^'  ^o"-  »s  archives 
and  dehver  the  other  two  to  the 
^Governments  interested 

^he  High  Contracting  Parties 

;^'th   m   the  investigations  after 
the  Kssue  of  the  report. 


Article  IV 

The  ratifications  of  this  Tr„,, 

;hall  ben.de  by  the  pltSdlnT^' 

the  Cnued  States  of  America  bv 
and  w,h  ,he  advice  and  c^sen 

den    of,^:;--^^^^/hePres.- 
f7r  shaS™ ::  ;:ra^;S'- 

-«cations^^shai?;rpir:: 

soon  as  possible,  and  immeSatet 

theeni7^u"°^°^'^^^3'ears,at 
the  end  of  which  it  will  remain  in 
effect  until  twelve  monthr    t 
the  day  on  which  one  of  the  PaT 

t.esadvses  the  other  of  its  int: 
"on  of  terminating  it 

In  witness  whereof,  we  the  re 

^Pecfve     plenipotentiaries     have" 


W  mforme  debcra  presentarse 
en  el  plazo  maxinio  de  un  an..- 

tantts,  por  mutuo  acuerdo.  pue- 
Jn  restrmgirlo  o  extenderb.'^  £, 
informe  constara   en    tre^   .; 
plares.  ^'^  ^jem- 

La  Comision  debe  do  rr>„, 

"- .  <^^  'OS  ejen.  ,trr:: 

a  Jos  Gobiernos  intere.sados. 

f^s.Altas   Partes  Contrafantes 
^e  reservan  el  derecho  de  obra, 
■ndependientemente    en    la    cu  ^ 
^'.«"    nuteria    de    las    investSa 
c'ones.  despues  de  la  evn.H 
del  informe  exped.cio., 


ARTfcULO  IV 

I -as  ratificaciones  de  este  Tri 
ta  o  -se  haran  por  el   Pre^d'n  J 
del  Peru,  s,  el  Poder  Legislative^ 
Prestase  su  voto  aprobator^'c 
arreglo  a  la  Constitucion  y  a  las 
'eyes ;  y  por  el  Presidente  de  lo 
J^^tados    Unidos  de  America    d^ 

-nerdoyconelconsemimino 
dd  Senado.  VA  canje  de  las  rati- 
ficaciones   debera    reah^arse    tan 

pronto  como  sea  posible;  enme- 
d-^tatne  te  despues  producira  Z 

rratadosusefectos  por  el  plazo  de 
c'nco  anos.  vencido  el  cual  nlJ,! 
contint^ra   en    vigor   Cl  'd    e" 

ae  las  Partes  avise  a  la  otra  su 
Propositodeponerletermino 

Pleni„n;'^''"'"''''"-''"^'-«"'tos 
nempotencnnos  !o  ban  firmado. 


owl 


rOKTUGAL 


75 


signed    the    present    treaty,    in 
duplicate,    in    the    English    and 
Spanish  languages  and  have  here- 
unto affixed  our  respective  seals. 
Done  at  Lima  the   fourteenth 
day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred 
and  fourteen. 
Benton  McMillin         [seal] 
J.  FERN.^Nno  Gazzani     [seal] 


por  duplicado,  en  castellano  e 
ingles,  poniendo  sus  respectivos 
sellos. 

Hecho  en  Lima,  el  catorce  de 
Julio  del  afio  mil  novecientos 
catorce. 

I  seal]     J.  Fernando  Gazzani 
[seal]     Benton  McMillin 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Portugal  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace' 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Portuguese  Republic, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  p^iTM)se,  and  to  that  end 
ha"  'nted  as  their  Plenipo- 

tc  . 

resident  of  the  United 
Std  .  America:  His  Excel- 
lency Colonel  Thomas  H.  Birch, 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minis- 
ter Plenipotentiary  of  the  United 
States  of  America  near  the  Por- 
tuguese Republic; 


O     Presidente     da     Repiiblica  <'»ntracting 

T^  Towers. 

Portuguesa  e  o  Presidente  dos 
Estados  Unidos  da  America,  de- 
sejando  consolidar  os  laqos  de 
amizade  que  os  unem  e  promover 
tambem  a  causa  da  paz  geral, 
resolveram  celebrar  um  Tratado 
para  esse  fim  c  nomearam  sens 
Plenipotenciarios : 


O     Presidente     da     Republica  ritnipoten- 
Portuguesa:  Sua  Ex.*  o  Dr.  An- 
tonio  Caetano    Madeira    Jiinior, 
Ministro    dos    Negocios    Estran- 
geiros ; 


'  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38.  pt.  2,  p.  1847.  Signed  at  Lisbon,  February 
4,  1914 ;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914 ;  ratified  by  Portugal, 
September  26,  1914;  ratified  by  tlie  President,  October  21,  1914;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  October  24,  1914;  proclaimed,  October  27,  1914. 


n  It 

•  i 


h  [ 
ii  ( 

I'  i 


t  !, 


76 


g;ese  Rep..bhc:  His  Excellency 
Y^-    Antonio    Caetano    Macie.v; 


PEWECIEO  KEATIEs 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
Internaeioiial 

for  investiga- 
tion and 
fetort. 


International 

J-ommission. 

composition 


^  f"JI  powers,  found  to  be  ,„ 

Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Part.V 
agree   that   nil     i-  *"   '^*"'^* 

them    of   /  P"'"   "^^^^n 

eve^'to  ..""^  ""^""-^  ^hatso- 
r,  :  *°  ^''^  settlement  of  which 
previous    arbitration    treatie     or 

nonal  Commission,  to  be  rnncf 
tilted    in   thf.   .V,  consti- 

-n    the    next  "J  P'^^*^"''^^' 

"pott  is  submitted.  "" 


™    da    America:    Sua    Ex-   „ 
Coronal   Thomas   H.   Lt,!. 
ll""  E«ra„rdi„ari.  e  Mikt" 

»-n.So'^;t,s'"'""™ 

s-p-«es:::L::r'a:: 

"'"gos  e  OS  assmaram. 


Artigo  I 

^s£7T  *- » 

Comisst  interntrr^'  ^  "'"^ 
constituida   pl'S  J"?  -- 

^^-•^'doapresentadaainformagao 


Article  ir 
The   International   CommJcc-  Artigo  II 

-.?i'C.  utM  meinbro 


PORTUGAL 


n 


One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country;  the 
fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  by 
common  agreement  between  the 
two  Governments,  it  being  un- 
derstood that  he  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  country.  The 
expenses  of  the  Commission  shall 
be  paid  by  the  tv  ^<  Governments 
in  equal  proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


de  cada  um  dos  paises,  escolhido 
pelo  respectivo  Govemo ;  um 
membro  escolhido  por  cada  um 
dos  Govenios  em  qualquer  ter- 
ceiro  pais;  o  quinto  membro 
sera  escolhido  de  comum  acordo 
entre  os  dois  Governos.  ficando 
entendido  que  nao  sera  cidadao 
de  nenhum  dos  paises.  As  des- 
pesas  da  Comissao  serao  pagas  Expen«ei. 
pelos  dois  Governos  em  igual 
proporgao. 

A  Comissao  Internacional  sera  Appointment. 
nomeada  dentro  de  seis  meses  de- 
pois  da  troca  das  ratificagoes  deste 
Tratado,  e  as  vagas  serao  preenchi- 
das  de  acordo  com  a  forma  da 
nomeagao  original. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  spontaneously  offer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
ments and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and   facilities  re- 


Artigo  III 
No  caso  em  que  as  Altas  Partes  outiet  o» 

_  .  Commission. 

Lontratantes  nao  tiverem  conse- 
guido  solucionar  um  litigio  pelos 
meios  diplomaticos,  submete-lo  hao 
imediatamente  a  Comissao  Inter- 
nacional para  investig^gao  e  infor- 
maqao.  A  Comissao  Internacional 
pode,  contudo,  oferecer  esponta- 
neamente  os  seus  services  para 
aquele  fim,  e,  em  tal  caso,  fa-lo  ha 
saber  a  ambos  os  Governos  e  soli- 
citara  a  cooperaqao  deles  na  in- 
vestigagao. 

As  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
concordam  em  fortiv.. .:  a  Comis- 
sao Internacional  Permanente  to- 
dos  OS  meios  e  facilidades  requeri- 


Facilities  for 
Investigation. 


78 


I'EKFECTED  TKEATIKS 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reser\-ed. 


quired    for   its   investigation   and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commis     n    shall    be   completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.    The  report  shall 
be    prepared    in    triplicate;    one 
copy  shall  be  presented   to  each 
Government,    and    the    third    re- 
tained by  the  Commission  for  its 
files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen<l- 
ently  on  the  subject  matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  suo- 
mitted. 


das  para  a  sua  investigagao  e  in- 

formagao. 
A  informagao  da  Comissao  In- 

ternacional  estara  terminada  den- 
tro  de  urn  ano  depois  da  data  em 
que  declare  ter  comegado  a  sua 
investiga(:ao,  salvo  se  as  Altas 
Partes  Contratantcs,  por  niutuo 
acordo,  limitareni  ou  alargarem  o 
prazo.  A  informagao  sera  feita 
em  triplicado;  unia  copia  sera 
apresentada  a  cada  um  dos  Gover- 
nos,  e  a  terceira  conservada  pela 
Comissao  para  os  sens  arquivos. 

As  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
reservam-se  o  direito  de  proceder 
independentemente  no  assunto 
sujeito  do  litigio  depois  de  Ihes  ter 
sido  apresentada  a  informagao  da 
Comis.sao. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the     President    of    the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Portuguese  Republic 
in  accordance  with  the  constitu- 
tional laws  of  the  Republic:  and 
the     ratifications     shall     be     ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.     It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of  five  years:  and  it  shall  there- 
after remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months   after  one  of  the   High 


Artigo  IV 
O  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado    pelo    Presidente    da    Repii- 
blica    Portuguesa.     em    harmonia 
com    as    leis    constitucionais    da 
Republica,  e  pelo  Presidente  dos 
Estados  Unidos  da  America,  por 
conselho  e  com  o  consentimento 
do  Senado  da  Republica,  e  as  rati- 
ficagoes   serao   trocadas   no   mais 
breve  prazo  possivel.    Entrara  em 
vigor    imediatamente    depois    da 
troca    das    ratificaqoes.    subsistira 
pelo  espaQo  de  cinco  anos,  e  con- 
tinuara  dai  por  diante  em  vigor 
ate  doze  meses  depois  de  uma  das 
Altas  Partes  Contratantes  ter  no- 


PORTUGAL 


79 


Contracting   Parties   have    given     tificado  a  outra  a  inteni^ao  de  Ihe 
notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention     fazer  cessar  os  efeitos. 
to  terminate  it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive Plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate,  in  the  English 
and  Portuguese  languages,  at  Lis- 
bon, this  4th  day  of  February  one 
thousand  nine  hundred  anu  four- 
teen. 

fsEAL]     Thos. 
[seal]     .\nt° 


Em  fe  do  que  os   respectivos  Signiturei. 
Plenipotenciarios  assinaram  o  pre- 
sente  Tratado  e  Ihe  apuseram  os 
seus  selos. 

Feito  em  duplicado,  nas  linguas 
portuguesa  e  inglesa,  em  Lisboa 
aos  4  dias  de  Fevereiro  de  mil 
novecentos  e  quatorze. 

H.  Birch 
Macieira  Jr. 


[  The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Minister  of  Portugal] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  i6,  1915. 
Sir: 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  February  4,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Portugal,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  of  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner, 
the  Portuguese  Commissioners  and  the  Joint  Commissioner  being 
named,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of  your 
Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Com- 
mission may  be  completed  be  extended  from  April  24,  1915,  to  April 
24,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansing 

Viscount  de  Alte, 

The  Minister  of  Portugal. 


80 

i-i:i;i-i;rTi:i)  trkatiks 

[The  Portuguese  Minuter  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Legacao   DE    PORTICAL    NOS    FsTADOS    U.N.DOS 

Sir:  li  aslnngton.  Kor-ember  i6th,  /p/5. 

of  Ihe  time  within  „,,icl,  Ih,  „„?  .  ',  ''•  '°  '^P'''  ^-l.  1916, 
".i-ion  provided  t„  ,  , .  S"  l™  °'  '"'  '"'"nationa,  Com. 
Portugal  and  the  fnitd  S,,,,  ? V  '^''""">'  •••  19".  betwee,, 
.»„a,  can.  „,  peLrmi'SXt:?  ""  '"  "'""""-  »'  "'= 

The  Honourable  Robert  Lansing.  "^"^ 

i"f<rrr/ar3-  0/  State,  etc..  etc.,  etc. 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Tr»^  b«„„.  ...  unit.  S.^^,.d  «„..  ,„  ^  ,,,__. 


^'■''"'>'  /«'■  the  settlement  of  dis- 
putes. ' 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  Emperor  of  all  the  Rus- 
sias,  desiring  to  strengthen  the 
friendly  relations  which  unite 
their  countries  and  to  serve  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  de- 


Traitc  pour  \e  rbglement  des  li- 
tiges. 

U  President  des  Etats  Unis 
d  Amerique  et  Sa  Majeste  TEm- 
pereur  de  Toutes  les  Russies,  desi- 
rant  affirmer  les  relations  amicales 
<|ui  unissent  leurs  deux  pays  et 
servir  la  cause  de  la  paix  generale. 
ont  decide  de  conclure  un  Traite  a 

ySept^^hir'%ym^^^^^^^^^  Signed  at  VVashinpton  October 

fied  by  the  Pre  ide^;  Januarv  23    loYf^  ^h'^^  ^'"^'''  0"°'^"  13    191?    "ari^ 
-.cation.  e.cban.;d^:."^^^^|^-t^-^^^^^^ 


RUSSIA 


81 


cided  to  conclude  a  Treaty  for 
these  purposes  and  have  conse- 
quently appointed  their  Plenipo- 
tentiaries designated  hereinafter, 
to  wit : 

The  President  of  the  L'nited 
States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States ; 
and 

His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of  all 
the  Russias,  His  Excellency  G. 
BakhmeteflF,  Master  of  His  Court 
and  His  Ambassador  Extraordi- 
nary and  Plenipotentiary  to  the 
United  States  of  America ; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each 
other  their  Full  Powers  found  to 
be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles : 

Article  I 
Any  differences  arising  between 
the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Im- 
perial Government  of  Russia, 
of  whatever  nature  they  may 
be,  shall,  when  diplomatic  pro- 
ceedings have  failed,  be  sub- 
mitted for  examination  and  repo:  t 
to  a  Permanent  International 
Commission  constituted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  in  the  follow- 
ing article;  likewise  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  agree  not  to 
resort,  with  respect  to  each  other, 
to  any  acts  of  force  during  the 
examination  to  be  made  by  the 
Commission  and  before  its  report 
is  handed  in. 


ces  tins  et  ont  nommc  en  conse- 
quence les  Plenipotentiaires  ci- 
apres  designes : 


Le  President    des    Etats    Lnis  f^^^^*" 
d'Amerique,  I'Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretaire  d'Etat 
des  Etats  Unis,  et 

Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  de 
Toutes  les  Russies,  Son  Excel- 
lence (t.  Bakhmeteflf,  Son  Maitre 
de  la  Cour  et  Ambassadeur  Ex- 
traordinaire et  Plenipotentiaire 
aux  Etats  Unis; 

Lesquels,  apres  setre  commu- 
nique leurs  pleins  pouvoirs, 
trouves  tn  bonne  et  due  forme, 
sont  convenus  des  articles  sui- 
vants : 

Article  I 

Tous  differends,  s'elevant  entre  ^'"u^Sttei" 
le  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis  toaPerm*- 

nent  Inter- 

d'Amerique  et  le  Gouvernement  naUomi  Co«i- 

*  mission  for 

Imperial  de  Russie,  de  quelque  ^JJJ'^y"^" 
nature  qu'ils  soient,  lorsque  les 
precedes  diploniatiques  auront 
echoue,  seront  soumis,  pour  exa- 
men  et  rapport,  a  une  Commis- 
sion Internationale  Permanente, 
constituee  de  la  maniere  prescrite 
dans  I'article  suivant;  les  Hautes 
Parties  Contractantes  convien- 
nent  egalement  de  ne  se  livrer, 
I'une  vis-a-vis  de  I'autre.  a  aucun 
acte  de  force  durant  I'examen 
auquel  procedera  la  Commission 
et  rvant  la  remise  de  son  rapport. 


I    I 


■     it 


■''[ 


82 


I'KRFECTED  TREATIES 


Intcrnilinnal 
CommiMion. 
Compotiltan. 


Expense*. 


Appointment. 


\*acancie5. 


IJutiei  of 
Commission 


Article  11 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  members 
appointed  as  follows:   Each  Gov- 
ernment shall  designate  two  mem- 
bers; the  fifth   member  shall   be 
designated    by    common    consent 
and  shall  not  belong  to  anv  of  the 
nationalities    already    represented 
on  the  Commission;  he  shall  per- 
form the  duties  of  President. 

The  two  Governments  shall 
bear  by  halves  the  expenses  of  the 
Commission. 

The  Commission  shall  be  or- 
ganized within  six  months  from 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  Convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appointment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they  are 
^-ngaged  at  the  time  their  office 
expires  is  completed. 


Any  vacancies  which  may  arise 
shall  be  filled  in  the  manner  fol- 
'owed  for  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 

Article  HI 
In  case  a  diflference  should  arise 
hetween  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  which  is  not  settled  by 
dipomatic  methods  each  Party 
shall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the 


Article  11 
La  Commission    Internationale 
sera  composee  de  cinq  niembres 
nommes   comme   il   suit:  chaque 
.ouvernement     designera     deux 
'"'^mbres;    le   cinquieme    niembre 
«era    des.gne    dun    commun    ac- 
cord  et   ne   pourra  appartenir  a 
June    des    nationalites    clcia    re- 
presentees   dans    la   Commission, 
il  remphra  les  fonctions  de  Presi- 
dent. 

Les  deux  Gouvemements  sup- 

porteront  par  moitie  les  frais  de 
'a  <-ommission. 

La  Commission  sera  constituee 

dans  les  SIX  moisdel'exchangede 
'a  presente  Convention. 

l^s    membres     sont     nommes 
pour   une   annee  et  leur  mandat 
pent  etre  renouvele.     Us  restem 
en   fonctions   jusqua   leur   rem- 
pJacement  ou  jusquau  renouvelle- 
ment  de  leur  mandat,  ou  encore 
Jusqua    lachevement    de    leurs 
jravaux  en  cours  au  moment  de 
1  expiration  de  leur  mandat. 

ri  sera  pourvu  aux  vacances  qui 
se  produiraient  suivant  le  mode 
hxe  pour  la  nomination. 

Article  III 
Hans  le  cas  on  il  s  eleverait  en- 
re  les   Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes  un  differend  qui  ne  serait 
pas  regie  par  la  voie  diplomatique 
chaque    Partie  aura    le   droit   de 


^ 


iitJMiiii 


tUSSIA 


83 


examination  thereof  be  intrusted 
to  the  International  Commission 
charged  with  making  a  report. 
Notice  shall  be  given  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  International  Com- 
mission, who  shall  at  once  com- 
municate with  his  colleagues. 

As  regards  the  procedure  which 
it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission 
shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  I  of 
The  Hague  of  1907.' 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission, 
as  fully  as  they  may  think  possi- 
ble, all  means  and  all  necessary 
facilities  for  its  examination  and 
its  report. 

The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it 
lias  taken  jurisdiction  of  the 
case,  unless  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  should  agree  to  set  a  dif- 
ferent period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  b- 
him  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 
to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the 
Commission. 


Fftcilities 
for  inve^tiKa- 
tion,  etc. 


demander  que  I'examen  en  soit 
contie  a  la  Commission  Interna- 
tionale chargee  de  faire  un  rap- 
port. Notification  sera  faite  au 
President  de  la  Commission  In- 
ternationale qui  se  mettra  aussitot 
en  relations  avec  ses  collegues. 

La  Commission  s'inspirera  dans  ffowdurc 
la  mesure  du  possible,  quant  a  la 
procedure  qu'elle  aura  a  suivre. 
des  dispositions  contenues  dans 
les  articles  9  a  36  de  la  Conven- 
tion I  de  La  Haye  de  1907. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes  conviennent  de  fournir  a 
la  Commission,  dans  la  plus  large 
mesure  qu'Elles  jugeront  possible, 
tous  les  moyens  et  toutes  les  faci- 
lites  necessaires  a  son  examen  et 
a  son  rapport. 

Les  travaux  de  la  Commission  J^^\i" 
devront  etre  termines  dans  I'an- 
nee  du  jour  ou  elle  aura  ete  saisie, 
a  nioins  que  les  Hautes  Parties 
Contractantes  ne  tombent  d'ac- 
cord  pour  la  fixation  d'un  autre 
delai. 

Les  conclusions  de  la  Commis- 
sion et  les  termes  de  son  rapport 
seront  arretes  a  la  majorite.  Le 
rapport  signe  par  le  President 
seul,  agissant  en  vertu  de  sa 
'  ualite,  sera  transmis  par  ses 
>*oins  a  chacune  des  Parties  Con- 
tractantes. 

Les    Hautes 
tantes  se  reservent    une 
liberte  pour  la  suite  a  donner  au 
rapport  de  la  Commission. 


Parties    ContraC-    IndepenJem 
action 

reservent    une    entiere  f«M"ed 


•  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


84 


J'EXt.EtTI  rt  TKEATIKS 


Article  J\ 

«...«...io..  The    present    Treaty    .iuji    i^ 

raiihed   b>    ,hc   I'resuicnt  of   ,hc- 

Lnaed  States  of  An.erica,   with 

the   advice   and   consent   of    the 

Senate  of  the  Lmted  States.  i 

by  H.S  Majesty  the  E.npero,  o. 
ail  the  Russias. 

It   shall  go   into   force   mmu- 
d'atcly  after  the  exchange  of  r n 
fications  and  shall  last  Hve  year- 

^f 't  has  not  been  denounced  ., 
'east  SIX  months  before  the  .x- 
Pin-fon  of  tins  penod  it  shall  be 
tac.tly  renewed  for  a  period  of 
twelve  months  af.er  either  ,.arty 

shall  have  notihed  the  other  of  irs 

intention  to  terniinate  it. 


Ouraiiea. 


SigBUuTtt 


AKTICLt  IV 

'■';  ^^'•■•^"'t   'i>a.fe  sera   ratifie 

par  Ic   1 'resident   des  Etats   fnis 

dAn,en,,ue.  sur  lavi.  «  avecle 

-on- .  U,nent  du  Senat  des  Etats 

"'•    7  r    '^*  -^' «Kste  TEn.- 

'^'    <le  louRslesKiissies. 

.nr"    '".'"t"'      '"    ^'*''"'"'"    '^"SSitOt 

<*r- •>  I  .Change    des    ratifications 

't  ;iiri  uiK  dun      ■ 

■  a   p;»s 
'""'"■      iy    moi 
tion  fji-    ,j  I.    ai 


Jn  witness  whereof,  the  respec 
t>ve  I'lenipotentiaries  have  siVne- 
the  present  Treaty  and  have  a, 
"xed  thereunto  their  seals 

n  .  ?°".^  ^'  Washington  this   1 
October/18  September,  1914. 

[seal] 

fsPAI.) 


de  cinq  annees. 
■'t^'    denonce    au 
;«vant  I'expira- 
•  il  -era  renouvele 
par  ,ac,,en.ondua..n  pour  un.. 
duree  dc   dou..    ..ois  apres  que 
'un.  des  Ham:     Partie.  Cont.;c 
:«ntes  aura   m.ufie  a   I'autrr    .,„ 
"mention  dv  mettre  tcrme. 

i--"  foi  de  ,,uoi  les  Plenipoten- 
t. aires  ont  .igne  le  present  Trv  - 
et  y  ont  appose  le„rs  cachets 


fait   .1    Washingtoi     le    1"   oc- 
tobre/I8  septembre.  1914 
William  Jen MNos  Br \. XV 

''     BAKir.MKTEFF 


SI'A  I  N. 


JSr 


Treaty  betwf-     iht  United  States  and  Spain  for  the  Advancemt    t 
ot  General     eace' 


Treat  <  for  th>-  u-titcm,       .  f  a 
piitcs   brticiin    the    t.         mtn 
tries. 


The    rr>.<iden     ui    li'c       u,;    1 
Mates  ol     x.iLiica    ind  Hi: 
i'>t;    the   '    ;is  of      uam,  d 
til    -trcngthii     th.       rmndl, 
lion-    vhich  unite  mcsr  twn  on; 
trie>   .  nd   to   =t  rvc   i    e  cau.sc-      i 
g;;ner;i!    -.leac'  .    have      tecidcl 
concludf  a  treat     iv 
poses     .i'ld  >. 

appointed     tlu  n: 

designate       »^.ciii^U' 

The    1        dent 
St.';     s  of  erica     ne 

VVii    irn   Jennii  jis    :>ryan, 
taryi     -^tate  of    le  United  S     es  ; 
and 

Hi-  Maje-'      he  Kinp  "'         in, 
Hi«  P,xi  "Hen       ^efinr  m 

Riaii  •  y    "layangos,  as- 

sador  in  Washington 

\\''io,  after  exhibit 


ng 

i  I- 


•H'-c  I'Ur- 
cqut  ! 
entiai 
-wit; 

',  'n 


•AhcT  their 


•I 


pow< 


each 

und  to 


■  (■    n    lue  and  •roper  f(    in,  have 
!jre:'d  upon 'i     -.illowi;     ;irticle-!: 

Akticlk  1 
d  spates  ing    between 
jvernmeit  the    ^'nited 
Str'<!,  of  Americ:  Gov- 
ernment  ol    Spaii,  whatever 

■  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38.  pt. 

!     '^er  15,  1914;  ratification  advised  by 

tne  President,  November  2i.   Ivl4; 

ifications   exchanged   at   \Vai=hington 

iber  2.3.  1914. 


.itcdo  I  :ra  el  ai  <'cglo  de  con- 
jii  ti)S  e,.lre  lus  c   s  Paises. 


I       i 'resident 
lie 
ra«!  eJ   ^^ey 
a-*'      -ar    'as 


•  iC     1(1       EstaJOS  trKlini 

.ers. 


I  y  Su  Majcs- 

i.spana,  deseando 

imi-'osas   relacion  s 

respectivas   na- 

1  causn   le  la  paz 

■Ito 


han 

IS    I 

Linu^; 

El 


en 
en   c 
■jotenciarios   ij 
1   sc   'ksignan. 


brar  un 
fines  y 
■lencia, 
.1  con- 
saber  : 


resid-nte   de   lo-    Estados   I'lenir  vn- 
L'nidos  de  America,  al  Honorabli 
Scfior   William   Jennings    Bryan, 
Secretario  de  Estado  de  los  Es- 
tados Unidos :  y 

Su  Majestad  el  key  de  Espana 
ril  Excmo.  Senor  Don  Juan  Riafio 

Gayangos,    Su    Embajador    en 
,  ashington; 

Quienes  despues  de  habcr  pre- 
-entado  sus  plenos  poderes.  de- 
bidamente  extendidos,  h.in  ex- 
presado  su  conformidad  con  el 
articnlado  siguiente: 
Art*:  !  TO  I 

Todo  litigio  iurgido  entre  el  °'^P,1|,',V';n*" 
Gobierno  de  los  Estados  Unidos  commrsskTn''' 
de    America    v    el    Gobierno    de   forinvwti- 

'  gallon  ana 

Espafia,  sea  cual  fuere  su  indole,  report. 

3,  p.  1862.     SiRned  at  Wasbineton.  Sep- 

the  Senate,  September  2.S.  1914:  ratified 

ratified   by   Span.    Aovtmber  23,    \^A4: 

December   21,    1914;   proclaimed.   De- 


86 


finding 
ffport. 


Jnlfrnational 
'  ommission. 
tompcjition. 


"a  ure  tl.ey  nuy  be.  shall,  when 
ord.„ar>-    diplo.natic    proc  ,ding 
have   fa,led  and   .he   Hi^h   Con 
tractnv     l'Trt,„,     j 

"""     Parties     do     not    have 

recourse  to  arbitration,  be  sub 
-med  for  investigation  and'e- 
Po«  to  a  l^ern,anent  Interna- 
tional Commission  constituted  in 
he  manner  prescribed  in  the 
tollowmg  article. 
Jhe  High  Contracting  Parties 

tn     \"'''J°  '"'^"'  ^"h  respect 
to  each  other,  to  any  act  of  force 

during    the    investigation    to    be 

made    by    the    Commission    and 

before  ,ts  report  is  handed  in 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Article  2 

shaikh  ^'""^"^''«"«1  Commission 
,  ^"  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  as  follows:  Each 
Oovermnent  shall  designate  two 
-en^bers,  only  one  of  whom  shlll 
f^   of   ,ts   own   nationality;   the 

Z  "''"'^''  ^''^"  ^  designated 
by  common  consem  and  shall  not 
belong  to  any  of  the  nationalities 
already  represented  on  the  Com- 
•".ssion;  he  shall  perform  the 
duties  of  President. 

J\'T  '^^  '^°  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 

cho.ce  of  the  fifth  commissioner 
the  other  four  shall  be  called 
t'pon  to  designate  him.  and  fail- 
>ng  an  understanding  between 
them,    the   provisions    of   article 


sera  sometido,-de  fracasar  los 
Procedimientosdiplomaticosus,:! 
p  y  ^^  "o  recurrir  las  Alta^ 
Partes  Comratantes  al  arbitV^M 
-al  examen  e  informe  de  una 
Com,s,on  internacional  perma- 
nente.  constituida  segun  £  pre- 
«cnto  en  el  articulo  siguiente. 

Us  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
e  comprometen  a  no  propasarse 
'a  una  con  respecto  a  la  otra  a 
nm^nactode  fuer^a.  durante 
r  'T.'^'«^"on  que  efectuara  la 
Com,s,on  y  antes  de  la  entrega 
de  sus  conclusiones. 


ARTfcULO  II 

U  Comision  internacional  se 
compondra  de  cinco  vocales  nom! 
brados  de  ,a  manera  siguientT: 
cada  Cobierno  designara  dos 
m.embros.  de  los  cuales  uno  s6lo 
Podra    ser    de   su   nacionalidad 

elqumtomiembroseradesignado 
de  comun   acuerdo  y  „o   ^dS 

Pertenecer  a  ninguna   nacio'nali! 

dad  ya  representada  en  la  Comi- 

rr^retrtf"' '-'  ^--- 

C^b,ernos  no  pudiesen  ponersc 
de  acuerdo  sobre  la  designacion 
del  qumto  comisionado,  los  cua- 
tro  restantes  seran  Ilamados  a 
designarle  y.  de  no  Ilegar  tam- 
Poco  estos  a  una  inteligencia,  se 


SPAIN 


87 


45  of   ihc  Hague  Coiivtuiion  of 
1907'  shall  be  applied. 

The  Cotninission  shall  be  or- 
ganized within  six  months  *roni 
the  exchange  of  ratification^  of 
the  present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appointment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they 
are  engaged  at  the  time  their 
office  expires  is  completed. 

Any  vacancies  whi-  '>  may 
arise  (from  death,  resignation,  or 
cases  of  physical  or  moral  inca- 
pacity) shall  be  filled  within  the 
shortest  possible  period  in  the 
manner  followed  for  the  original 
appointment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall,  before  designating  the  Com- 
missioners, reach  an  imderstand- 
ing  in  regard  to  their  compensa- 
tion. They  shall  bear  by  halves 
the  expenses  incident  to  th 
nieetin.'T  of  the  Commission. 


uplicaru  lo  dispuesto  en  el  art. 
45  de  la  Convencion  dc  La  Haya 
de  1907. 

La     Comision     quedara     con-  Organiiation. 
stituida  dentro  de  uti  periodo  de 
seis    meses    a    contar    desde    el 
canje    de    ratificaciones   del    pre- 
sente  convenio. 

El   mandato   de   los   miembros  Term  of 

,  services. 

sera  de  un  atio  y  sera  renovable. 
Continuaran  en  funciones  hasta 
ser  remplazados  6  conn  rnados  en 
su  mandato  6  bien  hasta  finalizar 
los  trabajos  pendientes  al  me- 
mento de  expirar  su  mision. 

Las  vacantes  que  puedan  sur-  Vicmcies. 
gir,  (por  causa  de  fallecimiento. 
dim  iun  6  caso  de  incapacidad 
fisica  6  moral),  seran  provistas 
en  el  mas  breve  plazo  posible  y 
en  la  misma  forma  que  presidio 
al  nombramiento. 

I^S    AltaS    Partes    ContratanteS    Compensation 

anil  expense!. 

se  pondran  de  acuerdo  sobre  la 
remuneracion  que  haya  de  sefia- 
larse  a  los  comisionados,  antes  de 
proceder  a  la  designacion  de 
estos.  Los  gastos  originados  por 
la  reunion  de  la  Comision  se  su- 
fragaran  por  mitad. 


Article  3 

In  case  a  dispute  should  arise 

between    the    High    Contracting 

Parties   which  is   not   settled  by 

the  ordinary  methods,  each  Party 


ArtIculo  ni 
Caso  de  surgir  entre  las  .\ltas  """"■''. 

°  Comntisston. 

Partes  Contratantes  alguna  dife- 
rencia  no  solucionada  por  la 
via    comun,    cada    parte    podr4 


>  U.  S,  Siotutfs  at  r.^gt,  vol,  .36.  p.  2223. 


88 


Offer  of 
services. 


Place  of 
meeting. 


Statement  of 

'ubjectmatter 

referred. 


Ptoctian. 


I^hall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the 
;nvest>,atio„  thereof  be  intrusted 

charjred    wuh   .uaking  a    report. 
Not.ce    shall    be    given    to    the 
J  resident    of    the    International 
<-on,ni,ss.on.    who   shall   at   once 
conm,„„icate  with  his  colleagues 
In  the  sanie  case  the  President 
may.    after    consulting    his    col- 
leagues  and   upon   receiving  the 
consentofan,ajorityofthefnem! 
bcrs  of  the  Commission,  offer  the 

=^erv,ces  of  the  latter  to  each  of  the 
Contracting  Parties.     AcceotinJ 

^^thatoffer  declared  by  oro?;;: 
t«o  Governments  shall  be  suffi- 
cient to  give  jurisdiction  of  the 

case  to  the  Commission  in  accord- 
ance^ with    the    foregoing    para- 

The  place  of  meeting  shall  be 
determmed    by    the    Commission 


'■i::i;^J-CTi;u  TREATIKS 


Article  4 
The  two  FTigh  Contracting  Par 
t.es  shall  have  a  right,  each  on  its 

own  part,  to  state  to  the  President 
ot   the  Commission  what  is  the 

subject-matter  of  the  controversy. 

-\o  difference  in  these  .statements 
which  shall  be  furnished  bv  wav 
of  suggestion,  shall  arrest  the  ac- 
t-on of  the  Commission. 

Article  5 

it  t/  r^T?  '^"  p'°"^"^^  ^•'^'■ch 

«  >s  to  follow,  the  Commission 


e-^igir  que  el  examen  de  ella  se 
-•"eta  a  la  Conusion  in  enia 
-onal  capacitada  para  emitir^„- 
^orme.  Se  da.a  cuenta  al  Preli- 
^-'^e  de  la  niisma.  quien  segu  - 
''-"'ente  se  pondra  en  relad6n 
eon  sus  colegas. 

„,!'■"  "'"''^'°""  ^^^^-  el  Presidentc 
Previa  consulta  con  sus  colegas  y 
-diante  el  consentimiento  £  la 
•"ayoria  de  los  miembros  de    a 
Comision,  puede  ofrecer  los  hue 
nos  oficios  de  esta  -5  r.^ 
las    P    »     "^esia  a  cada  una  de 
'as    Partes    Contratantes.     Basta 
1"e    uno    de   los    dos    r.K 
manifieste    sn   7  Gobiernos 

oue  hr  .  ^'l""^«"eia  para 
que  la  Comision  considered  asun- 
to  de  su  competencia.  segun  dis- 
Puesto  en  el  parrafo  anterb" 

/'-'  l"ff"  <le  la  reunion  se  deter- 
"'■narapor  la  Comision  misma. 


ARTfCLLO  IV 

Las  dos  Altas  Partes  Contra 
tan.es  tendran  el  derecho  de  '  e- 
e.sar  cada  una  de  su  lac'o.  ante  el 
Presidente  de  -a  Comision  lo  '  e 
eonstituye  el  objeto  de;  .itiS 
Ninguna   divergencia   que   pu  S 

a     SrH'"'°^^'^'^'--Sado 
a    titulo   de   sugerimiento.   podra 
coartar  la  accion  de  la  Comision 

ARTfcur^  V 
EI  cuanto  se  refiere  al  procedi- 
'"■ento  que   haya   de   adoptar   la 


SPAIN 


sliall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  1 
of  The  Hague  of  1907.» 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission  all 
means  and  all  necessary  facilities 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 


The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it  has 
taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case,  un- 
less the  High  Contracting  Parties 
should  agree  to  set  a  different 
period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  tenns  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  -•;,Mied  o.'v  by  the 
President  acting  by  \  ;ue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by  him 
to  each  of  the  Contracting  Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 
to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the 
Commission. 


Completion 
of  wark. 


Comision  se  inspirara  en  lo  posible 
en  el  tenor  de  los  articulos  9  a  36 
del   Convenio   I   de   £1    Haya  de 
1907. 
Las  i\ltas  Partes  Contratantes  fKiiitic^  f.)r 

investiKalion. 

conviencn  en  suministrar  a  la 
Comision,  todos  los  medios  y  fa- 
cilidades  necesarios  para  la  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe  <|uc  la  estan 
encomendados. 

Los  trabajos  de  la  Comision  de- 
beran  ultimarse  dentro  de  un  afio 
a  partir  del  dia  en  que  haya  asu- 
niido  su  jurisdiccion,  a  menos  que 
las  .\Itas  Partes  Contratantes  no 
fijen,  de  comun  acuerdo.  otro 
plazo. 

Las  conclusiones  de  la  Conii-  Trmsmiit.ni 
sion  y  la  rcdaccion  de  su  informe 
se  adoptaran  por  niayoria  de 
votos.  El  informe,  firmado  tan 
solo  por  el  Presidente  actuando 
como  tal,  sera  remitido  por  el  a 
cada  una  de  las  Partes  Contra- 
tantes. 

r.-as  ."Mtas  Partes  Contratantes  ind-pftidt  ..t 

.  -  !•      ...  .    action 

se  reserv'an  la  mas  ampha  libertad  rcMTved. 
por  lo  que  afecta  a  su  proceder 
despucs  de  la  emision  del  informe 
de  la  Comision. 


Article  6 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 


fied   by    the    ^ 
I'nited   State.    . 
the  advice  am' 
ate  of  the  Unu 


sident    of    the 

Tierica.   with 

1=;    lof  the  Sen- 

:  States,  and  hv 


ArtIculo  VI 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  F,l  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  L'nidos  de  America, 
previa  consulta  y  aprobacion  del 
Senado  de  los  Estados  fnidos,  v 


»  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36.  pp.  2214-20. 


Ratificati'j 


90 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


KxchanKe  of 
ratificAttons. 


Duration 
and  de- 
nouncenirnt. 


Signatures. 


His  Majesty  tl.c  K:,,-  of  Spain. 

It  shall  go  into  force  immedi- 
ately after  the  exchange  of  ratifi- 
cations and  shall  last  five  years. 

Unless  denounced  six  months  at 
least  before  the  expiration  of  the 
said  period  of  five  years,  it  shall 
remain  in  force  until  the  expira- 
tion of  a  period  of  twelve  months 
after  either  party  shall  have  noti- 
fied the  other  of  its  intention  to 
terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  affixed 
thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  15th 
day  of  September,  in  the  year  nine- 
teen hundred  and  fourteen. 
Fse.al] 


por    Su    Alajestad    El    Rey    de 
Hspaiia. 

Se  considerara  vigente  una  vez 
verificado  el  canje  de  ratiHca- 
ciones  y  su  duracion  jera  de  cinco 
ax.os. 

De  no  haber  sido  denunciado 
seis  meses  cuando  menos  antes  de 
la  expiracion  de  este  plazo,  que- 
dara  en  vigor  hasta  terminado  un 
plazo  de  doce  meses  posteriores  a 
la  notificacion  hecha  por  una  de 
las  Partes  Contmtantes  a  la  otra, 
de  considerarlo  terminado. 

Y  en  fe  de  ello.  los  respectivos 
plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  y 
sellado  el  prcsente  Tratado. 

Hecho  en  Washington  el  15  de 
septiembre  de  mil  novecientos 
catorce. 


Wii.Li.AM  Jennings  Rrvan 
Ji'.xN  Ri.ANo  Y  Gavangos 


[The  Secretary  of  Stale  to  the  Sta„ish  Ambassador] 

Department  of  State, 
Excellency  November  i6.  igt^ 

that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Commulfon  Zv 

be  comp leted  be  extended  from  June  21.  1915  to  l^ebruary  9,6     ' 

Vour  formal  notification  in  writing,  that  your  Governm  ni  receives 


SPAIN 


91 


the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded  on  this  Government  s  part 
as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension,  and  I  shall  be  glad  to 
receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded  by  your  Government 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  considera- 
tion. „ 

Robert  Lansing 

His  Excellency 

Senor  Don  Juan  Riano  y  Gayangos, 

The  Ambassador  of  Spain. 


[The  Spanish  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

[Translation] 

Embassy  of  Spain, 

Washington,  December  20,  1915. 

Mr.  Secretary:  ia  1    » 

With  reference  to  Your  L..  alency's  note  of  November  16  last. 
1  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that  His  Majesty's  Goveminent, 
according  to  a  telegram  I  have  received,  concurs  in  extendmg  from 
the  21st  of  June,  1915,  to  the  15th  of  February.  1916,  the  time  set 
by  the  Treaty  of  September  15.  1914.  for  the  appointment  of  the 
International  Commission  therein  specified. 

In  so  informing  Your  Excellency,  1  avail  myself  of  this  opportunity 
to  renew  to  you  the  assurance  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Juan  Riano 

To  the  Hon.  Robert  Lansing 

Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States 
S-c,  &c.,  &c 


Contract  iiiR 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commissinn 
for  invrstipa- 
tion  and 
report. 


Pi-KFi-cTKD  tki;atii:s 

Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Sweden  for  th.  AH 

of  General  Peace'  Advancement 


'^"hliiJ"'  ""  ''^'"'^""'»t  of  Di,. 

The    i -resident   of    the    United 
states  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  King  of  Sweden,  desir- 
'"f  .'°    strengthen    the    friendly 
relations    which    unite   their    two 
countries  and  to  ser^■c  the  rau.e 
uf  general  peace,  have  decided  to 
conclude  a  treaty  for  tlx.se  pur- 
PO>es  and  have  consequentiv  an- 
ponncd  the  plenipotentiaries  des- 
isnatcd  hereinafter,  to-wif 

The   President   of    the    L'nited 
Mates  of  .America.  tl,e  Honorable 
^\'II>am  Jennings    [?rvan.   Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States  • 
and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Swe- 

den.  Mr.  W.  .V  F.  Ekengren.  Kis 
I^nvoy  I'..xtraordinary  and  Minis- 
ter r  lempotentiary  at  Washing- 
ton;  *' 

Who  after  exhibiting  to  each 
other  the,r  ful-  powers,  found  to 
f'e  m  due  and  proper  form,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles- 


Traitc  tour  Ic  Rcglement  des  Li- 

U    President    des    Etats-Unis 
dAmenqueet.SaMajesteleRoi 
de  Suede,  dtisirant  afiirmer  les  re- 
lations anncales  qui  unissent  leurs 
deu.x  pays  et  servir  la  cause  de  la 
Paix  generale,  ont  decide  de  ron- 
dure un  traite  a  ces  fins  et  nom- 
"le.  en  consequence,   les  plenipo- 
tentia.res    ci-apres    dt^signes.    sa- 
voir: 


U    Pre.sident    des    Etat.s-Unis 
dAmeriqi,e:rHonorabIe  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretaire  d-Etat 
des  Etats-L'nis; 
et 

-"^^    Aiajeste  le  Roi  de  Suede- 

Monsieur  W.  A.  F.Ekengren,  Son 
Envoye  Extraordinaire  et  Minis- 
tre  Plenipotentiaire  a  Washing- 
ton ;  *" 

r-esquels.  apres  s'etre  commu- 
n'que     leurs      pleins      pouvoirs    • 
trouves  en  bonne  et  due   forme 
sont       convenus       des       articles' 
smvants : 


Article  1 
Any   disputes   arising   between 
the    Government    of    the    United 


Article  I 
Tons  differends  s  elevant  entre 
le  Gouvernement  des  Etats-Unis 


IHKI 


!•■ 


SWEDEN 


93 


States  o(  America  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  Sweden,  of  whatever  nature 
they  may  be,  shall,  when  ordinary 
diplomatic  proceedings  have  failed 
and  the  High  Contracting  Parties 
do  not  have  recourse  to  arbitra- 
tion, be  submitted  for  investiga- 
tion and  report  to  a  permanent 
International  Commission  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  following  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect  to 
each  other,  to  any  act  of  force  dur- 
ing the  investigation  to  be  made 
by  the  Commission  and  before  its 
report  is  handed  in. 

Article  2 

The  International  Commission 
.shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  as  follows:  Each 
Government  shall  designate  two 
members,  only  one  of  whom  shall 
be  of  its  own  nationality ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  designated  by 
common  consent  and  shall  not  be- 
long to  any  of  the  nationalities  al- 
ready repres' nted  on  the  Commis- 
sion; he  shall  perform  the  duties 
of  President. 

In  case  the  two  C.overnnients 
should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 
choice  of  the  fifth  commissioner, 
the  other  four  shall  be  called 
upon  to  designate  him,  and  fail- 
ing an  understanding  between 
them,  the  provisions  of  article  4:> 


d'Amerique,  et  le  Gouvernemcnt 
de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Suede,  de 
quelque  nature  qu'ils  soient, 
lorsque  les  precedes  diploma- 
tiques  ordinaires  auront  echoue  et 
que  les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  n'ont  pas  recours  a  I'arbi- 
trage,  seront  soumis,  pour  examen 
et  rapport,  a  une  Commission  In- 
ternationale permanente,  consti- 
tuee  de  la  maniere  prescrite  dans 
I'article  suivant. 

Les     Hautes     Parties   contrac-  ^'»|||»g 
tantes  conviennent  de  ne  sc  livrer,  "p*"' 
lune  vis-a-vis  de  I'autre,  a  aucun 
acte    de    force    durant    I'examen 
auquel   procedera  la  Commission 
et  avant  la  remise  de  son  rapport. 

Article  II 

La  Commission  internationale  [■"o'^'^.S'' 
sera  composee  de  cinq  membres  Composition, 
nommes  comme  il  suit:  chaque 
Gouvernemcnt  designera  deux 
membres,  dont  un  seulement  de 
sa  nationalite :  le  cinquieme  meni- 
bre  sera  designe  d'un  commun 
accord  et  ne  pourra  appartenir  a 
une  des  nationalites  deja  repre- 
sentees dans  la  Commission:  il 
remplira  les  fonctions  de  Presi- 
dent. 

Au  cas  oil  les  deux  Gouver- 
nements  ne  pourraient  se  mettre 
d'accord  sur  le  choix  du  cinquieme 
commissaire,  les  quatre  autres 
seraient  appeles  a  le  designer,  et  a 
defaut  d'entente  entre  ceux-ci,  les 
dispositions  de  I'article  45  de  la 


94 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Orffaniiation. 


T*rm  of 
service. 


Vacancies. 


Compensation 
and  expenses. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


of    The    tiague    Convention    of 
1907'  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  organ- 
'zed  within  six  months  from  the 
exchange  of  ratifications  of  the 
present  convention. 

'Ihe  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appomtnient  i„av  be  renewed. 
Ihfv  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they  are 
engaged  at  the  time  their  office 
expires  is  completed. 

Any  vacancies  which  may  arise 
f  from  death,  resignation,  or  case, 
of  physical  or  moral  incapacity ) 
shall  be  filled  within  the  shortest 
possible  period  in  the  manner  fol- 
lowed for  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall,  before  designating  the  Com- 
missioners, reach  an  understand- 
ing m  regard  to  their  compensa- 
tion. They  shall  bear  bv  halves 
the  expenses  incident  to  the 
meeting  of  the  Commission. 


Convention  de  U  Haye  de  1907 
seraient  appliquees. 

La  Commission  sera  constituee 
dans  les  six  mois  de  lechange  des 
ratifications  de  la  presente  con- 
vention. 

Us  membres  sont  nommes 
pour  une  annee  et  leur  mandat 
peut  etre  renouvele.  lis  restent 
en  fonctions  jusqua  leur  rem- 
placement  ou  jusquau  renouvelle- 
ment  de  leur  mandat,  ou  encore 
jusqua  lachevement  de  leurs  tra- 
vaux  en  cours  au  moment  de  I'ex- 
pi  ration  de  leur  mandat. 

JI  sera  pourvu  dans  le  plus  bref 
delai  aux  vacances  qui  se  pro- 
duiraient  (deces.  demission,  cas 
de  force  majeure)  snivant  le  mode 
employe  pour  la  nomination. 


Article  3 
nifferences  that  mav  happen 
to  occur  between  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  and  should  fail 
of  settlement  by  diplomatic 
methods  shall  be  forthwith  r-. 
ferred  to  the  examination  of  the 
Internation,il    Commi.ssion    which 


■i".  .•f/«/M^•.f  at  Larqe.  vnl.  36,  p.  222.1. 


l-es  Hautes  Parties  comrac- 
tantes  sentendrom  avant  qu'il 
soit  procede  a  la  designation  des 
conimissaires  relativement  a  la 
remuneration  de  ceux-ci.  Elles 
supporteront  par  moitie  les  frais 
auxquels  donnerait  lieu  la  re- 
union de  la  commission. 

Article  HI 
r.es  difTerends,  qui  viendraient 
a  se  produire  entre  les  Hautes 
Parties  contractantes  et  qui  n'au- 
raient  pu  etre  regies  par  la  voie 
diplomatique,  seront  au.ssitot  ren- 
voyes  a  lexamen  de  la  Commis- 
sion  Internationale,  qui   se  char- 


Ik 


SWEDEN 


9S 


will  undertake  to  make  a  report. 
I'.y  a  note  addressed  to  the  Inter- 
national Bureau  of  the  Perma- 
nent Court  at  The  Hague,  which 
shall  communicate  it  without  de- 
lay to  both  Governments,  the 
I'resident  may  remind  the  Parties 
that  the  services  of  the  Interna- 
tional Commission  are  at  their 
disposal. 

AUTICLE   4 

The  two  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties shall  have  a  rk^ht,  each  on  its 
own  part,  to  state  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Commission  what  is 
the  subject-matter  of  the  con- 
troversy. No  difference  in  these 
statements,  which  shall  be  fur- 
nished by  way  of  suggestion, 
shall  arrest  the  action  of  the 
Commission. 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute 
should  consist  of  certain  acts 
already  committed  or  about  to 
be  tonmiitted.  the  Commission 
shall  as  soon  as  possible  indicate 
what  measurfs  to  preserve  the 
rights  of  each  party  ought  in 
its  opinion  to  lie  taken  provi- 
sionally and  pending  the  delivery 
of  its  report. 

Article  5 
As  regards  the  procedure  which 
it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission 
shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  1  of 
The  Hague  of  1907.' 


gcra  de  faire  un  rapport.  Par 
une  note,  adressee  au  Bureau 
International  de  la  Cour  Perma- 
nente  a  I-a  Haye,  qui  doit  la 
communiquer  sans  delai  aux  deux 
( iouvernements  le  President  peut 
rappeler  aux  parties  que  les  ser- 
vices de  la  Commission  Interna- 
tionale seront  a  leur  disposition. 

.\rticle  IV 
Les  deux  Ilautes  Parties  con-  .s^Sj«^,r;'/„ 
tractantes    auront    le    droit    de  «'«"«<!. 
preciser,  chacune    de    son    cote, 
aupres  du  President  de  la  Com- 
mission,    quel     est     I'objet     du 
litige.      NuUe  difference  dans  ces 
exposes,  foumis  a  titre  d'indica- 
tion,    n'arretera    Taction    de    la 
Commission. 

Dans  k-  cas  oil  la  cause  du  I'Sll'!""'^ 
differend  consisterait  en  actes 
determines  deja  effectues  ou  sur 
le  point  de  I'etre,  la  Commission 
indiquera,  dans  le  plus  bref  delai 
possible,  quelles  mesures,  con- 
servatoires des  droits  de  chacun, 
devraient,  selon  son  avis,  etre 
prises  a  titre  provisoire  et  en 
attendant  le  depot  de  son  rapport. 


Article  V 
La  Commission  s'inspirera, 
dans  la  mesure  du  possible,  quant 
a  la  procedure  qu'elle  aura  a 
suivre,  des  dispositions  contenues 
dans  les  articles  9  .t  .^6  de  la  Con- 
vention 1  de  La  Haye  de  1907. 


Procedure. 


»  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  .%,  pp.  2214-20. 


96 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


I'acilititi  {nr 
inveitifuion. 


Comrletion 
of  work. 


Trantitniltal 
"I  report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Ratification. 


Exchange  of 
ratitication^. 


niir.ition. 


Ihe  High  Contracting  I'arties 
agree  to  aliord  the  Commission  all 
means  and  all  necessary  facilities 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

Ihe  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it 
has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case, 
unless  the  I  ligh  Contracting  Par- 
ties should  agree  to  set  a  different 
period. 

I  he  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  rejuirt 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
Ihe  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the 
action  to  be  taken  on  the  report 
of  the  Commission. 


.\rticle  6 
Ihe  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
Cnited  States  of  America,  upon 
his  being  authorized  thereto  by 
the  American  Senate,  and  by  His 
•Majesty  the  Kim,'  of  Sweden. 

The  ratificatioiis  shall  be  e.\- 
changed  at  Washington  as  soon 
as  possible  and  the  treaty  shall 
go  into  force  on  the  day  of  the 
exchange  of  ratifications. 

Its  duration  shall  be  five  years 
counted  from  'he  pxcharcc  •  ' 
ratification,-. 


Les  Hautes  I'arties  contrac- 
tantes  conviennent  de  fournir  a 
la  Commission  tous  les  moyens 
et  toutes  les  facilites  necessaires 
a  son  examen  et  a  son  rapport. 

Les  travaux  de  la  Commission 
devront  etre  termines  dans  I'an- 
nee  du  jour  ou  elle  aura  ete  saisie, 
a  moins  que  les  Hautes  Parties' 
contractantes  ne  tonibent  d'ac- 
cord  iJour  la  fixation  dun  autre 
delai. 

I-es  conclusions  de  la  Commis- 
sion et  les  trrmes  de  son  rapport 
srront  arr^tt-s  a  la  majorite.  Le 
rapport,  signe  par  le  President 
seul.  agissant  en  vertu  de  sa 
«)ualite.  sera  transmis  par  ses 
soins  a  chacune  des  Parties  con- 
tractantes. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes se  rescrvcnt  une  entiere 
liberte  pour  la  suite  a  donner  au 
rapport  de  la  Commission. 


Article  VI 
I-e  present  traite  sera  ratifiee 
par  le  I'resident  des  Etats-Unis, 
aprC-s  y  avoir  ete  autorise  par  le 
Senat  americain,  et  par  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  le  Roi  de  Suede.  Les  rati- 
fications seront  echangees  a 
V\'ashington  aussitot  que  faire  se 
pourra  et  la  traite  entrera  en 
vigueur  le  jour  de  I'echange  des 
ratifications. 

II  aura  une  duree  de  cinq 
.:i:t!t'cs  a  pariir  de  lechange  des 
ratifications. 


IV 


SWEDEN 


97 


Unless  denounced  six  months 
at  least  before  the  expiration  of 
the  said  period  it  shall  continue 
by  tacit  renewal  for  another 
period  of  five  years  and  so  on  in 
periods  of  five  years  unless 
denounced. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  13ih 
day  of  October,  in  the  year  nine- 
teen hundred  and  fourteen. 
[seal] 
[seal] 


S'il  n'a  pas  ete  denonce  au 
inoins  six  niois  avant  I'expiration 
de  ce  delai,  il  sera  renouvele  par 
tacite  reconduction  pour  une  nou- 
velle  periode  de  cinq  ans  et  ainsi 
de  suite  de  cinq  ans  en  cinq  ans, 
sauf  denonciation. 

En  foi  de  quoi  les  plenipo- 
tentiaires  respectifs  ont  signe  le 
present  traite  et  y  ont  appose 
leurs  cachets. 

Fait  a  Washington  le  13  Octo- 
bre  de  I'an  mille  neuf  cent 
quatorze. 


DeoouBCC- 
ncnt. 


William  Jennings  Bryan 
W.  A.  F.  Ekengren 


SifiMturn. 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Szvedish  Minister] 

Department  of  State, 
Washingtott,  November  i6,  1915. 

Sir: 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  October  13,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Sweden,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  of  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner 
being  named,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of 
your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of 
the  Commission  may  be  completed  be  tx tended  from  July  11,  1915, 
to  January  15,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansino 
Mr.  W.  A.  F.  Ekengren, 

The  Minister  of  Sweden. 


98 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


( Tlir  Surd.Ji  Minister  i, 


"■'    ^<-"-elary  of  Stale] 

,,'    ,  ■  ^''"'-^  ''■"■    o*"  Sweden. 

Sir ;  "^  ashmgto,,,  I,,  f.,  Xov.mbcr  ,6.  ,9,5 

Il»t  ,l„.  ,i„,,  ,ift, "'•">■   •'  t««llencr,  note  „(  loday. 

His  Excellency  ^^-  "^^  P"-  Ekengren 

^f^.  RoDiiRT  Lansi.vc, 
Secretary  of  State. 

etc.,  etc.,  etc. 


Contracting 
Powerr. 


Plenipottn- 
Uaries, 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Uruguay  for  the  AH 

ment  of  General  Peace'  Advance- 


Ihe  Lnited  States  of  America 
and    the    (Jriental    Republic    of 
LruRuay.      being      desirous      to 
strengthen    the    bonds    of    amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also 
to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,    have    resolved    f.    enter 
■nto   a   treaty    for   that   purpose, 
and  to  that  end  have  appointed 
as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The    President   of   the    r„ited 
States,    the    Honorable    William 


I-os  Estados  L'nidos  de  .\mer- 
'ca  y   la  Repiiblica  Oriental  del 
Lruguay  con  el  deseo  de   forta- 
^■cer  los  vinculos  de  amistad  que 
'OS  unen  y  a  la  vez  cimentar  el 
esp.ntu    de    paz    universal    ban 
resuelto  celebrar  un  Tratado  con 
tal  objeto  y  para  ese  fin  han  nom- 
brado      como     sus      Plenipoten- 
ciarios : 

EI    Presidente   de   los    l-:stados 
Lmdos.    al     Honorable    William 


,  .,  """-     >»iiiiani 

""'"■  ^'-•'^'"''^>-  ^*-  '^'5;  proclaimed.  February  le.,"! 5.'"' 


URUGUAY 


99 


Jennings  Bryan,  >ecrctary  of 
State;  and 

Ihe  President  of  I  lUguav,  his 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  ^linis- 
ter  Plenipotentiary  to  the  I  nited 
States.  Senor  Dr.  Don  Carlos 
Maria  <lf  Pena; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  othi  r  their  re- 
spective full  powers,  found  to  he 
in  proper  form,  have  agreed 
upon  and  concluded  the  following 
articles : 


|t-nnings  Bryan,  Secrctario  de 
I'^stado,  y 

E!  Presidente  del  Iruguay.  a 
su  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  en  los 
Estados  Unidos,  Doctor  Don 
'  "arlos  Maria  de  Pena ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  exami- 
nados  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  y  encontrandolos  en 
(lebida  forma,  han  convenido  en 
los  articulos  siguientes : 


Article  I 
The  High  Ci  ntracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  previous 
arbitration  treaties  or  agrpements 
do  not  appl>  i  their  terms  or  are 
not  applied  ii  fact,  shall,  when 
diplomatic  methods  of  adjustment 
have  failed,  be  referred  for  in- 
vestigatic  i  and  repwrt  to  a  perma- 
nent Internationa!  Commission,  to 
he  constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding 
article;  and  they  agree  not  to 
declare  war  or  begin  hostilities 
during  such  investigation  and 
before  the  report  is  submitted. 


ARxicfU)  I 
Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes  ''•''M»"«^'« 

submittea  to 

acuerdan  que  todas  las  desave-  c"'^'™JJjj™'' 
nencias  de  cualquiera  naturaleza 
"ue  ellas  sean  v  que  en  el  hecho 
I)  por  los  ceiminos  de  intados 
de  arHjt.- ,  exis'^i:ntes  n  .  'oten 
comprei  ' '  -u.      ^  itipu- 

laciones  >  ovr  hayan  podido 
arrcglars  x>'  ,i  j  diplomatica 
serin  si  •'*.!.:,  'ara  su  investi- 
gacion  e  mfoui.c  a  unr.  Comision 
Internacional  constituida  de  la 
manera  prescrita  en  el  siguientc 
articuio  ■  y  convienen  en  no  de- 
clararse  la  guerra  empe/ar  hos- 
tilidades  durant-  _■  periodo  de 
la  investigacirn  v  antes  de  pre- 
sentado  el  informe. 


tl 


Article  II  ARTfcuix*  II 

The   International   Commission         I^   Comision    Internacion 

v.oninii»iDn. 

shall  be  composed  of  fiv-   ^.em-     compondr4    de    cinco    mic:     .-os  ComiioHfion 
bers,  to  be  appKiinted  as  follows :     nombrados  como  sigue :  un  mi?m- 


e-    Internaticnal 
CommiKion. 


100 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Compensation. 


Expenies. 


Ajipointmeiit. 


One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Govern-nent 
thereof;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.    Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore    investigation     begins,     any 
Commissioner  selected  by  it  and 
to  name  his  successor,  and  under 
;he  same  conditions  shall  also  have 
the  right  to  withdraw  its  approval 
of  the  fifth  Commissioner  selected 
jointly ;  in  which  case  a  new  Com- 
missioner shall  be  selected  jointly 
as  in  the  original  selection.     The 
Commissioners  shall,  when  actu- 
ally  employed   in    the    investiga- 
tion  of   a   dispute,    receive   such 
compensation  as  shall  be  agreed 
upon    by    the    High    Contracting 
Parties.     The    expenses    of    the 
Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the 
two   Governments   in   equal   pro- 
portion. 


The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


bro  sera  cscogido  dentro  del  nais, 
por  su  rcspectivo  Gobierno;  otro 
miembro  sera  escogido  por  cada 
Gobierno,   de   un  tercer  pais;  el 
quinto    miembro    sera    escogido 
de   comun  acuerdo   por   los    dos 
(Jobiernos ;       siendo       entendido 
que   no  podra  serlo   ningiin   ciu- 
dadano  de  uno  de  los  dos  paises 
interesados.     Cada    una    de    las 
Altas   Partes  contratantcs  se   re- 
serva  cl  derecho  de  separar,  antes 
que  hayan  comenzado  las  investi- 
gaciones,  al  comisionado  que  cada 
una  hubiese  elegido,  y  en  tal  caso 
se  procedera  a  nombrar  su  reem- 
plazante.     Bajo  la   misma   condi- 
cion     podra    cualquiera     de     las 
Partes     contratantcs     retirar     su 
aceptacion  del  quinto  comisionado 
elegido  conjuntamente,  y  en  cste 
caso   se  procedera   a   una   nueva 
eleccion  en  la   forma  ya  estable- 
cida.     I.OS    comisionados    recibi- 
ran  la  compensacion  que  acuer- 
den  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
tan  solo  durante  el  tiempo  que  se 
ocupen  de  la  investigacion.     I^s 
gastos  de  la  Comision  seran  aten- 
didos  por  mitad  por  los  Gobiernos 
contratantes. 

La  Comision  Internacional  ser.-i 
nomhrada  en  el  mas  corto  plazo 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifi- 
caciones  del  Tratado ;  y  las  va- 
cantes  que  ocurriesen  seran  llena- 
das  segun  lo  acordado  para  el 
nombramicnto   original. 


URUGUAY 


101 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  by  unanimous  agree- 
ment spontaneously  offer  its  serv- 
ices to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
ments and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  comp'eted 
within  one  year  after  the  d?  .^  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.  The  report  shall 
be  prepared  in  triplicate ;  one  cojjv 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Govern- 
ment, and  the  third  retained  by 
the  Commission  for  its  files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  independ- 
ently on  the  subject  matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the   report  of   the 


ArtIculo  III 

En  el  caso  de  que  no  haya  side 
posible  el  arreglo  de  una  cuestion 
entre  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
tantes  por  los  medios  diplomati- 
cos,  esta  sera  referida  inmediata- 
mente  a  la  Comision  Interna- 
cional  para  su  investigacion  e  in- 
forme.  La  Comision  Interna- 
cional  podra  tambien  por  con- 
sentimiento  unanime  y  por  inicia- 
tiva  propia  ofrecer  sus  servicios 
para  aquel  efecto,  y  en  tal  caso 
debera  hacerlo  saber  a  ambos 
Gobiemos  y  pedir  su  cooperacion 
para  la  investigacion. 

I^s  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  suministrar  a  la 
Comision  Permanente  Intema- 
cional  todos  los  medios  y  facili- 
dades  que  demande  para  la  in- 
vestigacion e  informe. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional  debera  estar  listo  den- 
tro  de  un  afio  contado  desde  la 
fecha  que  ella  haya  designado 
para  empezar  la  investigacion,  ? 
menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes restringieran  o  exten- 
dieran  el  tiempo  por  mutuo  con- 
sentimiento.  El  informe  debe  ser 
preparado  por  triplicado;  una 
copia  para  ser  entregada  a  cada 
Gob'^rno,  y  la  tercera  retenida  por 
la  Comision  para  su  archivo. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  in- 
dependientemente  en  el  asunto  en 
disputa  despues  que  se  les  haya 


Duties  of 
Commission, 


Facilities 
for  invest!- 
gition,  etc. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 
reserved. 


102 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Ratification. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


C«.„  .ha,,  to,.  ^  ,„^     ^^  ^,   .^^^^  ^  ^  ^^ 

mision. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Sen- 
ate thereof;  and  by  the  President 
of  Uruguay,  in  accordance  with 
the  Constitution  and  laws  thereof; 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.     It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of  five  years;  and  it  shall  there- 
after remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  have  given  notice 
to  the  other  of  an   imention  to 
terminate  it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
20th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  nine- 
teen hundred  and  fourteen. 


William  Jen.mngs  Bryan  [seal] 
CARL'  M-  DE  Pena  [seal] 


AktIculo  IV 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respective,  y  por  el 
Presidente   de   la    Republica   del 
l^ruguay  conforme  a  la  constitu- 
oon  y  leyes  de  la  Republica;  y 
las  ratificaciones  deberan  ser  can- 
jeadas    tan    pronto    como    fuere 
posible.    El  presente  tratado  pro- 
ducira     sus    efectos     inmediata- 
inente   despues   del  canje   de  las 
ratificaciones;  continuara  en  vigor 
por  cinco  aiios,  y  sera  obligatorio 
despues  por  doce  meses  contados 
desde  que  una  de  las  Altas  Partes 
contratantes   haya  comunicado  a 
la  otra  su  intencion  de  terminarlo. 
En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  20 
de  juho.  en  el  ano  de  mil  nove- 
cientos  catorce. 


•ma 


0- 


Part  II 
Un  perfected  Treaties 


ARGENTINE   REPUBLIC 


105 


Treaty  between  the  United  Sutes  and  the  Argentine  Republic  for 
the  Advancement  of  General  Peace' 


The  Governments  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  of  the  Ar- 
gentine Republic,  being  desirous 
rf  once  more  contributing  to  the 
consolidation  of  their  traditional 
policy  of  peace  and  airity  and  also 
to  advance  the  diffusion  of  the 
spirit  of  universal  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  special 
treaty  and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries: 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America:  The  Honor- 
able William  Jennings  Bryan. 
Secretary  of  State;  and 

The  President  of  the  Argentine 
Republic:  Doctor  Romulo  S. 
Naon,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the 
Argentine  Republic  to  the  United 
States  of  America ; 

Who,  after  bavin?;  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  ac^reed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


Los  Gobiernos  de  los 
Unidos  de  America  y  de  la  Repu- 
blica  Argentina,  en  el  anhelo  de 
contribuir  una  vez  mas  a  la  con- 
solidacion  de  su  politica  tradicio- 
nal  de  paz  y  de  amistad  y  con  el 
proposito  de  fomentar  la  difusion 
del  espiritu  de  paz  universal,  han 
convenido  en  concluir  un  Tratado 
Especial  nombrando  a  este  fin 
conio  sus  Plenipotenciario.s : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  al  Honorable 
William  Jenninp;s  Hryan.  Secreta- 
rio  de  Estado;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
Argentina  al  Doctor  Romulo  S. 
Naon,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de  la 
Republica  Ar':;cntina  en  los  Esta- 
dos Unidos  de  Ameiica; 

Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  los  Plenos  Poderes  de 
que  se  hallan  investidos.  hallados 
en  buena  y  debida  forma,  han 
convenido  en  las  disposiciones  si 
guientes : 


Estados    Contricling 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Article  I 
Tne  High  Contracting  Parti^< 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
whirh  it  has  not  been  po.?sible  td 
adjust  through  diplomatic  meth- 


ArtIculo  I 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Dispmej  tr.  b« 

.  ,,  ,  submitted  to 

se   obligan   a   someter   todas   las  international 

,  ,  Commission 

controversias   de   ctialquier  natu-  for  investie*- 

,  ,       .  tion  i\ud 

rakza    que    por    cualquier    causa  repoit. 
surgieran  entre  ellas,  a  la  investi- 


•  MS.  Department  of  State.    SiRticil  ;it  Washington,  July  24,  1914;  ratilicatirm 
advised  by  ilie  Senate.  Auptot  13,  1914. 


itsHiAM 


106 


UNPEKFECTED  TREATIES 


Ineernational 
Commission. 
Composition. 


od-s,  be  referred  fo,  investigation 
and  report  to  an  International 
Comnnssion  to  be  constituted  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  the  fol- 
lowing article.     And  they  further 

agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin 
!'ost.ht,es  against  each  other  dur- 
'ng  such  investig;,tion  and  before 
the  report  is  submitted. 


Article  II 
The   International   Commission 
mentioned  in  the  preceding  article 
^hall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers   to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
r"       ^"y^^""ient   shall   appoint 
tuo  members,  one  of  whom  shall 
be  a  cfzen  of  the  cou    ry  whose 
^'overnment    appoints    him,    and 
the  other  a  citizen  of  some  third 
country:  the   fifth   member   shall 

be  chcsen  by  common  agreement 
between  the  two  Governments,  it 
bemg  understood  that  he  shall  not 
be  a  citizen  of  either  of  the  two 
contracting  countries.     In  case  of 
disagreement    regarding    the    an- 
pomtment   of   the    fifth    member 
the    two    Governments    shall    re- 
quest the  President  of  the  Sv.-is, 
Confederation    to     choose     such 
member.    Said  fifth  member  shall 
be  of  right  the  President  of  the 
International  Commission. 

Each  (Government  shall  havt^ 
the  rigln  to  revoke  the  appoint- 
ment  of   either   or    both    of    the 


g^cion  y  al  informe  de  una  Comi- 
Mon  Internacional  constituida  en 
'a  forma  establecida  por  el  arti- 
culo  siguiente.  siempre  que  esas 
controversias  no  hayan  podido  ser 
solucionadas  por  la  via  diploma- 
t'ca     Se  obligan  asimismo  a  no 

declararselaguerra6iniciarhos- 
t.hcbdes  entre  c-Ilas  mientras  se 
produzca  la  investigacion  y  antes 
que  el  informe  haya  sido  some- 
tido. 


Articuix)  II 
La    Comision    Internacional    a 
que  se  refiere  el  articulo  anterior 
sera   compuesta   de   cinco   miem- 
bros   designados   en    la    siguiente 
orma:  Cada  Gobierno  nombrara 
dos    inRuibros,   debicndo    uno   de 
ellos  ser  ciudadano  del  pais  cuyo 
(^obierno  lo  nombra  y  el  otro  ciu- 
dadano   de    un    tercer   pais       Fl 
qu'nto   debera   ser  designado   de 
ccmun    acuerdo   por   ambos    Go- 
b.ernos.    no    pudiendo    recaer    la 
designacion  en  un  ciudadano  de 
nmguno  de  los  dos  paises  contra- 
tantes.    En  el  caso  de  desacuerdo 
sohre   la   eleccion   del   quinto,   l„s 
dos   Gobiemos  pediran  al   Pre«i 
dente  de  la  Confederacion  Sui-a 
que    haga    la    designacion    de   el 
Este  quinto  miembro  sera  de  de 
recho  Presidente  de  la  Comision 
iniemacional. 


Cada  Gobierno  podra  rcvocar  el 
non!.ramiento  de  cualquiera  do 
los   m.embros   designados   por  el 


ARGENTINE   REPUBLIC 


107 


members  chosen  by  it,  at  any  time 
before  the  investigation  is  begun, 
but  must  appoint  his  or  their  suc- 
cessors at  the  time  his  or  their  ap- 
pointments are  revoked.  If  the 
fifth  member  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  High 
Contracting  Parties,  they  may 
also  at  any  time  before  the  inves- 
tigation is  begun,  withdraw  their 
approval,  but  shall  in  such  case 
come  to  an  agreement  within  the 
next  thirty  days  as  to  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  successor  or  request  the 
President  of  the  Swiss  Confed- 
eration to  make  such  appoint- 
ment. X'acancies  due  to  other 
causes  than  those  enumerated  in 
this  article  shall  be  filled  in  the 
manner  established  for  the  orig- 
inal appointment,  and  the  new  ap- 
pointments shall  not  be  delayed 
more  than  fifteen  days  from  the 
date  on  which  notice  of  the  va- 
cancy was  received.  The  Inter- 
national Commission  shall  ors^an- 
ize  within  six  months  after  the 
exchange  of  the  ratifications  of 
this  treaty,  and  shall  report  its  or- 
ganization to  both  Governments 
on  the  same  date.  It  shall  pre- 
scribe the  rules  of  practice  to  be 
observed  in  the  dii  'harge  of  its 
mission,  and  shall  also  designate 
the  place  where  the  investigations 
are  to  be  conducted.  The  ex- 
penses of  the  Commission  and  thi 
compensation  of  its  members 
shall  be  paid  by  the  two  contract- 


en  cualquier  momento  antes  de 
iniciada  la  investigacion,  debiendo 
sin  embargo  designar  el  6  los 
reemplazantes  en  el  mismo  acto 
en  que  produzca  la  revocacion. 
Si  el  quinto  miembro  hubiera  side 
designado  de  comun  acuerdo  por 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes, 
estas  podran  tambien  en  cualquier 
momento  antes  de  iniciada  la  in- 
vestigacion, retirar  ese  acuerdo, 
debiendo  sin  embargo  dentro  de 
los  treinta  dias  siguientes  ponerse 
de  acuerdo  en  la  designacion  del 
reemplazante  6  pedir  al  Presidente 
de  la  Confederacion  Suiza  que 
haga  esa  designacion.  Las  vacan-  v»c«ncir. 
tes  que  se  produjeran  por  otras 
causas  que  las  enumeradas  en 
este  articulo  seran  llenadas  en  la 
forma  establecida  para  la  designa- 
cion original,  no  debiendo  las  nue- 
vas  designaciones  retardarse  mas 
de  quince  dias  a  contar  desde 
aquel  en  que  se  haya  tenido  noti-  Organumc 
cia  de  la  v.ncante.  I.a  Comision 
Internacional  se  constituira  den- 
tro de  los  seis  meses  siguientes  al 
cange  de  las  ratificaciones  del  pre- 
sente  Tratado,  debiendo  dar  cuen- 
ta  de  su  constitucion  a  ambos  Go- 
hiemos  en  la  niisma  fecha.  Ella 
establecera  las  reglas  de  procedi- 
miento  a  que  debera  ajustarse  en 
el  desempefio  de  su  mision  y 
desi^ara  asimismo  el  lugar  en  E»pen»" 
que  se  practicaran  las  investigacio- 
nes.  Los  gastns  de  la  Comision  y 
los  honoranos   de   sus  miembros 


11 

!=  f  I 


108 


UNPEHIr-ECTED   IKEATIES 


duties  uf 
Commi99i<in. 


Facilities  f.u 
invettigaiion. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independeni 

action 

reserved. 


ing  Governments  in  equal  propor- 
tion. 


seran  sufragados  por  partes  igua- 
Ifs  por  los  dos  Gobicrnos  contra- 
tantes. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contractinu 
I  arties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
their  disputes  by  diplomatic  meth- 
ods, they  shall  at  once  be  referred 
to  the  International   Commission 
for  mvestigation  and  report,  and 
either  of  the  two  interested  gov- 
ernments may  make  the  respective 
reference.    The  High  Contracting 
Parties  agree  to  furnish  the  In- 
ternational  Commission   with   all 
the  facilities  which  it  requires  for 
the  proper  discharge  of  its  trust, 
and  it  shall  complete  its  investi- 
gation and  submit  its  report  with- 
in a  period  of  one  year  from  the 
<late  on  which  it  shall  declare  its 
investigation  to   have  begun.     If 
for  reasons  of  force  majeure  it 
shall  not  have  found  it  possible  to 
complete  its  investigation  or  sub- 
mit its  report  within  the  said  pe- 
riod, it  may  be  extended  for  six 
months  more,  if  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  agree  in  this  re- 
spect.   Upon  the  submission  of  its 
report  by  the  International  Com- 
mission,   or    if    for    any    reason 
whatsoever  n..  report  is  submitted 
within  the  term  fixed  in  this  arti- 
cle, the  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve   the   right  to  act   in   th° 
subject   matter  of  the  investiga- 


ArtIculo  III 
Cuando  las  Altas  Partes  Con- 
tratantes  no  hayan  podido  solucio- 
nar  sus  diferencias  por  la  via  di- 
plomatica.  ellas  seran  inmediata- 
mente  referidas  para  su  investiga- 
c'on    e    informe   a    la    Coniision 
Intemacional,  pudiendo  cualquiera 
de  los  dos  Gobiernos  interesados 
hacer  la  convocatoria  respectiva 
Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  se 
obhgan  a  suministrar  a  la  Comi- 
sion   Internacional   todas  las   fa- 
cilidades  que  reclame  el  mejor  de- 
sempetio  de  su  cometido.  y  ella 
debera  terminar  su  investigacion 
y  presentar  su  Informe  dentro  del 
termino  dc  un  ano  a  contar  dcsde 
la  fecha  en  que  hubiese  declarado 
que  habia  empezado  la  investiga- 
cion.    Si  por  razones  de  fuerza 
mayor  no  hubiera  podido  comple- 
tarse  la  investigacion  6  redactarse 
el  Informe  dentro  de  ese  termino. 
podra  el   ser  ampliado   por  seis 
meses  mas,  siempre  que  estuvie- 
ran  de  acuerdo  a  este  respecto  las 
Altas  Partes  Contratantes.  Some- 
tido  el  Informe  por  la  Comision 
Internacional    a    los    respectivos 
Gobiernos,  6  no  producido  el  por 
cualquier    motivo    dentro    de    los 
terminos    fijados    en    el    presente 
n;ticuIo,  las  .Mtas  Partes  Comra- 


ARGENTINK   REPUBLIC 


109 


tion  and  report  as  their  respective 
interests  may  demand. 


tantes  se  reservan  el  derecho  de 
proceder  en  el  asunto  materia  de 
investigacion  e  informe  como  lo 
reclamen  sus  respectivos  intereses. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  respective  Govern- 
ments in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  their  respective  consti- 
tutions, and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 

This  treaty  shall  continue  in 
force  for  five  years  from  the  date 
of  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
and  if  notice  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it  is  not  given  by  one 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  to  the 
other  one  year  before  the  termina- 
tion of  this  period,  it  shall  be  con- 
sidered as  renewed  for  another 
year,  and  so  on  successively.  A 
strict  and  faithful  observance  of 
the  preceding  article  is  entrusted 
to  the  honor  of  the  signatory 
nations. 


ArtIculo  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi-  txcb«nfeof 
cado  por  los  respectivos  Gobier- 
nos  de  acuerdo  con  lo  estabiecido 
por  sus  re«pectivas  Conr.titucio- 
nes,  debiendo  hacerse  el  cange  de 
dichas  ratificaciones  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible. 

Este  Tratado  estara  en  vigencia  Du'«t"on 
durante  cinco  afios  a  contar  desde 
el  cange  de  las  ratificaciones  y  si 
no  es  denunciado  un  afio  antes  de 
su  vencimiento  se  considerara  re- 
novado  por  otro  aiio,  y  asi  sucesi- 
vamente.  El  estricto  y  leal  cum- 
plimiento  de  las  clausulas  prece- 
dentes  queda  confiado  al  honor  de 
las  naciones  signatarias. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
24th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of 
our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and 
fourteen. 

[skal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     R.  S.  Na6n 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  sign»tur«. 
Plenipotenciarios  han   firmado   el 
presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  24 
de  Julio,  en  el  afio  de  Nuestro 
Sefior  mil  novecientos  catorce. 


110 


UNPERKi  TED  TKEATIES 


CuntricUni 
Po»«rt, 


Plenipnicn 
titriej. 


riiffercncu  of 
a  legal  njturf 
to  be  rrferrel 
•o  Permanent 
Court  of 
Arbitration. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  th.  n      •  ■ 

the  Advanc.m;;rorGe:.e*ra?pr?"  ^'P"**'-  '<- 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Dominican  Republic    l.e- 
ing    desirous    to    strengthen' the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  thtm  to- 
gether and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that    purpose,    and   to    that    end 
lave  appointed  as  their  plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennmffs  Bryan.  Secretary  of 
State,  and 

The  President  of  the  Domini- 
can Repubhc.  Seiior  Don  Fran- 
cisco J.  Peynado.  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiaiy  of  the  Dominican  Republic 
to  the  United  States ; 

Who.  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the    following  articles: 


Los  Lstados  Unid.  de  Ame- 
nca  y  la  Republica  Duminicana 
eneldeseode  fortalccer  I,,  yin- 
culos  de  ainistad  ^lu,-  los  unen  y 
Umbien  avanzar  la  cau.i  de  la 
i^az  general,  han  resuelto  celebrar 
uu  Tratado  co„  tal  objeto.  y  con 
este  tm  han  nonibrado  como  sus 
i^Ienipotenciarios: 

Q  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Ln.dos.  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretario  de 
Estedo.y 

El  Presidente  de  la  RepiiWica 
Dominicana.  al  Seiior  Don  Fran- 
c'sco  J.  Peynado.  Plenipotencia- 
no  en  Misi.,n  Especial  en  los  Es- 
tados Unidos; 


Quienes  despues  de  haberse  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes.  que  enconfraron  en  de 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
siguientes  articulos : 


Article  I 
DifJercnces  which  mav  arise  of 
1  legal  nature,  or  relating  to  the 
>nten,retation  of  treaties  existing 
hetween  the  two  Contracting 
Parties,   and   which   it   may   not 


ArtIculo  [ 
Todas  las  diferencias  que  pue- 
dan  surgir  de  naturaleza  legal  o 
relativa  a  la  interpretacion  de 
tratados  que  existan  entre  las  dos 
Altas  Partes  contratantes  y  que 


•MS.  Depart...!  „f  State.     Signed  a.  Was.iittgton.  Fehrttary  ,,  ,9,4. 


UOMINICAN    REPUBLIC 


111 


have  been  possible  to  settle  by 
diplomacy,  shall  be  referred  to  the 
Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration 
established  at  The  Hague,  pro- 
vided, nevertheless,  that  they  do 
not  affect  the  vital  interests,  the 
independence,  or  the  honor  of  the 
tvvo  Contracting  States,  and  do 
not  concern  the  interests  of  third 
Parties. 


no  hayan  podido  ser  arregladas 
por  la  diplotnncia.  seran  referidas 
a  la  Cortc  Permanente  de  Arbi- 
traje  establecida  en  La  Haya,  a 
menos,  sin  embargo,  que  cllas 
afecten  los  intereses  vitales,  la  in- 
dependencia  o  el  honor  de  cual- 
quiera  de  los  Estados  contratan- 
tcs,  o  conciema  a  los  intereses  de 
terceras  partes. 


Article  II 
In  each  individual  case  the 
High  Contracting  Parties,  before 
appealing  to  the  Permanent  Court 
of  Arbitration,  shall  conclude  a 
special  Agreement  defining  clearly 
the  matter  in  dispute,  the  scope 
of  the  powers  of  the  Arbitrators, 
and  the  periods  to  be  fixed  for  tho 
formation  of  the  Arbitral  Tri- 
bunal and  the  several  stages  of 
the  procedure.  It  is  understood 
that  on  the  part  of  the  United 
States  such  special  agreements 
will  be  made  by  the  President  of 
the  United  States,  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
and  on  the  part  of  the  Dominican 
Republic  by  its  President,  with 
the    approval    of    its    Congress. 

Those  special  agreements  will  be 
obligatory  only  when  confirmed 
by  the  two  Governments  through 
an  exchange  of  notes. 


ArtIculo  II 

En  cada  caso,  las  Altas  Partes  JjJJj^,^, 
contratantes.  antes  de  recurrir  a 
la  Cortc  Permanente  de  Arbitraje, 
concluiran  un  convenio  especial 
que  defina  claramente  la  materia 
en  disputa,  la  extension  de  los 
podercs  de  los  Arbitros,  y  los  pe- 
riodos  de  tiempo  que  hayan  de 
fijarse  para  la  formacion  del  Tri- 
bunal Arbitral  y  para  las  diversas 
faces  del  procedimiento. 

Queda  cntendido  que  tales  con- 
venios  especiales  seran  hechos,  en 
nombre  de  los  Estados  Unidos, 
por  su  Presidente,  de  acuerdo  y 
con  el  consentimiento  de  su  Se- 
nado;  y  en  nombre  de  la  Repii- 
blica  Dominicana,  por  su  Presi- 
dente, con  la  aprobacion  de  su 
Con^Ttso. 

Elsos  convenios  solo  seran  obli- 
gatorios  cuando  esten  confirmados 
por  los  dos  Gobiernos  con  un  cam- 
bio  de  Xotas. 


MICROCOTY   RESCHUTION   TEST  CHART 

lANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No   2) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^ 


m 

136 

■  40 


11.25  iu 


1^ 

2.2 


1^ 

1.6 


A  APPLIED  ll\A>1GE     I 

S^m  '^-^^    t-ost    Ma--^    'itipff' 

S'.S  f^-'th«5ter.    Ne*    York  1*609        USA 

''SS  ■,  ?'6)    48;   -  OJOO  -  Phortt 

^S  * ' '^'    288  -  5989  -  fat 


112 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  III 
The  High  Contracting  Panics 
agree   that   all    disputes   between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  have  failed 
to  settle  or  refer  to  the  Perma- 
nent Court  at  The  Hague,  shall 
be  referred  for  investigation  and 
report   to   a   permanent    Interna- 
tional Commission,  which  shall  be 
constitui' 1    in    the    manner    pre- 
scribed   in    the    next    succeeding 
article ;  and  they  agree  not  to  de- 
clare war  or  begin  hostilities  dur- 
ing such  investigation  or  before 
the  report  is  submitted. 


Articui^  III 
Las  Altas   Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  que  todas  las  desa- 
venencias,  de  cualquiei-  naturaleza 
que  fueren,  que  la  diplomacia  no 
hubiere  podido  arreglar  ni  some- 
ter  al  arbitraje  de  la  Corte  Per- 
manente  de  La  Haya,  deberan  ser 
sometidas  para  su  investigacion  e 
informe  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional,  la  cual  debera  constituirse 
de    la    mar.    a    prescrita    en    el 
proximo  siguiente  articulo ;  y  con- 
vienen  en    no  declararse   guerra 
ni   empezar   hostilidades    durante 
tal  investigacion  ni  antes  que  el 
informe  haya  sido  sometido. 


International 
Commission. 
Composition. 


Article  IV 
The   International    Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.    Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  investigation  begins,  any 
one  of  its  Commissioners,  and  in 
that  case  shall  immediately  name 
his  successor,  and  under  the  same 


Articulo  IV 
La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  seran  nombrados  como 
sigue :  un  miembro  debera  ser  es- 
cojido  de  cada  pais,  por  su  res- 
pective Gobierno ;  un  miembro  de- 
bera  ser  escojido   por  cada  Go- 
bierno, de  un  tercer  pais ;  el  quin- 
to  miembro   debera   ser  escojido 
de  comun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos 
Gobiernos,      entendiendose      que 
este  no  debera  ser  ciudadano  de 
ninguno  de  los  dos  paises  intere- 
sados.      Cada   una    de   las   Altas 
Partes  contratantes  se  reserva  el 
derecho    de    remover,    antes    que 
haya  comenzado  la  investigacion, 
a  cualquiera  de  sus  comisionados, 
y  en  tal  caso  procedera  a  reempla- 


jijg*g»^^m]r 


DOMINICAN  REPUBLIC 


113 


conditions    shall    also    have    the 
right  to  withdraw  its  approval  of 
the   fifth   Commissioner   selected 
jointly ;  in  which  case  a  new  Com- 
missioner shall  be  selected  jointly 
as  in  the  original  selection.     The 
Commissioners  shall,  when  actu- 
ally employed  in  the  investigation 
of  a  dispute,  receive  such  com- 
pensation as  shall  be  agreed  upon 
by  the  High  Contracting  Parties. 
The  expenses  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Govern- 
ments in  equal  proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


zarlo   inmediataniente.     Bajo   las 

mismas   condiciones   podra   cual- 

quiera  de  las  Partes  contratantes 

retirar  su  aprobacion  del  quinto 

comisionado  elejido  conjuntamen- 

te,  y  en  este  caso  se  escojera  con- 
juntamente  un  nuevo  comisiona-  Comp,ns.tK.n. 
do,   en  la   forma  original.     Los 
comisionados  recibiran  la  retribu- 
cion  que  acuerden  las  Altas  Partes 
contratantes,  pero  solamente  du- 
rante el  tiempo  que  empleen  en  Exp.n.ei.. 
la  investigacion.    Los  gastos  de  la 
Comision  deberan  ser  pagados  por 
los     dos     Gobiernos     en    partes 

iguales. 

La  Comision  Intemacional  de- 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado;  y 
las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 
de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 


.Appointment. 


Article  V 
In    case    the    High    Contract- 
ing Parties  shall  have  failed  to  ad- 
just, or  refer  to  arbitration,  a  dis- 
pute by  diplomatic  methods,  they 
shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission.    The  Inter- 
national  Commission  may,  how- 
ever, act  on  its  own  initiative,  and 
in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both 
Governments    and    request    their 
cooperation  in  the   investigation. 


The  High   Contracting  Parties 


ArtIculo  V 
En  el  caso  de  que  las   Altas  D»«^»i,fi, 
Partes  contratantes   no  hubieren 
podido  arreglar  una  desavenencia 
por  los   medios   diplomaticos,  ni 
someterla  a  arbitraje,  deberan  in- 
mediatamente   referirla  a  la   Co- 
mision Intemacional.     La  Comi- 
sion Intemacional  puede,  sin  em- 
bargo, actuar  por  su  propia  inicia- 
tiva,  y  en  tal  caso  debera  notifi- 
carlo  a  ambos  Gobiernos  y  pedir- 
les  su  cooperacion  en  la  investi- 
gacion. 

I^s   Altas   Partes  contratantes 


:sion. 


114 


UN  PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilitie- 
investif    loi. 


Time  fqr 
re|H>rt. 


IndependiTU 

action 

rcscr\-ed. 


Excliaiige  of 
ratifications. 


agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  witli  all 
the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission    shall    be     rendered 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unles.s  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual 
agreement.     The  report  shall  be 
prepared  in  triplicate  in  the  lan- 
suage  of  either  of  the  two  High 
Contracting  Parties  that  the  Com- 
mission may  select,  one  copy  shall 
b^  presented  to  each  Government, 
and    the    third    retained    by    the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject  matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 

Article  VI 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    President    of    the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Dominican  Republic, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Congress 
thereof ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It   shall   take   effect   immediately 
after    the    exchange    of    ratifica- 


convienen  en  suministrar  a  la  Co- 
mision  Intemacional  todos  los 
niedios  y  facilidades  necesarias 
para  su  investigacion  e  informe. 

EI  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
temacional   debera    ser    rendido 
dentro  de  un  ano  despues  de  la 
fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empezado  su  investigacion 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  limitaren  o  extendieren 
el    tiempo    por    mutuo    consenti- 
""ento.     El   informe   debera   ser 
preparado  por  triplicado,  en  cuai- 
quiera  de  los  dos  idiomas  de  las 
Altas  Partes  contratantes  que  es- 
coja  la  Comision;  una  copia  de- 
bera ser  entregada  a  cada  Gobier- 
no,  y  la  tercera  reten-da  por  la 
Comision  para  su  archivo. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
•se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  el  asunto 
en  disputa.  despues  que  el  informe 
de  la  Comision  se  les  haya  some- 
tido. 


Articulo  VJ 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el   Presidente   de   los 
i'.staaos    Unidos   de   America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  Americano;  y  por  el 
Presidente   de   la   Republica   Do- 
mmicana   con   la   aprobacion   del 
Conffreso  de  e.sta  Republica;  y  las 
ratificaciones  dcberan  ser  canjea- 
das  tan  pronto  como  fuere  posi- 
ble.     Debera  entrar  en  vigor  in- 


GREECE 


US 


tions,  and  shall  continue  in  force 
foi  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it 
shall  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of 
the  High  Contracting  Parties 
have  given  notice  to  the  other  of 
an  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  afhxed 
thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
17th  day  of  February,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred 
and  fourteen. 

[seal]     William 
[seal]     Fran*  J, 


mediatamente  despues  del  canje  duration. 
de  ratificaciones ;  continuar  en 
fuerza  por  un  periodo  de  cinco 
anos,  y,  ademas,  permanecer  vi- 
jente  hasta  doce  meses  despues 
que  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  haya  notificado  a  la  otra 
la  jntencion  de  terminarlo. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual.  los  respecti-  sign.t..r«. 
vos  Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado 
por  duplicado  el  presente  Tratado 
y  puesto  al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington  el  dia  17 
de  Febrero,  en  el  ano  de  Nuestro 
Seiior  de  mil  novecientos  catorce. 

Jennings  Bryan. 
Peynado. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Greece  for  the  Advance- 
^  ment  of  General  Peace' 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Majesty  the  Con^«.in« 
King  of  the  Hellenes,  being  desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds  o    amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general  peace 
have  resolved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to  that  end 
liavp  anoointed  as  their  plenipotentiaries: 

The  PresTdent  of  the  UniteS  States,  the  Honorable  William  Jennmgs  ^^u... 

Hrvan,  Secretary  of  State;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Hellenes.  Mr.  Agamemnon  Schhemann 
his  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to  the  Un.ted 

^  w'ho  after  having  communicated  to  each  other  their  respective  full 
powers!  found  to  be  in  proper  form,  having  agreed  upon  and  concluded 
the  following  articles : 

-T^S.  Departnient  of  State.^ Signed  at  Washington,  October  13.  1914;  ratifica- 
tion ad-  ised  by  the  Senate,  October  20,  1<  14. 


IIJUUIH-ULII-P-UW 


116 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputei  to  b* 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  inTcsti- 
tation  and 
report. 


Int  ■  lational 
Commission. 
Composition. 


E-xpenses. 


Appointment 
and  vacancies. 


I'uties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Time  for 
report. 


Article  I 

tra.ion  treaties  or  agreements  do  J'  ppT  „    hettrr"  "''■ 

national  Coninii"!      o"^^^^^^^^^^^^  *«  ^  P—nt  Inter- 

next  succeeding  artic  e-  -innXv  '"^"""^  P««"ibed  in  the 

tiHties  durinrsuch    nCesttltSLlTh^     '°  'l''"^  "^^  °^  ^^^^  »>- 
S    ucn  investigation  and  before  the  report  i.s  submitted. 

Article  II 
The  International  Commission  shall  be  comooserl  nf  fi„- 
be  appointed  as  follows:  One  member  sLn  h.  I         f      '"'"'''""'  *° 

Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  (.iUA  *      j- 

dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  f hey  sha  1  at    nL "tfer  U^^^^^^^^  ' 

national  Commission  for  investigation  and  report     The  Tn.  ; 

Commission  may.  however,  spontaneously  "r  its  se  Ji" "To  Z 

Its  investigation  and  report.  <*«-»ines  required  for 

The  report  of  the  International  Commission  shall  be  completed  within 
one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  inve^St^n  o 
have  begun,  unless  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  limi  ofextend 
h  time  by  mutual  agreement.  The  report  shall  be  prepared  ntrij' 
cate;  one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Government  and  the  f^^" 
retained  by  the  Commission  for  its  files  ^"'^"'"^"*'  ^"^  the  third 


NETHERLANDS 


117 


The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  independently 
on  the  subject  matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  Commissjon 
shall  have  been  submitted. 

Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 
thereof;  and  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Hellenes;  and  the  ratifi- 
cations shall  be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible.  It  shall  take  en.ct 
immediately  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and  shall  contmue  in 
force  for  a  period  of  five  years;  and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  m  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  thirteenth  day  of  October,  m  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

William  Jennings  Bryan,    [seal] 
Agamemnon  Schliemann.      [seal] 

Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  the  Netherlands  for  the 
Advancement  of  General  Peace 


Independent 

■ction 

reserved. 


Exchanfc  of 
rattficittons. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Her  Maj- 
esty the  Queen  of  the  Nether- 
lands, being  desirous  to  strengthen 
the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
togetl.er  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  the  TJnited 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings     Bryan,     Secretary    of 


'  MS.  Department  of  State.    Signed 
fication  advised  by  the  Senate,  August 


De  President  der  Vereenigde  gont;;;.""" 
Staten  van  Amerika  en  Hare 
Majesteit  de  Koningin  der  Neder- 
landen,  wenschende  de  tusschen 
hen  bestaande  vriendschapsbanden 
te  versterken  en  evenzeer  den 
algemeenen  vrede  te  bevorderen, 
hebben  besloten  tot  dat  doel  een 
verdrag  te  sluiten,  waartoe  Zy  als 
hunne  Gevolmachtigden  hebben 
benoemd : 

De   President   der   Vereenigde  S"'"" 
Staten:  Zyne  Excellentie  William 
Jennings    Bryan,    Secretaris   van 

at  Washington.  December  18,  1913;  rati- 
13,  1914. 


118 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  invest!' 
Ration  and 
report. 


State;  and 

Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the 
Netherlands,  Chevalier  W.  L.  F. 
C.  van  Rappard.  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  Netherlands  to  the 
United  States; 

W'  after  having  communi- 
cate each  other  their  respec- 
tn  Al  powers,  found  to  be  in 
Pr-  per  form,  having  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 


Staat ;  en 

Hare    Majesteit    de    Koningin 
der  Nederlanden:  Ridder  W.  L. 
F-  C.  van  Rappard,  Hoogst  Der- 
zelver   Buitengewoon   Gezant   en 
Oevolmachtigd    Minister    by    de 
Vereenigde  Staten  van  Amerika; 
Die,  na  elkander  hunne  weder- 
zydsche    volmachten    te    hebben 
niedegedeeld,  welke  in  goeden  en 
behoorlyken  vorm  zyn  bevonden 
omtrent  de  volgende  artikelen  zyn 
overeengekomen. 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree   that  all   disputes   between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agree- 
ments do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall, 
when  diplomatic  methods  of  ad- 
justment have  failed,  be  referred 
for  investigation  and  report  to  a 
permanent  International  Commis- 
sion, to  be  constituted  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed   in   the   next   suc- 
ceeding  article;   and   they   agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos- 
tilities during  such   investigation 
and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


Artikel  I 
De     Hooge     Verdragsluitende 
Partyen  komen  overeen  dat  alle 
geschillen  van  welken  aard  ook 
die  tusschen  hen  mochten  ontstaan 
en   waarvan   de   beslechting  niet 
wordt  voorzien  in  vroeger  aange- 
gane     arbitrar.^     v-rdragen     en 
overeenkon-  .  ,  indie„     ^^ 

bepalingen     •  j^agen     en 

overeenkomst.        .tr;yk  niet  wcr- 
den  toegepa.^  trr  fine  van  onder- 
zoek  en  verslag  zullen  worden  on- 
derworpen,  nadat  alle  diplomatie- 
ke    middelen    ter    regeling    dezer 
geschillen    gefaald    hebben,    aan 
eene    Permanente    Internationale 
Commissie,    die    zal    worden    be- 
noemd  op  de  wyze  voorgeschreven 
in  het  volgend  artikel ;  en  zy  ko- 
men overeen  noch  den  oorJog  te 
verklaren    noch    vyandelykheden 
te  beginnen  loopende  dat  onder- 
zoek  en  totdat  het  verslag  zal  zyn 
mgediend. 


-^duLiiti 


NETHERLANDS 


119 


Arttcle  II 
The   International   Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.    The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the    two    Governments    in   equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


International 
Commiuion. 
Composition. 


Artikel  II 
De     Internationale     Commissie 
zal  bestaan  uit  vyf  leden  als  volgt 
te  benoenien:  Een  lid  zal  worden 
gekozen  door  iedere  Regeering  uit 
hare   eigen   onderdanen;   een    lid 
zal  worden  gekozen   door  iedere 
Regeering  uit  onderdanen  van  een 
derde  Mogtndheid ;  het  vyfde  lid 
zal  in  gemeen  overleg  door  beide 
Regeeringen  gekozen  worden  met 
dien  verstande,  dat  hy  niet  zal  zyn 
onderdaan  van  een  der  beide  Ian- 
den.    De  kosten  aan  de  Commis-  Kx|.»n»c5. 
sie    verbonden    zuUen    gelykelyk 
door    de    twee    Regeeringen    ge- 
dragen  worden. 

De  Internationale  Commissie 
zal  benoemd  worden  binnen  zes 
maanden  na  de  uitwisseling  der 
akten  van  bekrachtiging  van  dit 
verdrag;  opengevallen  plaatsen  vac«ncie« 
zuUen  vervuld  worden  op  de  wyze 
voorgeschreven  voor  de  oorspron- 
kelyke  benoeming. 


.^pp«intment. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  spontaneously  offer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 


Artikel  III 
Voor  het  geval  de  Hooge  Ver-  commiwion. 
dragsluitende  Partyen  niet  zullen 
geslaagd  zyn  een  tusschen  hen 
gerezen  geschil  te  beslechten  langs 
diplomatieken  weg.  zullen  zy  het 
onverwijld  aan  de  Internationale 
Commissie  onderwerpen  ter  fine 
van  onderzoek  en  verslag.  De  In- 
ternationale Commissie  kan  echter 
tot  dat  doel  uit  eigen  beweging 


120 


FteiHHci  for 
inTcttifation. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

actioa 

reterted. 


Ratifications. 


ments  and  request  their  coopera 
tion  in  the  investigation 


UNPEHFECTED  TREATIES 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
international  Commission  with  all 
the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  Its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission    shall    be    completed 
withm  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gat,.,n  to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High    Contracting    Parties    shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual 
agreement.     The  report  shall  be 
prepared  in  triplicate;  one  copv 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Govem'- 
ment.  and  the  third  retained  bv 
the  Commission  for  its  files. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject  matt.-r  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


»iarc  diensten  aanbieden.  in  wclk 
geval  zy  beiden  Regeeringen  daar- 
van  kennis  zal  geven.  en  beider 
medewerking  tot  een  onderzoek 
zal  verzoeken. 

De  Hooge  Verdragsluitende 
I'artyen  verbinden  zich  der  Per- 
manente  Internationale  Commis- 
sie  alle  hulpmiddelen  en  facili- 
teiten  te  verschaflFen  benoodigti 
voor  haar  onderzoek  en  verslag 

Het  verslag  der  Internationale 
Commissie  moet  gereed  zyn  bin- 
nen  een  jaar  van  af  den  da-- 
vvaarop  zy  zal  hebben  verklaard" 
dat  het  onderzoek  is  begonnen. 
tenzy  de  Hooge  Verdragsluitende 
Partyen  dit  tydsverloop  met  on- 
derlmg   goedvinden    zullen    wen- 

schenteverkortenofteverlengen 
Het  verslag  zal  in  drievoud  opg.- 
maakt  worden;  een  exemplaar  zal 
aan  leder  der  Regeeringen  worden 
aangeboden.  en  het  derde  exem- 
plaar bl^-ven  berusten  in  het  ar- 
chief  der  Commissie. 

Nadat  het  verslag  der  Commis- 
s.e  aan  de  Hooge  Verdragsluiten- 
de Partyen  zal  zyn  aangeboden. 
behouden  deze  zich  volledige 
vryheid  van  handelen  voor  in  het 
^eschil.  dat  het  onderwerp  van 
net  onderzoek  uitmaakte. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    President    of    the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 


Artikel  IV 
verdrag    zal    worden 


Dit  ,v..u.ag  zai  worden  be- 
kTachtij,xd  door  den  President  der 
Vereenigde  Staaten  van  Amerika 
wat  dezen  laatsten  betreft  op  ad- 


NICARAGUA 


121 


Senate  thereof ;  and  by  Her  Maj- 
esty the  Queen  of  the  N  Mier- 
lands;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications, 
and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a 
period  of  five  years;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an 
intention  to  terminate. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
eighteenth  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen 
hundred  and  thirteen. 

[seal]     William 
[seal]     W.  L.  F. 


vies  en  met  goedkeuren  van  den 
Senaat,  en  door  Hare  Majesteit 
de  Koningin  der  Nederlanden.  en 
de  akten  van  bekrachtiging  zul- 
len  zoo  spoedig  mogelyk  worden  Duntion, 
uitgewisseld.  Het  zal  in  werking 
treden  onmiddellyk  na  de  uitwi.s- 
seling  der  akten  van  bekrachtiging 
en  zal  van  kracht  blyven  voor  een 
tydperk  van  vyf  jaren;  hierna  zal 
het  van  kracht  blyven  tot  twaalf 
maanden  nadat  een  der  Hooge 
Verdragsluitende  Partyen  aan  de 
andere  zal  hebben  kennis  gegeven 
van  haar  voornemen  het  te  doen 
eindigen. 

Ter  oorkonde  waarvan  de  we- 
derzijdsche  gevolmachtigden  dit 
verdrag  hebben  geteekend  en  van 
hun  zegel  voorzien. 

Gedaan  te  Washington  op  den 
achttienden  dag  der  maand  De- 
cember van  het  jaa    mi^es  Heeren 
negentien  honderd  en  dt  rtien. 
Jennings  '  ..van 
C.    .  Rapi     ;d 


Signature! 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Nicaragua  for  the  Ad 
ment  of  General  Peace* 


The  Republic  of  Nicaragua  and 
the  United  States  of  America,  be- 
ing desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  to- 
gether and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de 
rica,  y  la   Repiiblica   de    Xk 
gua,  en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer     .* 
vinculos  de  aniistad  que  los  ui 
y  ta.mbien  avanzar  la  causa  de 
Paz  general,  ban  resuelto  entrai 


»  MS.  Department  of  State.    Signed  at  Washington.  December  17,  1913;  rati- 
fication advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


utracting 
■A  ers. 


«      i- 


122 


UNPKRFECTED  TREATIES 


J'lenipoien- 
tiarici. 


Ditputei to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Conunission 
for  investi- 
(tafion  and 
report. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


solved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  f„r 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plcnijwten- 
tiaries  : 

The  President  of  Nicarajrua. 
Senor  General  Don  Emiliano 
Chamorro.  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  I'lenipotentiarv  of 
Nicaragua  to  the  United  States- 
and 

The  President  of  the  United 
states,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretary  of 
State ; 

Who,  after  having  communi 
cated  to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles  : 


en  un  J  ratado  con  aquel  objeto 
«  cuyo  fin  han  nombrada  comJ 
-us  Plenipotenciarios : 

EI  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos.  al  Honorable  William 
.lennmgs  Bryan.  Secretario  dc 
Estado.  y 

El  Presidente  de  Nicaragua,  a! 
Sonor  General  Don  Emiliano 
(-hamorro.  Enviado  Extraordina- 
no  y  Ministro  Plenipotcnciario 
(If  Nicaragua  en  los  Estados  Uni- 
dos; 

Quienes.  despues  de  haber  co- 
niunicado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes.  que  encontraron  en  de- 
hida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
■irticulos  siguientes: 


Article  I 
The    high    contracting    parties 
agree   that   all   disputes    between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigntion  and  report  to  an  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  Article ;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  inves- 
tigation and  report. 


Article  II 
The   International   Commission 
^hall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 


ARTicuix)  I 
Las  Altas   Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  que  todas  las  dispu- 
tas  entre  ellas.  de  cualquiera  natu- 
raleza  que   fueren,  que  la  diplo- 
niacia  fallare  arreglar.  deberan  ser 
sometidas  para  su  invest  igacion  c 
informe  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional.  la  cual  debera  ser  consti- 
tuida  de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 
f)r6ximo  sigtnente  articulo ;  y  con- 
vienen  en   no  declarar  guerra   6 
empezar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 

ArtIculo  II 
I-a  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 


NICARAt;iA 


123 


bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  th*" 
Governments.     The   exper 
the  Commission  shall  be  p..  . 
the    two   Governments    in    equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  •\fter  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 

Article  III 

In  (  •  the  high  contracting 
parties  .11  have  failed  to  adjust 
n  dispu..;  by  diplomatic  methods, 
thev  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
Tnternational  Commission  for  in- 
v'Stigation  and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 


bros,  que  drberan  ser  ni'nibrados 
como  sigue:  un  miemb'-o  debera 
ser  esco,jido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobierno;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada  Go- 
bierno, de  un  tercer  pais ;  el  quinto 
miembro  debera  ser  escogido  de 
romun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos  Go- 
biernos.  I^s  gastos  de  la  Comi-  Expenwi. 
sion  deberan  ser  pagados  por  los 
dos  Gobiemos  en  igual  propor- 
cion. 

La  Comision  Intemacional  de-  Aipoimment, 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 
las  ratificacicnes  del  Tratado;  y 
las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 
de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 

ARTfCUW)  III 
En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  ?„"^«„'i«i„. 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dios  diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comision 
Intemacional  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe.  La  Comision  In- 
temacional puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  por  su  propia  iniciativa,  y 
en  tal  caso  debera  notificar  a  am- 
bos  Gobiemos  y  solicitar  su  coope- 
racion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
temacional debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  aiio  despues  de 
la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empezado  su  investigacion, 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 


ii 


Time  for 
report. 


124 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Military  and 
naval  status 
quo  to  be 
preserved. 


Ratifications. 


tend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
'"ent.     The  report  shall  be  pre- 

pared  m  triplicate;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


The  high  contracting  parties  re- 
serve the  right  to  act  independent- 
'y  on  the  subject-matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 

Article  IV 
Pending  the   investigation  and 
report  of  the  International  Com- 
in.ss.on,  the  high  contracting  pa, 
ties  agree   not   to  increase  their 

military  or  naval  programs,  un!es.s 
danger  from  a  third  power  should 
compel   such    increase,    in    which 
case  the  party  feeling  itself  men- 
aced   shall     confidentially     com- 
municate the  fact  in  writing  to  the 
other   contracting   party,    where- 
upon the  latter  shall  also  be  re- 
leased from  its  obligation  to  main- 
tain Its  military  am]  „aval  status 
quo. 

Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  Congress  of  the  Repub- 
lic   of    Nicaragua;    and    by    the 
President  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  by  and  with  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Senate  there- 
of; and  the  ratifications  shall  be 
e.xchanged  as  soon  as  possible.    It 


tratantes  extendieren  el  tiempo 
por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El  iir. 
forme  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  sus  legajos. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
'ndependientemente  en  el  asunto 
de  la  disputa  despues  que  el  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  se  les  haya 
sometido.  ^ 

ARTicur.0  IV 
Durante  la  investigacion  e  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  Internacio- 
nal.  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  no  aumentar  su  pro- 
grama  mihtar  6  naval,  a  menos 
que  el  peligro  de  un  tercer  Poder 
los   compela   a   tal   aumento.   en 
cuyo  caso.  la  parte  que  se  creyere 

amenazada  debera  comunicarcon- 
fidencialmente  el  hecho  oor  es- 
crito  a  la  otra  parte  contnitante; 
entonces.  la  ultima  quedara  exo- 
nerada  de  las  obligaciones  de 
mantener  su  statu  quo  militar  v 
naval. 


ARTfcULO  V 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo.  v  por  el 
Congreso  de  la  Republica  de  Ni- 
caragua :  y  las  ratificaciones  debe- 
ran     ser    canjeadas    tan    pronto 


tAtuiiaiiiiiii. 


PANAMA 


125 


shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  pe- 
riod of  five  years;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
high  contracting  parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
17th  day  of  December,  in  the  year 
of   our   Lord    nineteen   hundred 


como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en-  Duration. 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues  del  canje  de  ratificaciones,  y 
continuara  en  fuerza  por  un  pe- 
riodo  de  cinco  afios ;  y  debera  des- 
pues  permanecer  en  fuerza  hasta 
doce  meses  despues  que  una  de  las 
Altas  Partes  contratantes  haya 
notificado  a  la  otra  la  intencion 
de  terminarlo. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respecti-  signatures, 
vos  Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado 
el  presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto 
al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  17 
de  Diciembre,  en  el  aiio  de  Nues- 
tro  Seiior  mil  novecientos  trece. 


and  thirteen. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     Emiliano  Chamorro 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  ar.d  Panama  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace' 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Panama,  be- 
ing desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  to- 
gether and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appomted  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame- 
rica y  la  Republica  de  Panama,  en 
el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos 
de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  tani- 
bien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la  Paz 
general,  han  resuelto  entrar  en  un 
Tratado  con  aquel  objeto  a  cuyo 
fin  han  nombrado  como  sus  Ple- 
nipotenciarios : 


El   Presidente   de   los   Estados  Picnipotm 

tiaries. 

Unidos,    al    Honorable    William 
Secretario    de 


Jennings    Br>'an, 
Fstido,  y 


•  MS.  Department  of  State.    Signed  at  Washington,  September  20.  191.1. 


126 


Disputes  to  lie 
submitted  to 
•  T'ternational 
Commission 
'or  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


fnternational 

Commission. 
Compositinn, 


The     President     of     Panama, 
^^nor     Dr.     Don     Eusebio     A 
Morales.     Envoy     Extraordinary 
and   Minister   Plenipotentiary   of 
Unama  to  the  United  States- 
\Vho,    after   having    com„n,ni- 

cated  to  each  other  their  respec- 
t've  full  powers,   found  to  be  in 

rr„  ^°™'   have   agr«-d    upon 
the  following  articles : 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


hA   Iresidente   de    Panat;u.   al 
Seno,     Dr.     Don     Eusebio     A 
Morales.  Enviado  Exttaordinario 
y    Mmistro    Plenipotenciario    de 
Manama  en  losEstadosUnidos  • 

yuienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
rnunicado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
b'da  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes: 


Article  I 
The    high    contracting    partie.s 
agree   that   all   disputes    between 
them  of  every  nature  whatsoever 
)^hich  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted m  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  Article;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begm  hostilities  during  such   in- 
vestigation and  report. 


AHTfcULO  I 
Las  Altas   Partes  contratantes 
han  convenido.  que  todas  la^  dis- 
putas   entre   ellas.   de   cualquien. 
naturaleza  que  fueren.  que  la  di- 
Plomacia  fallar-  arreglar,  deberan 
ser  sometidas  para  su  investiga- 
c'on  e  informe  a   una  ComisS, 
Internaconal,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo- 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
o  empesar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe 


Expenses. 


Article  II 
The   International   Commission 
Shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows- 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  countrj-,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall    b<- 
chosen  by  each  C^vernment  fr„„. 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  bv  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.     The  expenses   of 


ArtIculo  II 
La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros.  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue:  un  miembro  deberi 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 

respect,voGobierno;un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada 
Gob.emo.  de  un  tercer  pais-  el 
qu.nto  miembro  debera  ser 'es- 
cogido de  comun  acuerdo  -ntre 
los    dos    Gobiernos.    I^s    gastos 


i 


PANAMA 


127 


the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 

Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may. 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and 
request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 

The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 


de  la  Comision  deberan  ser  paga- 
dos  por  los  dos  Gobiernos  en 
igual  proporcion. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de-  Appointment, 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentr.o  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje 
de  las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado; 
y  las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llena- 
das  de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 

Articuu)  III 

En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  '^T^ZlLn. 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dios  diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe.  La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  sobre  su  propia  iniciativa, 
y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  ano  despues  de 
la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empesado  su  investigacion, 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes extendieran  el  tiempo 
por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El 
informe  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para    us  legajos. 

Las   Altas  Partes  contratantes  independent 

action 
se  rcservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  reserved. 


Time  for 
report. 


128 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Muntcnancr 
of  military 
and  aavsi 
status  t  10. 


Katifications. 


dently  on   the  subjcct-manpr  r.(     ■  ^ 

haya  sometido. 


duration. 


Article  IV 
Pending  tne  invesfigation  and 
report  of  the  Jnternational  Com- 
mission, the  high  contracting  par- 
ties agree  not  to  increase  their 
mihtary  or  naval  programs,  unless 

danger  from  a  third  power  should 
compel   such   increase,   in    which 
case  the  party  feeling  itself  men- 
aced    shall     confidentially    com- 
municate the  fact  in  writing  to  the 
other  contracting  party,   where- 
upon the  latter  shall  also  be  re- 
eased  from  its  obligation  to  main- 
tain Its  military  and  naval  status 
quo. 

Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    President    of    the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Senate  thereof;  and   by  the 
President    of    the    Republic    of 
Panama,    with    the    approval    of 
the    Congress    thereof;    and    the 
ratifications  shall  be  exchanged  as 
soon  as  nossible.    It  shall  take  ef- 
fect   immediately    after    the    ex 
chaiLije  of  ratifications,  and  shall 
continue  in  force  for  a  period  of 

five  years;  and  it  shall  thereafter 
remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  high  con- 


ARTfcULO   IV 

Durante  la  investigacion  e  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  Internacio- 
nal,  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  no  aumentar  su  pro- 
grama  militar  6  naval,  a  menos 
que  el  pehgro  de  un  tercer  Poder 

loscompelaatalaumento,encuyo 
caso  la  parte  que  se  crey.re  ame- 
nazada    debera    comunicar   confi- 
dencialmente  el  hecho  por  escrito 
a  la  otra  parte  contratante.  por  lo 
tanto    la  ultima  quedara  exone- 
rada  de  las  obligaciones  de  man- 
tener    su    status    quo    militar    y 
naval.  ■' 

ARTicULO   V 

El  presente  Trat:  do  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el    Presidente   de   los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente    de    la    Republica    de 
J  anania.    con    la    aprobacion    del 
Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones  de- 
beran   ser  canjeadas   tan   pronto 
como  fuere  posible.     Debera  en- 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
Pues  del  canje  de  ratificaciones   y 
continuara  en  fuerza  por  un  pe- 

nodo  decincoanos;y  debera  des- 
Pues  permanecer  en  fuerza  hasta 
doce  meses  despues  que  una  de  las 


m. 


PERSIA 


129 


t;  acting  parties  have  given  notice 
to  the  other  of  an  intention  to  ter- 
minate it. 


Altas  Partes  contratantes  haya 
notificado  a  la  otra  la  intcncion 
de  terminarlo. 


In  witi  CSS  wheveof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  sigr-'d 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seal". 

Done  in  Washington  .1  the 
20th  day  of  Sentember,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 

[seal] 
[seal] 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Signatures. 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
prcsente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Heche  en  Washington,  el  dia 
20  de  Setiembre,  en  el  aiio  de 
Nuestro  Seiior  mil  novecientos 
trece. 

William  Jennings  Bryan 

EusEBio  A.  Morales 


! 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Persia  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace' 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Imperial 
Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  bemg  desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of 
amity  th.>t  bind  them  together  and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  purpose  and  to  that 
end  have  appointed  as  their  Plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United  Stales,  His  Excellency  Mr.  Charles 
Wells  Russell,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
tbf  United  States  to  Persia  and; 

His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  His  Excellency  Mirza 
Hasan  Khan  Wossough  ed  Dowleh  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs; 
who,  after  having  communicated  to  each  other  their  respective  full 
powers  found  to  be  in  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  the  following 

Articles: 

A        le  I 

The  high  contracting  parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them, 
of  every  nature  whatsoever,  which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  adjust,  shall 
be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report  to  an  International  Commis- 
sion, to  be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding 

~T^S.  Department  of  State.     Signed,  February  4,  1914;  ratilcation  advised 
by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


130 


UN-PERFECTED  TREATIES 


stht;:s';t:H7„rrr;r '"""  -"  -  ■-■«'■•  -""•-  -"^-^ 


International 
rommission. 
Composition. 


Expenses. 


Appointmert. 


Article  II 
third  country  the  fifth  n.Su       in  5   t       Government  from  some 

appointment.  manner  of  the  orijjmal 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Maintenance 
of  militar>' 
and  naval 
status  quo. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting  parties  shall  h^v^  M  a  .       j- 
dispute  by  diplomatic  methods'they  sha,  '  "once    e  er  t  t  "the  l"  t    ' 
nauona   Commission  for  investigation  and  report  '"'"■ 

Ihe  International  Commission  may,  however  act  ,,nnn  .Vc 

witlt'   '''^°'''  °^.  "''   ^"^^■■"=^^'°"^'   Commission  shall   be  completed 

;, -.1. 1.  „„  ..'^ssiss  ::s-^r 

tne  Commission  for  ts  files     The  hirrh  ^^„f,    .•  •     '^"^'"^^  "Y 

.he  rcpor,  ot  ,he  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted       '^ 

Article  I\' 
Pending'  the  investigation  and  report  of  the  Intrrnntmnni  r 
-n,  the  high  contracting  parties  a'gree  not  t  Lcta    '      L^:ra:: 
or  naval  programs,  unless  danger  from  a  third  newer  should^omnd 
such  .ncrease.  m  which  case  the  party  feel;-,  itself  menaced    ha  Uon 
fidentially  communicate  the  fact  in  wnting%o  the  other  contracn: 


SALVADOR 


131 


party,  whereupon  the  latter  shall  also  be  released  from  its  obligation  to 
maintain  its  military  and  naval  status  quo. 

Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United  R^'ifi--- 
States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 
thereof;  and  by  His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Majliss  thereof;  and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed  as  soon  as  possible.     It  shall  take  effect  immediately  after  i"""     • 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  penoJ 
of  five  years;  and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  high  contracting  parties  have  given  notice  to 
the  other  of  an  intention  to  ten.  >nate  it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respective  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals 

Done  in  Teheran  on  the  8th  day  Rabiol-Aval,  1332  (A.  H.),  Cor- 
responding to  the  4th  day  of  February,  1914  (A.  D.). 

,        ,  Charles  W.  Russell 

y         \  VVOSSOUGH   ED  DOWLEH 

[seal] 


Signatures. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Salvador  for  the  Advance- 
'  ment  of  General  Peace^ 


The  United  States  and  the  Re- 
public of  Salvador,  being  desirous 
to  strengthen  t'le  bonds  of  amity 
t'pat  bind  them  together  and  also 
to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 
a  treaty  for  that  purpose  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  a?  their 
plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 

'■.  S  Department  of  State.  Signed  at 
advised  by  t'ne  Senate,  August  13.  1914, 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame-  f^^^"^"' 
rica  y  la  Republica  de  El  Salva- 
dor, en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los 
vinculos  de  amistad  que  los  unen 
y  tambien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la 
Paz  general,  han  resuelto  entrar 
en  un  Tratado  con  aquel  objeto 
a  cuyo  fin  han  nombrado  como  sus 
Plenipotenciarios : 

El   Presidente  de   los   Estados  {;1,',9]p'""- 
Unidos,    al    Honorable    William 
Jennings    Bryan,    Secretario    de 
Estado,  y 

Washington,  August  7,  1913  .  ratification 


132 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  invest!* 
Sation  and 
report 


International 
Commission. 
Composition. 


The  President  of  Salvador, 
Sefior  Don  Federico  Mejia,  En- 
voy Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  of  Salvador  to 
the  United  States: 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 

Article  I 
The    high    contracting    parties 
agree   that  all    disputes   between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just,  shall   be   submitted    for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  an  In- 
ternational    Commission,     to    be 
constituted   in    the    manner   pre- 
scribed   in    the    next    succeeding 
Article ;  and  they  agree  not  to  de- 
clare war  or  begin  hostilities  dur- 
ing such  investigation  and  report. 


HI  Presidente  de  El  Salvador,  al 
Senor  Don  Federico  Mejia,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  y  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario  en  Ids  Estados 
Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  ha^  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes: 

ARTfcULO  I 

Las   Altas   Partes  contratantes 
han  convenido,  que  todas  las  dis- 
putas   entre   ellas,   de   cualquiera 
naturaleza  que  fueren,  que  la  di- 
plomacia  fallare  arreglar,  deberan 
ser  sometidas  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe  a  una  Comision  In- 
temacional,    la    cual    debera    ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
^•n  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo; 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empesar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 


Expenses. 


Article  II 
The   International   Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall    he 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.     The   expenses  of 


ARTfcULO  II 

1-a  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue:  un  micmbro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobierno;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada  Go- 
bierno, de  un  tercer  pais ;  el  quinto 
miembro  debera  ser  escogido  de 
comun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos  Go- 
biernos.    Los  gastos  de  la  Comi- 


SALVADOR 


133 


the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 

Article  III 
In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  ad- 
just a  dispute  by  diplomatic 
methods,  they  shall  at  once  re- 
fer it  to  the  International  Com- 
mission for  investigation  and  re- 
port. The  International  Com- 
mission may,  however,  act  upon 
its  own  initiative,  and  in  such  case 
it  shall  notify  both  Governments 
and  request  their  cooperation  in 
the  investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate;  one  copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Gov- 
ernment, and  the  third  retained 
by  the  Commission  for  its  files. 

The    high    contracting    parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indcpen- 


sion  deberan  ser  pagados  por  los 
dos  Gobiemos  en  igual  proporcioii. 

La  Comision  Intemacional  de-  appo.  ment. 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado;  y 
las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 
de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del  nom- 
bramiento  original. 

ARTfCULO  III 
En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  »„"««„'i,".L. 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  dispu'.a  por  los  me- 
dics diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comision 
Intemacional  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe.  La  Comision  In- 
temacional puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  sobre  su  propia  iniciativa, 
y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar  am- 
bos  Gobiemos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
temacional debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  afio  despues  de 
la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empesado  su  investigacion. 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes extendieran  el  tiempo 
por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El  in- 
forme debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobiemo,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  sus  legajos. 


Time  (or 
report. 


Las   Altas   Partes  contratantes  iJ.tS""'"' 


se  reservan  el  dcrecho  de  obrar  in- 


reserved. 


nm 


134 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


^Ta'^tena^ce 
f'i  military 
an<l  naval 
status  guc. 


KutiHcation-t 


iJuration. 


naya  sometido. 


Article  IV 
Pending  the  investigation  and 
report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission,    the     high     contracting 
parties  agree  not  to  increase  their 
military  or  naval  programs,  unless 
dan-er  from  a  third  power  shall 
compel    such    increase,   in    which 
case  the  party  feeling  itself  men- 
aced shall  confidentially  commu- 
nicate the  fact  in  writing  to  the 
other   contracting   party,    where- 
upon the  latter  shall  also  be  re- 
leased from  its  obligation  to  main- 
tain its  military  and  naval  status 
quo. 


ArtIculo  IV 
Durante  la  investigacion  e  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  Intemacio- 
nal,  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  no  aumentar  su  pro- 
grama  militar  6  naval,  a  menos 
que  el  peligro  de  un  tercer  Poder 
los   compela   a   tal   aumento.   en 
cuyo  caso,  la  parte  que  se  creyere 
amenazada  debera  comunicar  con- 
fidencialmente  el  hecho  por  escrito 
a  la  otra  parte  contratante,  por  lo 
tanto,  la  ultima  quedara  exone- 
rada  de  las  obligaciones  de  man- 
tener  su  status  quo  militar  y  naval. 


Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    President    of    the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with   the   advice   of   the    Senate 
thereof ;  and  by  the  President  of 
the    Republic   of    Salvador,    with 
the    approval    of    the    Congress 
thereof ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It   shall  take   effect  immediately 
after   the    exchange   of    ratifica- 
tions, and  shall  continue  in  force 
for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it 
shall  thereafter  remain  in   force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of 
the  hi£rh  contracting  parties  have 


Articulo  V 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados    Unidos    de    America,    de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del   Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  de  El 
Salvador,  con  la  aprobacion  del 
Congreso,  y  'as  ratificaciones  de- 
beran   ser  canjeadas   tan   pronto 
como  fuere  posible.     Debera  en- 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues  del  canje  de  ratificaciones.  y 
continuara  en  fuerza  por  un  pe- 
riodo  de  cinco  anos ;  y  debera  des- 
pues  permanecer  en  fuerza  hasta 
doce  meses  despues  que  ma  de  las 


HMu:i»i»niiiimiIiiiD 


SALVADOR 


133 


given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 


Alias  Partes  contratantes  haya 
notificado  a  la  otra  la  intenci6n  de 
terminarlo. 


I 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
seventh  day  of  August,  in  the 
vear  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 

[seal] 
[seal] 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Si«fi«turet. 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
presente   Tratado,   y  han  puesto 
al  pie  BUS  sellos. 

Ikcho  en  Washintjion.  el  di:i 
siete  de  Agosto,  en  el  ano  de 
Nuestro  Seiior  mil  novecientos 
trece. 

William  Jennings  Bkvan 

F.  MejIa 


In  Executive  Session,  Senate  of  the  United  States 

August  13,  1914. 

(Legislative  Day  of  August    11.    1914) 

Resolved  (Two-thirds  of  the  Senators  present  concurring  therein), 
That  the  Senate  advise  and  consent  to  the  ratification  of  the  Treaty 
between  the  United  States  and  Salvador  (Ex.  K,  63d  Cong.,  2d  Sess.), 
looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  Cause  of  General  Peace,  signed  at 
Washington,  August  7,  1913,  with  the  following  amendments : 

1.  In  line  3  of  Article  I,  after  the  word  "whatsoever"  and  before 
the  word  "which"  insert  the  following :  to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or 
are  not  applied  in  fact,  and,  so  that  as  amended  the  article  will  read : 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them 
of  every  nature  whatsoever,  to  the  settlement  of  which  previous  arbi- 
tration treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or  are  not 
applied  in  fact,  and  which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  adjust,  shall  be  sub- 
mitted for  investigation  and  report  to  an  International  Commission,  to 
be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  Article ; 
and  they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  during  such  inves- 
tigation and  report." 

2.  Strike  out  Article  IV. 

3.  Change  the  title  of  the  next  article  sr>  .t;  to  make  it  read  "Article 
IV"  instead  of  "Article  V."     Attest:  James  M.  Baker, 

Secretarv. 


136 


L'NPKRKECTED   TKtATIlS 


t'ontractiiiti 
••uwert. 


Plenipoten- 
tiariet. 


Disputes  III  he 
submitted  to 
an  Inter- 
national Com 
mission  for 
investiRaiiim 
and  report. 


Treaty  between  the  United  Sute.  .nd  SwitxerUnd  for  the  Adv.nc 
ment  of  General  Peace'  ««v«ncc 


Tlie  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Swiss 
Federal  Council,  being  desirous 
to  strenpthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also 
to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 
a  treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  as  their 
plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  ;he  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  Swiss  Federal  Council.  Dr 
Paul  Ritter.  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
Switzerland  to  the  United  States  ■ 


Who.  after  having  commur.i^ 
cated  to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Akticle  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature-  whatsoever 
which  can  not  be  adjusted  through 
diplomatic  methods,  or  are  not 
submitted  to  arbitration,  shall  be 


'MS.  Department  of  State.    Siened 
fication  advised  by  the  Senate.  AuS 


Dor  Pra.sident  dcr  Vereinigten 
Steaten    von    Amcrika    und    der 
Schweizerische  Uundesrat.  in  der 
Absicht,  die   Bande  der  Freund 
schaft.  die  sie  vcrbindcn.  enger  zu 
knupfen  und  die  Sache  des  allge- 
nieinen  Friedens  zu  f6rdcn.  haben 
beschio  sen      einen      bezuglichen 
^  ertra,       zuschliesscn  und  haben 
zu  dieseni  Aeckt  zu  ihren  Bevoll- 
machtigten  ernannt: 

Der  President  der  Vereinigten 
Staatcn:  Honorable  William  Jen- 
nings Bryan.  Staatssckretar ;  und 

Der  Schweizerischc  Rundesrat  • 
Dr.  Paul  Ritter,  Ausserordent- 
hcher  Gesandter  und  Bevollmiich- 
t'gter  Minister  der  Schweiz  bei 
den  Wrcinigten  Staaten; 

\\'elche.  nach  gegenseitiger 
Auswechslung  ihrer  in  guter  und 
nchtiger  Form  befundenen  VoJI- 
machfen.  folgende  Artikel  unter 
sich  vereinbart  und  abgeschlossen 
haben : 

Artikel  I 

'^>ie  Ilohen  Vertragschhcssen- 
flen  Parteien  kommen  iiberein. 
flass  alle  zwischen  ihnen  auftauch- 
enden  Streitigkeiten.  welcher  Na- 
tur  sie  auch  sein  mogen,  welche 
auf   diplomatischem   W^ege   nicht 


13,  S?4'""^°"'  ^^'^'•"ary  13    1914;  rati- 


SWITZERLAND 


137 


referred  for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  permanent  International 
Commission,  to  be  constituted  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next 
succeeding  article;  and  they 
agree  not  to  declare  war  or  bejjin 
hostilities  during  such  investiga- 
tion and  before  the  report  is  sub- 
mitted. 


geschlichtet  werden  konnen  oder 
welche  nicht  einem  Schiedsjje- 
richte  untcrbreitet  werden,  zur 
Untersuchung  und  zum  Berichte 
einer.  gemass  den  Bestimmungen 
des  nachfolgenden  Artikels  zu 
konstituierenden  Konimission  un- 
terbreitet  werden  sollen;  und  sie 
kommen  ii!)erein,  wahrcnd  der 
Untersuchung  und  vor  crfolgter 
Berichterstattur  ^cr  Krieg  zu 
erklaren  noch  >'■  .dseligkeiten 
zu  eroffni 


, 


Article  II 
The  International   Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    t' "d    country;    the    fifth 
membct  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.    Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore    investigation     begins,     any 
Commissioner  selected  by  it  and 
to  name  his  successor,  and  under 
the    same    conditions    shall    also 
have  the  right  to  withdraw  its  ap- 
proval of  the  fifth  Commissioner 
selected  jointly;  in  which  case  a 
new   Commissioner   shall   be   se- 
lected jointly  as  in  the  original 


Artikel  II 
Die  Internationale  Kommission  {^l^'^^^^J'*^ 
soil   aus    funf.    wie   folgt   zu   be-  Compoiition. 
stimmenden    Mitgliedem    zusam- 
mengesetzt     sein:     ein     Mitglied 
wird  von  jedem  T^nde  durch  die 
betreflFende     Regierung    gewahit ; 
ein     Mitglied     wird     von     jeder 
Regierung     aus     einem     dritten 
Staate  ernannt;  das  fiinfte  Mit- 
fllied    wird     durch    gemeinsames 
Uebereinkommen  der  beiden  Re- 
j^ierungen  bezeichnet,  in  der  An- 
nahme     jedoch,     dass     es     nicht 
Riirger  eines  der  beiden  liinder 
sei.      Jede    der    Hohen    Vertrag- 
schliessenden    Parteien    soil    das 
Recht  haben.  irgend  einen  von  ihr 
gew.'ihiten    Kommissiir,    jederzeit 
vor    Beginn    der    Untersuchung. 
abzub'.'f  .!     ■".'I    seinen    Nach- 
folge'    tn  <  rnef  •     ..    .nd  soil  un- 
ter    c:    i5i!bi  n    I'ndtng  mgen    das 
Rechf    Pa!    v     ihr      Xr.  rkennung 
des  g'  ,-'f :  ,  -aii  ei'ij. :■:";'■    s  fiinften 


138 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Compensation. 


Expenses, 


Appointment, 


selection.  The  Commissioners 
.shall,  when  actually  employed  in 
the  investigation  of  a  dispute,  re- 
ceive such  compensation  as  shall 
be  ai^'reed  upon  by  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties.  The  expenses 
of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid 
by  the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 


The  Internationa!  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


Kommissars    zuriickzuziehen ;    in 
diesem  Falle  soil  ein  neuer  Kom- 
missar  nach  der  Art  der  urspriing- 
lichen   Wahl   gemeinsam   ernannt 
werden.     Die  Kommissare  sollen 
wahrend  der  tatsachlichen  Inan- 
spruchnahme  durch  die  Untersu- 
chung  eines  Streitfalles  eine  Ent- 
sch-idigung  erhalten,  wie  sie  von 
den   Hohen   Vertragschliessenden 
Parteien    vereinbart    worden    ist. 
Die  Kosten  der  Kommission  sind 
von  den  beiden   Regierungen  zu 
gleichen  Teilen  zu  tragen. 

Die  internationale  Kommission 
soil  innert  sechs  Monaten  nach 
Austausch  der  Ratifikationsur- 
kunden  dieses  Vertrages  ernannt 
werden;  Vakanzen  sind  nach  der 
Art  der  urspriinglichen  Wahl 
auszufiillen. 


Duties  of 

Commission. 


Article  III 
In  case   the  High   Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
or   through   an   arbitration,   they 
shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission   for  investi- 
gation and  report.     The  Interna- 
tional Commission  may,  however, 
spontaneously  offer  its  services  to 
that  efiFect.   and   in  such  case   it 
shall  notify  both  GovernmentF  and 
request  their  cooperation   in  the 
investigation. 

The  High   Contracting   x'arties 
agree  that  in  such  a  case  they  will 


Artikel  III 
Kiir  (kn  Fall,  dass  die  Hohen 
Vertragschliessenden  Parteien 
einen  Streitfall  auf  diplomati- 
schem  Wege  oder  durch  ein 
Schied.sgericht  nicht  werden  beile- 
,gen  konnen,  so  werden  sie  densel- 
ben  sofort  der  internationalen 
Kommission  zur  Untersuchung 
und  zum  Bericht  unterbreiten. 
Die  internationale  Kommission 
kann  immerhin  auf  ihre  eigene 
Initiative  zu  diesem  Zwecke  ihre 
Dienste  anbieten,  und  soil  in  sol- 
chen  Fallen  die  beiden  Regierun- 
gen   benachrichtigen    und    dercn 


■it^.mingllifta 


smnm 


SWITZERLAND 


139 


support  the  efforts  of  the  Commis- 
sion in  every  direction. 


The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual 
agreement.  The  report  shall  be 
prepared  in  triplicate;  one  copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Govern- 
ment, and  the  third  retained  b\ 
the  Commission  for  its  files. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject-matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


Mitarbeit   bei   der   Untersuchun- 

nachsucht.i;  die  Hohen  Vertrag- 

schliessenden    Parteien    kommen 

iiberein,  dass  sie  in  diesem  Falle 

die    Bemiihungen    der    Kommis- 

sion  in  jeder  Richtung  unterstiit- 

zen  werden. 
Der  Bericbt  der  internationalen  Time/"' 

Kommission  ist  innert  Jahresfrist 

nach    dem    Datum,    an    welchem 

diese  erklaren  wird,  die  Untersu- 

chung  begomen  zu  haben,  abzuge- 
ben,  es  sei  denn,  die  Hohen  Ver- 
tragschliessenden  Parteien  verkiir- 
zen  Oder  dehnen  diese  Frist  durch 
gegenseitiges  Einverstandnis  wel- 
ter aus.  Der  Bericht  soil  in  drei 
Exemplaren  abgegeben  werden; 
eine  Abschrift  wird  jeder  Regie- 
rung  vorgelegt  und  die  dritte  bei 
den  Akten  der  Kommission  zu- 
riickbehalten  werden. 

Die   Hohen   Vertragschliessen-  l^f^^'"^"' 
den    Parteien   behalten   sich   das  f"*"*"*- 
Recht  vor,  nachdem  der  Bericht 
der  Kommission  abgegeben  sein 
wird,     in     der     Hauptstreitsache 
unabhangig  zu  handeln. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Swiss 
Federal  Council  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  the  Swiss 
Constitution  and  the  Swiss  laws ; 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  hk- 


Artikel  IV 
Der  gegenwartige  Vertrag  wird  Ratification*. 
vom  Prasidenten  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  von  Amerika  nach  Be- 
richt und  mit  der  Zustimmung  des 
Senates,  und  vom  schweizerischen 
Bundesrat  gemass  den  Bestim- 
mungen  der  schweizerischen 
Bundesverfassung  und  der 
schweizerischen  Gesetzc,  ratifiziert 


140 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Signitures. 


changed  as  soon  as  possible.  It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  pe- 
riod of  five  years;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
13th  day  of  February,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and 
fourteen. 

[seal] 
[seal] 


werden;  und  die  Ratifikationsur- 
kunden  sollen  so  bald  a.ls  moglich 
ausgewechselt   werden.     Er  tritt 
unmittelbar  nach  dem  Austausch 
der       Ratifikationsurkunden      in 
Kraft  und  soil  fiir  eine  Dauer  von 
fiinf  Jahren  in  Kraft  bleiben ;  und 
er  soli  alsdann  noch  bis  zwolf  Mo- 
nate,    nachdem    eine    der    Hohen 
Vertragschliessenden  Parteien  der 
andern    von    der    Absicht.    ihn 
ablaufen    zu    lav.en,    Mitteilung 
gemacht  hat  in  Kraft  bleiben. 


Als  Urkund  dessen  haben  die 
beidseitigen  Bevollmachtigten  den 
vorliegenden  Vertrag  unterzeich- 
net  und  ihre  Siegel  beigesetzt. 

Also  gegeben  in  Washington 
den  13  Februar  im  Jahre  des 
Herm  neunzehnhundert  und  vier- 
-^ehn. 

William  jENNmcs  Bryan 

P.    RiTTER 


ConrrfictitiR 
Powers 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Venezuela  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace' 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela  and  the 
President  of  the  United  States  of 
.'Vmerica,  being  desirous  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  Venezuela  and  the 
United  States  together  and  also  to 
advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 


'  MS.  Dep.irtmrnt  nf  State.     Si^i-rd 
advised  by  the  Senate,  .^ugust  13,  1914. 


El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  Venezuela  y  el  Presi- 
dente de  los  Estados  Unidos  de 
■America,  en  el  deseo  de  estrechar 
los  lazos  de  amistad  que  unen  a 
\'enezuela  y  a  los  Estados  Unidos, 
y  con  el  proposito  de  laborar  por 
la  causa  de  la  paz  general,  han  re- 
suelto    celebrar    un    tratado    que 

at  Caracas.  March  21.  1914;  ratification 


BH 


VENEZUELA 


141 


a  treaty  for  that  purpose  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  as  their 
plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela,  Senor  Doc- 
tor Manuel  Diaz  Rodriguez,  Min- 
ister for  Foreign  Relations;  and 
the  President  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  Mr.  Preston  Mc 
Goodwin,  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
said  Nation  to  Venezuela ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 
The    high    contracting    parties 
agree   that   all   disputes  between 
them,  'A  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  ibi^lomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  a  Perma- 
nent   International     Commission, 
to  be  constituteo  in  the  manner 
prescribed  in  Article  II ;  and  they 
agree,  if  the  case  arises,  not  to 
declare  war  nor  to  begin  hostili- 
ties during  such  investigation  and 
before  the  report  has  been  con- 
sidered. 


Article  II 
The  International   Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 


tienda  especialmente  a  esos  fines, 
y  para  ello  ha  nombrado  como  sus 
plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados  f^^^^""' 
Unidos  de  Venezuela  al  Senor 
Doctor  Manuel  Diaz  Rodriguez, 
Ministro  de  Relaciones  Exterio- 
res ;  y  el  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  al  Senor  Pres- 
ton McGoodwin.  Enviado  Ex- 
traordinario  y  Ministro  Plenipo- 
tenciario  de  dicha  Nacion  en  Ve- 
nezuela. 

Quienes,  despues  de  haberse  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  plenos 
poderes  y  de  hallarlos  en  debida 
forma,  han  convenido  en  los  si- 
sjuientes  articulos : 

ArtIculo  I 
Las    altas   partes    contratantes  PXlJf.X"' 
convienen  en  que  todas  las  dife-  •^J^i'Vcom- 
rencias   surgidas   entre   ellas,   de  ^^°f^iZ„ 
cualquier  naturaleza  que  sean,  y  "d  report, 
que  no  se  hayan  podido  arreglar 
por  los  medios  diplomaticos,  seran 
sometidas,  para  su  investigacion  e 
informe,  a  una  Comision  Intema- 
cional  Permanente,  que  se  consti- 
tuira  de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 
articulo  II;  y  convienen,   si  lle- 
gare  el  caso,  en  no  declararse  la 
guerra   ni  comenzar  hostilidades 
mientras  d-ire  la  investigacion  y 
no  haya  side  considerado  el  in- 
forme. 

ARTiCULO  II 

La   Comision   Internacional   se  ^"„'«'r.','ion*' 
compondra  de  cinco  miembros  que  ^c"P°«t.cn. 


142 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commission, 


bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows: 
one  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof;    one    member    shall    be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some    third    country;    the    fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  who  can  also  sub- 
mit his  election  to  the  four  arbi- 
trators already  appointed ;  it  beinc^ 
understood  that  he  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  of  the  two  coun- 
tries.   The  expenses  shall  be  pai  ; 
by  the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
the  vacancies  shall  be  filled  ac- 
cording to  the  manner  of  the  orig- 
inal appointment. 

Article  III 
In   case   the   high    contracting 
parties  shall  have   failed  to  ad- 
just   a     dispute    by    diplomatic 
methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer 
it  to  the  International  Commis- 
sion for  investigation  and  report. 
The     International     Commission, 
may,  however,  before  taking  dip- 
lomatic   steps    or    in    the    course 
thereof,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall  no- 
tify  both    Governments   and    re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation. 


se  nombraran  como  sigue:  cada 
uno  de  los  Gobiernos  escogera  de 
entre  sus  nacionales  un  miembro ; 
otro  se  elegira  de  un  tercer  pais 
per  cada  Gobierno,  y  el  quinto 
sera  elegido  de  comiin  acuerdo  en- 
tre   los    dos    Gobiernos,    quienes 
pueden  tambien  someter  su  elec- 
cion  a  los  cuatro  arbitros  ya  nom- 
brados ;  teniendose  entendido  que 
no  ha  de  ser  ciudadano  de  nin- 
guno  de  los  dos  paises.    Los  gas- 
tos  de  la  Comision  seran  sufra- 
gados  por  partes  iguales  entre  los 
dos  Gobiernos. 

La.  Comision  Internacional  sera 
nombrada  dentro  de  seis  meses 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifica- 
ciones  de  este  tratado ;  y  las  faltas 
seran  suplidas  siguiendo  el  proce- 
dimiento  adoptado  para  el  nom- 
bramiento  original. 

Articulo  III 
En  case  de  que  las  altas  partes 
contratantes  no  puedan  llegar  al 
arreglo  de  una  controversia  por  la 
via  diplomatica,  habran  de  some- 
terla  inmediatamente  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  infornie.    La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
antes  de  que  se  inicien  los  tratos 
diplomaticos  o  en  el  curso  de  ellos, 
ofrecer  espontaneamente  sus  ser- 
vicios  al  efecto,  y  en  tal  caso  lo 
notificara  a  ambos  Gobiernos,  ex- 
citandoles  a  que     -"peten  a  la  in- 
vestigacidn. 


i1 ' 


VENEZUELA 


143 


The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  to  afford  to  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  all  the 
means  and  facilities  required  for 
its  investigation  and  report. 

In  each  instance,  the  report  of 
the  International  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  after  the  date  on  which  it 
shall  declare  its  investigation  to 
have  begun,  unless  the  high  con- 
tracting parties  shall  limit  or  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the  Com- 
mission for  its  files. 

The  high  contracting  parties  re- 
serve the  right  to  act  independent- 
ly on  the  subject-matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 

Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  Venezuela,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Congress  and 
by  the  President  of  the  United 
S:ates  of  America,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof;  and  the  ratifica- 
tions shall  be  exchanged  as  soon 
as  possible. 

It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications. 


Las  altas  partes  contratantes  f^^^^^f^^ 
convienen  en  proporcionar  a  la 
Comision  Intemacional  Perma- 
nente  todos  los  medios  y  facili- 
dades  requeridos  para  su  investi- 
gacion  e  informe. 

En  cada  caso,  el  informe  de  la  J^^J^I°' 
Comision  Intemacional  sera  con- 
cluido  dentro  de  un  ano  despues 
de  la  fecha  en  que  se  hubiere  or- 
denado  el  comienzo  de  su  investi- 
gacion,  a  menos  que  las  altas  par- 
tes contratantes  limiten  o  prolon- 
guen  el  lapso  de  mutuo  acuerdo. 
El  informe  se  hara  por  triplicado ; 
una  copia  se  presentara  a  cada 
uno  de  los  Gobiernos,  y  la  tercera 
se  conservara  en  los  archivos  de  la 
Comision. 

Las  altas  partes  contratantes  se 
reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  inde- 
pendientemente  acerca  del  asunto 
de  la  controversia.  despues  de  ha- 
berles  sido  sometido  el  informe 
de  la  Comision. 


ArtIculo  IV 
El  presente  tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Umdos  de  Venezuela,  con  la 
aprobacion  del  Congreso ;  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  los  Estados  Unidos 
de  America,  por  y  con  el  voto  y 
consentimiento  del  Senado  de 
dicho  pais ;  y  las  ratificaciones  se- 
ran  canjeadas  tan  pronto  como  sea 
posible.  Entrara  en  vigencia  in- 
mediatamente  despues  del  canje 
dc  las  ratificaciones.  y  continuara 


Ratifications, 


■■■ 


144 


UN  PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Signatures, 


and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a 
period  of  five  years;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  n  main  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
high  contracting  parties  have 
{^iven  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Caracas  on  the  twenty- 
first  day  of  March  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

[seal]     Preston 
[seal]     Manuef. 


estandolo  por  un  periodo  de  cinco 
afios ;  y  quedara  luego  en  vigencia 
hasta  despues  de  doce  meses  en 
que  una  de  las  altas  partes  contra- 
tantes  haya  dado  aviso  a  la  otra 
de  su  intencion  de  darle  termino. 

En  prueba  de  lo  cual  los  res- 
pectivos  plenipotenciarios  han  fir- 
mado  el  presente  tratado  y  lo  han 
sellado  con  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Caracas  el  dia  veinte 
y  uno  de  Marzo  del  atio  mil  nove- 
cientos  catorce. 
McGooDWiN 
Diaz  Rodriguez 


Purpose  of 
protocol  to 
remove  un* 
certainty 
regarding 
interpretation 
of  Article 
n  of  treaty 
of  peace. 


PROTOCOL 

Supplemental  to  the  Treaty  of  Peace  Between  the  United  States  and 

Venezuela 


The  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of 
Venezuela,  desirous  of  removing 
any  doubt  or  uncertainty  that 
may  exist  or  that  may  hereafter 
arise  as  to  the  interpretation  to 
be  placed  upon  the  second  clause 
of  Article  II  of  the  Treaty  of 
March  21,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Venezuela, 
lookin;:  to  the  advancement  of  the 
•general  cause  of  peace,  which 
clause  reads  as  follows: 

"The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  before  taking  dip- 


El  Gobiemo  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  y  el  Gobiemo 
de  los  Estados  Unidos  de  Vene- 
zuela, deseosos  de  resolver  cual- 
quiera  duda  o  incertidumbre  que 
exista  o  pueda  surgir  respecto  al 
alcance  de  la  clausula  segunda 
del  Articulo  III  del  Tratado  del 
21  de  marzo  de  1914  concluido 
entre  los  Estados  Unidos  y  Vene- 
zuela y  encaminado  al  foment©  de 
la  causa  general  de  la  paz;  clau- 
sula cuyo  tenor  es  como  sigae : 

"La  Comision  Intemacional 
puedc,  sin  embargo  antes  de  que 


VENEZUELA 


145 


lomatic  steps  or  in  the  course 
thereof,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall  no- 
tify both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation." 

have  authorized  the  under- 
signed Plenipotentiaries  to  declare 
as  follows: 

It  is  the  understanding  of  the 
two   Governments  that  the   said 
clause  does  not  confer  upon  the 
Commission  the  right  to  act  upon 
its  own  initiative  before  diploma- 
tic   means    of    adjustment    have 
been  exhausted,  but  that  it  shall 
be  understood  as  meaning  that, 
should    the     Commission    spon- 
taneously   offer    its    services,    it 
shall  not  proceed  to  undertake  its 
investigation   and   report   in   the 
matter  which  is  the  subject  of  dis- 
agreement between  the  two  Gov- 
ernments,  until  after  they   shall 
have  exhausted  diplomatic  means 
of  adjustment. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  un- 
dersigned Plenipotentiaries  have 
signed  their  names  and  affixed 
their  seals  to  this  Protocol,  at  the 
city  of  Caracas,  this  twenty- 
seventh  day  of  February,,  in  the 
year  1915. 

[seal] 
[seal] 


se  inicien  los  tratos  diplomaticos 

o  en  el  curso  de  ellos,  ofrecer  es- 

pontaneamente    sus    servicios    al 

efecto,  y  en  tal  caso  lo  notificara 

a  ambos  Gobiemos,  excitandolos 

a   que   cooperen  a  la   investiga- 

cion:"  han  autorizado  :i  los  in- 

frascritos   Plenipotenciat  los   para 

hacer  la  siguiente  declaracion: 

Los  dos  Gobiemos  declaran  que  U;<!,YJ^'."''- 

la  clausula  trascrita  no  confiere  a  Govr    ^ent.. 

la  Comision  el  derecho  de  obrar 
de  propia  iniciativa  antes  de  ha- 
berse  agotado  los  medios  diploma- 
ticos de  arreglo,  sino  que  ha  de 
entenderse    que    si    la    Comision 
of  reciere  espontaneamente  sus  ser- 
vicios, no  podra  proceder  a  prac- 
ticar  su  investigacion  y  tracer  in- 
forme  en  el  asunto  que  motiva  el 
desacuerdo  de  los  dos  Gobiemos 
sino  despues  que  estos  hayan  ago- 
tado los  medios  diplomaticos  de 
arreglo. 


En  testimonio  de  lo  cual  los  in-  si«n.ture.. 
frascritos  Plenipotenciarios  auto- 
rizan  con  sus  firmas  y  sellos  el 
presente  Protocolo,  en  Caracas,  a 
los  veinte  y  siete  dias  del  mes  de 
Febrero  de  mil  novecientos 
quince. 

Preston  McGoodwin 

Ign.  Andrade 


onal 


TABLE  SHOWING  THE  STATUS  OF  TREATIES  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT  OF 
PEACE,  WITH  REFERENCE  TO  EVERY  NATION 


Nalioni  invited  to  negotiitc 
trciticl^ 

Argentine    Republic. 
Austria-Hungary    . . . 

Belgium   

Bolivia    

Brazil    

Chile    

China    

Colombia    

Costa    Rica 

Cuba   

Denmark    

Dominican  Republic. 

Ecuador   

France    

Germany  

Great  Britain 

Greece  

Guatemala   

Haiti   

Honduras    

Italy    

Japan    

Mexico  

Netherlands    

Nicaragua    

Norway    

Panama    

Paraguay    

Persia   

Peru    

Portugal   

Russia  

Salvador    

Siam    

Spain    

Sweden    

Switzerland   

Turkey   

Uruguay    

Venezuela    


Accepted  in 
principle 

Accepted 


Accepted 


Accepted 


.'\ccepted 


Accepted 


Tieitr  lifned 


Rltilctlion  ttwittt 
kr  Senate 


July 


24, 1914 


January      22, 1914 
July  24, 1914 

July  24, 1914 

September  IS,  1914 


February     13, 1914 


April  17, 1914 

February  17, 1914 

October  13, 1914 

September  IS,  1914 


September  IS,  1914 
October  13, 1914 
September  20, 1913 


November 
May 


3, 1913 
S,  1914 


December 

December 

June 

September 

.'\ugust 

February 

July 

February 

October 

Aufejst 


18. 1913 

17. 1913 

24. 1914 

20. 1913 

29. 1914 
4, 1914 

14, 1914 
4, 1914 
1, 1914 
7, 1913 


August        13, 1914 


August 
August 
August 
October 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 
20, 1914 
12, 1914 


RtiKcitiont 
cichenged 


August        13,  I9I4 
September 


January 
October 
January 
October 


8,  I9IS 
28, 1916 
19,  I9I6 
22, 1915 


November   12,1914 
30,1914  January       19,1915 


October 
September 


20, 1914  I  January 
25,1914   January 


September 

October 

August 


25, 1914 
20, 1914 
13,  I9I4 


August 
August 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 


.'Xugust 
.\ugust 
August 


13, 1914 
13,  I9I4 
13,  I9I4 


22, 1916 
22, 1915 


November 
October 


10, 1914 
13, 1914 


July 
March 


27, 1916 
19, 1915 


September  15,1914 
October  13, 1914 
February     13, 1914 


October 
August 
August 
.August 
October 


22, 1914 
13,  I9I4 
20, 1914 
13, 1914 
13, 1914 


August   13, 1914 


September  25, 1914 
October  22,  I9I4 
August        13,  I9I4 


July 
March 


20,  I9I4 
21, 1914 


August 
.August 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 


October       21, 1914 
March  9, 1915 


March 

October 

March 


4, 191 5 

24. 1914 

22. 1915 


December   21,1914 
January       II,  I9I5 


February    24, 1915 


iThe  invitation  was  issued  only  to  countries  which  had  diplomatic  representation  m 
Washington  in  April,  1913.  Bulgaria,  Luxemburg,  Montenegro,  Roiimania  and  Serbia,  not 
having  such  representation,  did  not  receive  an  invitation.    See  Introduction,  p.  xxxiii. 


APPENDIX 


Tratado  entre  la  Republica  de 
Chile,  Argentina  y  los  Estados 
Unidos  del  Brasil  para  Facilitar 
la  Solucion  Pacifica  de  las  Con- 
trovcrsias  Inicrnaciunalcs} 

Los  Gobiernos  de  las  Reptiblicas 
de  Chile,  Argentina  y  Estados  Uni- 
dos del  Brasil,  en  el  deseo  de  afir- 
mar  en  esta  oportunidad  la  inteli- 
gcncia  cordial  que  la  comunidad 
de  ideales  e  intereses  ha  creado 
entre  sus  respectivos  paises  y  de 
consolidar  las  relaciones  de  estre- 
cha  amistad  que  los  vinculan,  con- 
jiu-ando  la  posibilidad  de  conflic- 
tos  violentos  en  el  porvenir;  con- 
secuentes  con  los  designios  de  Con- 
cordia y  de  paz  que  inspiran  su 
politica  in.ernacional  y  con  el 
firme  proposito  de  cooperar  a  que 
cada  dia  se  haga  mas  solida  la 
confratemidad  de  las  Repiiblicas 
americanas ;  teniendo  presente  que 
los  Tratados  vigentes  de  Arbitraje 
entre  Chile  y  el  Brasil,  de  18  de 
mayo  de  1899,  entre  la  Republica 
Argentina  y  Chile  de  28  de  mayo 
de  1902,  y  entre  la  Republica  Ar- 
gentina y  el  Brasil,  de  7  de  sep- 
tiembre  de  1905,  que  consagraron 
al  arbitraje  como  el  unico  medio 
de  solucionar  todas  las  controver- 
sias  de  cualqui  r  naturaleza  que 


Treaty  between  the  Republic  of 
Chile,  Argentine,  and  the  United 
States  of  Brasil  to  facilitate  the 
Peaceful  Solution  of  Interna- 
tional Controversies.^ 

The   Governments  of   the  Re- 
publics of   Chile,   Argentine  and 
the  United  States  of  Brazil,  de- 
siring to  strengthen,  on  this  occa- 
sion,   the    cordial    understanding 
which   the   community  of   ideals 
and  interests  has  created  between 
their  respective  countries  and  to 
cement    the    relations    of    close 
friendship   which   bind  them  to- 
gether, averting  the  possibility  of 
violent    conflicts   in    the    future; 
consistent   with   the   designs    for 
harmony  and  peace  which  inspire 
their  international  politics  and  in 
the  firm  determination  to  cooper- 
ate in  order  to  strengthen  more 
and  more  the  brotherhood  of  the 
American   republics;   taking  into 
consideration    that    the    existing 
treaties    of    arbitration    between 
Chile  and  Brazil,  signed  on  May 
18,  1899,  between  the  Argentine 
Republic    and    Chile,    signed    on 
May  28,   1902,  and  between  the 
Republic  of  Argentine  and  Brazil, 
signed    on    September    7,    1905, 
which   placed   arbitration  as   the 


1  MS.     Department  of  State,  Washington,  D.  C. 
»  Translation. 


148 


APPENDIX 


surgieren  entrc  ellos,  exceptuaron 
de  este  recurso,  el  primero  de  los 
referidos  tratados,  aquellas  cues- 
tiones  que  no  puedan  ser  formula- 
das  juridicamente,  y  los  dos  ulti- 
mos  las  que  afectan  a  los  precep- 
tos  constitucionales  de  los  paises 
contratantes :  han  resuelto  adoptar 
aliora  una  norma  de  procedimiento 
que  facilite  la  solucion  aniistosa 
de  las  cuestiones  que  quedaron 
excluidas  del  arbitraje  en  virtud 
de  dichos  pactos  y  para  este  fin 
han  convenido  en  celebrar  un 
Tratado  especial  nombrando  al 
efecto  los  siguientes  Plenipoten- 
ciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  la  Repiiblica 
de  Chile  al  sefior  Doctor  Don 
Alejandro  Lira,  Ministro  Secre- 
ts rio  de  Estado  en  el  Departa- 
mento  de  Relaciones  Exteriores. 
El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
Argentina  al  seiior  Doctor  Jose 
Luis  Murature,  Ministro  Secre- 
tario  de  Estado  en  el  Departa- 
incnto  de  Relaciones  Exteriores  y 
Culto.  El  Presidente  de  la  Repii- 
blica de  los  Estados  Unidos  del 
Brasil  al  seiior  General  Doctor 
Don  Lauro  Miiller,  Ministro  de 
Estado  de  Relaciones  Exteriores. 
Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse  co- 
municado  sus  Plenos  Poderes  que 
hallaron  en  buena  y  debida  forma 
han  convenido  lo  siguiente: 


only  means  of  solving  all  difTicul- 
ties  of  whatever  nature,  that 
might  arise  between  them,  ex- 
cluded from  arbitration,  the  first 
of  the  treaties  in  reference,  those 
questions  which  can  not  be  legally 
treated,  and  the  last  two,  those 
questions  affecting  the  constitu- 
tional law  of  the  contracting  coun- 
tries :  they  then  have  resolved  to 
adopt  rules  of  procedure  to  facili- 
tate the  friendly  solution  of  the 
questions  which  were  excluded 
from  arbitration  by  virtue  of  said 
agreements,  and  to  this  end  have 
agreed  to  conclude  a  special  treaty 
naming  for  this  purpose  the  fol- 
lowing plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  Republic 
of  Chile,  Doctor  Alejandro  Lira, 
S  cretary  of  State  in  the  Depart- 
ment for  Foreign  Affairs.  The 
President  of  the  Argentine  Re- 
public. Doctor  Jose  Luis  Mura- 
ture, Secretary  of  State  in  the 
Department  for  Foreign  Affairs. 
The  President  of  the  Republic  of 
the  United  States  of  Brazil,  (Gen- 
eral) E>octor  I^uro  Miiller,  Min- 
ister of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs. 
Who,  after  having  communicated 
their  full  Powers  which  were 
found  in  good  and  due  form  have 
agreed  upon  the  following: 


APPENDi;; 


149 


ARTfCULO  I 

Las  controversias  que  por  cual- 
quiera  cuestion  originada  en  lo 
futuro  surgie.vn  entre  las  tres 
partes  Contratantes  o  entre  dos  de 
ellas  y  que  no  hubieren  podido  ser 
resueltas  por  la  via  diplomatica  ni 
sometidas  a  arbitraje  de  acuerdo 
con  los  Tratados  existentes  o  con 
los  que  ulteriormente  se  ajustaren, 
seran  sometidas  a  la  investigacion 
t  infornie  de  una  Comision  Pcr- 
manente  constituida  en  la  forma 
que  establece  el  Articulo  III.  Las 
Altas  Partes  Contratantes  se  obli- 
gan  a  no  practicar  actos  hostiles 
hasta  despues  de  haberse  produ- 
cido  el  informe  de  la  Comision  que 
establece  el  presente  Tratado  o 
transcurrido  el  plazo  de  un  aiio  a 
que  se  refiere  el  Articulo  V. 

ArtIculo  II 
Es  entendido  que  lo  estipulado 
en  el  articulo  precedente  no  res- 
tringe  en  nada,  ni  los  compromisos 
establecidos  en  los  Tratados  de  ar- 
bitraje, actuales  o  futures,  entre 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes,  ni 
la  obligacion  de  cumplir  los  fallos 
r.rbitrales  en  las  cuestiones  que 
segun  esos  Tratados  hayan  sido  o 
fueren  re3ueltas  por  arbitraje. 


Articulo  III 
Para     constituir     la    Comision 
Permanente   a   que   se   refiere   el 
Articulo  I,  cada  una  de  las  Altas 


Article  1 
Controversies  which  may  arise 
among  the  three  Contracting 
Parties,  or  between  two  of  them, 
on  any  subject  whatever  originat- 
ing in  the  future  and  which  can 
not  be  adjusted  by  diplomacy,  or 
submitted  to  arbitration  in  con- 
formity with  existing  or  future 
treaties,  shall  be  submitted  for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  a  Per- 
manent Commission  organize'  i.i 
the  manner  established  by  Arti- 
cle 3.  The  High  Contracting  Pat- 
ties engage  not  to  commit  hostile 
acts  before  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mission established  by  the  present 
treaty,  or  until  the  expiration  of 
the  period  of  one  year  mentioned 
in  Article  5. 


Article  2 
It  is  understood  that  the  stipu- 
lations of  the  preceding  article 
do  not  restrict  in  any  way,  either 
the  bonds  established  in  existing 
or  future  arbitration  treaties,  be- 
tween the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties, nor  the  obligation  to  comply 
with  the  arbitral  decisions  on  the 
questions  which,  in  accordance 
with  those  treaties,  have  been  or 
may  be  decided  by  arbitration. 

Article  3 
In  order  to  constitute  the  Per- 
manent Commission  referred  to  in 
Article  1,  each  of  the  High  Con- 


150 


APPENDIX 


Partes  Contratantes  designara  un 
Delcgado,  dentro  de  los  tres  meses 
despucs  de  canjcadas  las  ratiHca- 
ciones  del  prescnte  Tratado.  Cada 
Gobierno  podra  revocar  el  noni- 
braniiento  de  su  propio  Delegado 
en  ciu-il(|uier  motncnto  antes  de 
iniciada  lu  investi(^ci(Jn,  debiendo 
sin  eniharjjo,  desij^nar  el  reenipla- 
zante  en  el  niisnio  acto  en  que  se 
produzca  la  revocacion.  I^  vacante 
que  ocurriere  por  otras  causas 
sera  llenada  por  el  Gobierno  res- 
pective y  no  suspendera  los  efec- 
tos  de  las  disposiciones  estableci- 
das  por  este  Tratado. 

Articui/)  IV 
Las  controversi-'.s  a  que  se  re- 
fiere  el  Articulo  I  seran  referidas 
para  su  investigacion  e  infomie  a 
la  Comision  imnediatamente  des- 
pues  que  las  negociaciones  diplo- 
maticas  hayan  fracas^ado  para  so- 
lucionarlas.  Cualquiera  de  los 
Gobiemos  interesados  en  la  con- 
troversia  podra  hacer  la  convoca- 
toria  respectiva  para  cuyo  efecto 
bastard  comunicar  oficialmente  es- 
ta  decision  a  los  otros  dos  Go- 
biemos. 

Articulo  V 
La  Comision  Permanente  se 
constituira  en  la  ciudad  de  Mon- 
tevideo dentro  de  los  tres  meses 
despues  de  haber  sido  convocada 
y  determinara  las  reglas  de  pro- 
cedimiento  a  que  deba  ajustarse  en 
cl    cumplimicnto    de    su    ii.ision. 


trading  Pa  .ties  shall  appoint  a 
delegate  within  three  months  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  treaty.  Each  Govern- 
ment may  revoke  the  appointment 
of  its  own  delegate  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  beginning  of  the  inves- 
tigation, but  shall,  however,  des- 
ignate the  successor  in  the  same 
act  of  revocation.  Vacancy  due  to 
other  causes  shall  be  filled  by  the 
respective  Government,  and  the 
provisions  of  the  present  treaty 
shall  not  be  suspended  thereby. 


Article  4 
The  controversies  mentioned  in 
Article  1  shall  be  submitted  for 
investigation  and  report  to  the 
commission  immediately  after  the 
breakdown  of  the  diplomatic  ne- 
gotiations for  their  solution.  Each 
of  the  Governments  interested  in 
the  controversy  can  convoke  the 
Commission.  In  order  that  the 
convocation  may  produce  its 
effect,  it  is  sufficient  to  communi- 
cate it  to  the  two  other  Govern- 
ments. 

Article  5 
The  Permanent  Commission 
shall  be  constituted  in  the  city  of 
Montevideo  within  three  months 
of  its  convocation,  and  it  shall  de- 
termine the  niles  of  procedure 
necessary  for  the  accomplishment 
of  its  mission.    If  for  any  reason 


APPENDIX 


151 


Aun  cuando  por  cualquiera  causa 
dicha  Comision  no  pudiera  reu- 
nirse,  una  vez  transcurridos  los 
tres  meses  se  la  considerara  cons- 
tituida  para  el  cfecto  de  los  pla- 
zos  que  establece  el  presente  Arti- 
cuio.  Las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes  suministraran  los  antece- 
dentes  e  informaciones  necesarias 
para  la  investigacion.  La  Comi- 
sion debera  presentar  su  informe 
antes  de  un  ano  a  contar  desde  la 
fecha  de  su  constitucion.  Si  no 
hubiere  podido  completarse  la  in- 
vestigacion ni  redactarse  el  in- 
forme dentro  del  termino  fijado 
podra  ampliarse  por  seis  meses  o 
mas  el  plazo  establecido,  siempre 
que  estuvieran  de  acuerdo  a  este 
respecto  las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes. 

ArtIculo  VI 
Sometido  el  informe  a  los  res- 
pectivos  Gobiemos  o  no  habien- 
dose  6ste  producido  dentro  de  los 
terminos  estipulados,  las  Altas 
Partes  Contratantes  recuperaran 
toda  su  libertad  de  accion  para 
proceder  como  crean  conveniente 
a  sus  intereses  en  el  asunto  de  la 
investigacion. 

ArtIcuix)  VII 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  y  las  ratificaciones  canjea- 
das  en  Rio  de  Janeiro  tan  pronto 
como  sea  posible.  Estara  en  vigor 
hasta  un  aiio  despues  de  haber 


the  Commission  can  not  meet,  it 
shall,  at  the  expiration  of  the 
three  months,  be  considered  as 
constituted  for  the  purposes  of 
the  periods  established  in  the 
present  article.  The  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  shall  submit  the 
antecedents  and  the  information 
necessary  for  the  investigation. 
The  Commission  must  present  its 
report  before  the  expiration  of  a 
year  from  the  date  of  its  constitu- 
tion. If  it  can  not  complete  its  in- 
vestigation nor  prepare  its  report 
within  the  period  fixed,  it  may  ex- 
tend the  period  for  six  months  or 
longer,  with  the  consent  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties. 


Article  6 
Once  the  report  has  been  sub- 
mitted to  the  respective  Govern- 
ments or,  in  case  tht  same  has  not 
been  rendered  within  the  time 
specified,  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  regain  full  liberty  of 
action  to  proceed  as  they  think 
best  for  their  interest  in  the  mn.c- 
ter  under  investigation. 

Article  7 
The  present  treaty  sliall  be  rati- 
fied and  the  ratifications  ex- 
changed in  Rio  de  Janeiro  as  soon 
as  possible.  It  shall  remain  in 
force  until  one  year  after  it  has 


152 


APPENDIX 


sido  denunciada  por  cualquiera  de 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  Plenipo- 
tenciarios  arriba  nombrados,  fir- 
mamos  el  presente  instrumento  en 
tres  ejeniplares.  cada  uno  en  las 
lenguas  castellana  y  portuguesa, 
sellandolos  con  nuestros  selios. 

Hecho  en  la  ciudad  de  Buenos 
Aires  a  los  veinticinco  dias  del 
mes  de  mayo  del  ano  mil  novecien- 
tos  quince. 

Alejandro  Lira. 

(Hay  un  sello) 
Jose  Luis  Muratukk. 

(Hay  un  sello) 
Lauro  Muller. 

(Hay  un  sello) 


been  denounced  by  any  one  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties. 

In  testimony  whereof,  we,  tJ  ? 
above-named  plenipotentiarii  . 
sign  the  present  document  ;  -. 
triplicate,  each  one  in  the  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  languages,  stamp- 
ing them  with  our  seals,  in  the  city 
of  Buenos  Aires  on  this  twenty- 
fifth  day  of  the  month  of  May  in 
the  year  nineteen  hundred  and 
fifteen. 

Alejandro  Lira.  [Seal] 

Jose  Luis  Murature.  [Seal] 
Lauro  Muller.  [Seal] 


he 


.)  . 
t  . 

isli 
ip- 
ity 

ly- 

in 
nd 


